Salesforce Release Notes

Drive customer success with Agentforce 2.0

Salesforce, Spring ’25

Last updated: January 14, 2025

© Copyright 2000–2025 Salesforce, Inc. All rights reserved. Salesforce is a registered trademark of Salesforce, Inc., as are other

names and marks. Other marks appearing herein may be trademarks of their respective owners.
CONTENTS

Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

How to Use the Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Get Ready for the Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Monthly Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Release Note Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
How and When Do Features Become Available? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Supported Browsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Salesforce Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Release Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Commerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Customization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Data Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Einstein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Experience Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Field Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Hyperforce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Industries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
MuleSoft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Mobile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Omnistudio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Revenue Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Salesforce CMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Salesforce Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Salesforce for Slack Integrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Security, Identity, and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Work.com . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
Other Salesforce Products and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
Legal Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
SALESFORCE SPRING ’25 RELEASE NOTES

The Spring ’25 release helps you increase productivity with new innovations, including Agentforce 2.0, where humans with agents drive
customer success together.

IN THIS SECTION:
How to Use the Release Notes
Our release notes offer brief, high-level descriptions of enhancements and new features. We include setup information, tips to help
you get started, and best practices to ensure your continued success.
Get Ready for the Release
Reading the release notes is a great step in preparing for the release. These other resources help get you and your users ready for
what’s coming your way. We add resources throughout the release when they become available, so check back often.
Release Notes for Features Released Monthly
For some products, Salesforce releases features and enhancements more frequently than three times per year. Find out what’s new
and read more about these features, as often as monthly, in the seasonal release notes.
Release Note Changes
Read about changes to the release notes, with the most recent changes first.
How and When Do Features Become Available?
Some features in Spring ’25 affect all users immediately after the release goes live. Consider communicating these changes to your
users beforehand so that they’re prepared. Other features require direct action by an administrator before users can benefit from
the new functionality.
Supported Browsers
Supported browsers for Salesforce vary depending on whether you use Salesforce Classic or Lightning Experience.
Salesforce Overall
Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall.
Release Updates
Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The
Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect
existing customizations.
Analytics
Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Lightning reports and dashboards, Data Cloud reports and dashboards,
CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, and Tableau.
Commerce
Get your store up and running faster with simplified product import and configuration, store branding, and translation features.
Boost conversions and elevate the shopping experience with engaging store pages, flexible search options, and an improved checkout
flow. Keep customers coming back with easy-to-configure promotions and coupons, customizable messages, and the new Orders
Dashboard that helps you analyze and adapt to customer trends.
Customization
Sort by multiple columns, easily manage roles and permission sets, and work more efficiently thanks to enhancements to list views
and related lists. Manage included permission sets in permission set groups via summaries.

1
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes

Data Cloud
Ingest, harmonize, unify, and analyze streaming and batch data with Data Cloud. Then use that data to unlock meaningful and
intelligent experiences across Customer 360 applications and beyond.
Development
Whether you’re using Lightning components, Visualforce, Apex, or Salesforce APIs with your favorite programming language, these
enhancements help you develop amazing applications, integrations, and packages for resale to other organizations.
Einstein
Supercharge your workforce efficiency with predictive and generative AI.
Experience Cloud
Enhanced LWR sites are now generally available. Create enhanced LWR sites and CMS workspaces, or upgrade existing sites to the
enhanced framework. You can also customize your site URLs to remove the /s at the end. In security updates, use trusted sites while
the content security provider is in strict mode, switch to single domain certificates for Salesforce CDN, and enjoy improvements to
the identity experience. Upgrade your Aura record components to the LWR framework to see improved performance and style, and
provide a seamless experience between apps by linking files from your LWR site to Salesforce.
Field Service
See what’s new in Field Service to help your team deliver on performance and customer service.
Hyperforce
Hyperforce is now available in more regions, including Israel and Osaka, Japan, expanding global data residency options. Hyperforce
Assistant’s instructions for automated pre-upgrade checks are clearer. Access to Hyperforce outbound IP addresses has been made
more convenient. Hyperforce Premium products offer new capabilities. Out of Region Disaster Recovery provides additional data
protection and business continuity. The Scale Test feature allows for high-traffic scenario simulations in sandbox environments. The
Swiss Operating Zone offers a new avenue to address Swiss data residency requirements.
Industries
Salesforce introduces a range of enhancements to streamline operations and improve productivity across industries. Einstein
Generative AI simplifies daily tasks across various sectors, including clean energy program suggestions in Energy and Utilities Cloud
and benefit applicant household overviews in Public Sector Solutions. Asset Management helps streamline inventory processes and
orchestrate real-time actions on assets. Automotive Cloud simplifies vehicle appraisals and loan negotiations, while Consumer Goods
Cloud enhances field operations with advanced geofencing and VS Code-based app customization. Financial Services Cloud brings
significant enhancements to business relationship plans, portfolio management, and wealth management, and Global Promotions
Management introduces coupon codes and milestone-based promotions. Health Cloud improves financial management, scheduling,
provider searches, and request processing, and Life Sciences Cloud streamlines pharmacy benefits verification and enrollments in
financial assistance programs. Manufacturing Cloud enhances run-rate business with revenue management features, while Net Zero
Cloud aligns disclosures and compliance workflows with CSRD guidelines. Salesforce for Education drives student engagement with
Agentforce. We also bring exciting changes in Insurance, Media Cloud, Nonprofit Cloud, Communications Cloud, and other
industry-specific features.
Marketing
Salesforce offers three marketing products: Account Engagement (formerly known as Pardot), Engagement (formerly known as
Marketing Cloud), and Marketing Cloud Growth and Advanced editions.
MuleSoft
Use the MuleSoft Anypoint Platform suite of products to connect and integrate apps, systems, and data across your enterprise.
Streamline operations by building and automating processes with clicks instead of code. You can design, develop, govern, and share
APIs and integration apps and host them in the cloud or on-premises.

2
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes

Mobile
User Opt-In Biometric Login is now generally available in Mobile Publisher. Customize your Experience Cloud app's security alerts
with new fields and use newly supported download methods. There are also upgrades to the Salesforce mobile app and Briefcase
Builder.
Omnistudio
Use Omnistudio with the Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) template for a refreshed user interface. OmniAnalytics is
now enabled for guest users on Experience Cloud by default. Access customers' saved session information to create context-driven
communications on your sites. In addition to improving usability, we made a few translation, accessibility, security, and deployment
updates.
Revenue Cloud
Quickly create products by using Deep Clone. Speed up product discovery through faceted search and partial indexing. Improve
Salesforce Pricing by using tools for accurate discounts, troubleshooting, pricing recipes, and optimal strategies. Save and reuse
configurations. Use streamlined rules and dynamic configurations to design bundles faster. Support large, complex deals through
robust quoting, ordering, contracting, and approvals. Manage usage-based products through usage modeling, rate management,
and consumption tracking. Integrate Microsoft 365 with Salesforce Contracts to streamline reviews, configure file formats, enhance
workflows, and extract data from images by using multimodal processing. With Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator, streamline order
processing, automate tasks, track fulfillment changes, and manage ramp deal orders. Customize and optimize billing by using flexible
invoice schedules, PDF generation, error reduction, multi-currency support, and automated journal entries.
Sales
Boost your sales teams’ results with new features across Sales Cloud. Help your account teams collaborate, strategize, and succeed
with more efficiency and accountability with enhancements to Account Plans. Manually upload video recordings to Einstein
Conversation Insights to get key insights and action items for meetings from external sources. Forecast your consumption-based
business. Customize the mobile app with Mobile Builder for Seller-Focused Experience. And plan quotas that reflect ramp-up time
and seasonal sales patterns in Quota Planning.
Salesforce CMS
Classify CMS content with content taxonomy, then tag content to create dynamic collections. Clone content and save it to a shared
workspace. Deliver content from any CMS workspace to any public or restricted channel, and remove more types of channels from
enhanced CMS workspaces.
Salesforce Flow
Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Build approval orchestrations with automated approvals.
Integrate across any system with Flow Integration.
Salesforce for Slack Integrations
Use Slack and Salesforce together to connect with customers, track progress, collaborate seamlessly, and deliver team success from
anywhere.
Security, Identity, and Privacy
Log in to Salesforce with your email address with the Log In with Email button on login.salesforce.com. Deliver convenient login
experiences with headless user discovery. Use an external client apps to configure Salesforce as a SAML single sign-on identity
provider. Use external auth identity providers to centralize your OAuth configurations for outbound callouts under named credentials.
Define more HTTP status codes to refresh access tokens. Monitor details of Transaction Security Policy triggering events, and keep
tabs on key certificate information. Monitor transactional database tenant secrets. To adopt the latest content security policy directives
via a new release update, update your trusted URLs. A release update ends redirections for legacy host names in production and
demo orgs, and another .
Service
Get Case Resolution Assistance at the Click of a Button (Generally Available). Monitor Real-time Conversations Between Agentforce
Service Agents and Customers. Integrate Knowledge with Data Cloud.

3
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How to Use the Release Notes

Work.com
Prepare your business, employees, and facilities. Respond to major events, such as the current COVID-19 crisis, with the apps and
services in Work.com.
Other Salesforce Products and Services
Get the latest information on these new features.
Legal Documentation
We made seasonal updates to Salesforce Legal Documents.

How to Use the Release Notes

Our release notes offer brief, high-level descriptions of enhancements and new features. We include setup information, tips to help you
get started, and best practices to ensure your continued success.
• Your browser’s settings determine the language that you see. To change the language, scroll to the bottom, click Change Language,
and select a language.
• The release notes include details about new and modified features. For information on known issues, visit Salesforce Known Issues.
• Use the table of contents search and filters to zero in on the news that matters the most.

We want to know what works for you and what doesn’t.

• Trailblazer Community—Post your feedback in the Release Readiness Trailblazers group. To help us track and respond to your
feedback, use a hashtag that indicates the release, such as #Spring25Feedback.
• Feedback forms—As you’re working with our documentation in Salesforce Help, release notes, or developer guides, look for the
feedback buttons and vote up or down. Add comments if you have them.
• X— Contact us at @askSalesforce.

Note: Until the new release is available to you, links from release notes to Salesforce Help, implementation guides, developer
guides, and other documentation don’t work. And sometimes the links point to material from the previous release.
Some of our documentation has preview versions available several weeks before the release. To access a preview version on
Salesforce Developers, select Preview from the Documentation Version dropdown list.

4
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Get Ready for the Release

Get Ready for the Release

Reading the release notes is a great step in preparing for the release. These other resources help get you and your users ready for what’s
coming your way. We add resources throughout the release when they become available, so check back often.

Spring ’25 Highlights for Admins

Check out this video for a preview of key features for admins in Spring ’25. This video goes live the week of January 6, 2025.

Watch a video

Release Readiness Essentials

• Release Readiness Trailblazers. Access resources and experts for all things release readiness.
• Trust Status Maintenances. See sandbox and other release dates and times. To see your maintenance dates, click Instances and
your instance.
• Sandbox Refresh Calculator. Plan if and when to refresh your sandboxes.
• Sandbox Preview Video. Learn how to navigate the sandbox preview process.
• Sandbox Preview Instructions. Get early access to new features in your sandbox.
• Certification Release Maintenance Schedule. Keep your certification updated in Trailhead.
• Prepare for Salesforce Releases. Use Trailhead to create your release strategy.

Release Notes for Features Released Monthly

For some products, Salesforce releases features and enhancements more frequently than three times per year. Find out what’s new and
read more about these features, as often as monthly, in the seasonal release notes.
As you explore this content, keep these considerations in mind.
• Monthly release notes aren’t the same as release notes for delayed features. Sometimes, a feature released seasonally is subject to
a slight delay. When that happens, the timing is explained in the “When” section of that feature’s release note.
• New monthly release notes aren’t the same as changes to previously published release notes. Sometimes, we need to update
previously published release notes for the current seasonal or monthly release. When we make those updates, we list the specific
change in the “Release Notes Changes” topic.
• Sometimes, monthly releases coincide with seasonal releases. When that happens, we identify related release notes by the first full
month of the seasonal release. These features are available when Salesforce rolls out the release to your instance.

Example: Spring releases begin rolling out to customer instances in mid-January. Release notes for features released in January
or February are linked to from the corresponding topic.

IN THIS SECTION:
January ’25 Release
Learn about features released in January ’25. Features included in the January ’25 monthly release become available when Spring
’25 rolls out to your instance.

5
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes January ’25 Release

January ’25 Release

Learn about features released in January ’25. Features included in the January ’25 monthly release become available when Spring ’25
rolls out to your instance.
• Einstein Features
• Einstein Platform

Release Note Changes

Read about changes to the release notes, with the most recent changes first.

IN THIS SECTION:
January 14, 2025
January 13, 2025
December 31, 2024

January 14, 2025

IN THIS SECTION:
Service Updates

Service Updates
Ingest Third-Party Bot Conversation History into the Service Console by Using an API
Updated the release note to reflect that this feature is not part of the initial Spring ’25 release and may be included at a later date.
Mass Delete User Information to Comply with General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) Guidelines by Using an API
Updated the release note to reflect that this feature is not part of the initial Spring ’25 release and may be included at a later date.

January 13, 2025

IN THIS SECTION:
Salesforce Overall Updates
Analytics Updates
Customization Updates
Hyperforce Updates
Industries Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates
Service Updates

6
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes January 13, 2025

Salesforce Overall Updates

Lightning Adoption Apps Are Being Retired
Clarified that the retirement date applies to orgs on Spring ’25 and later.
Added January 13, 2025.
Say Hello to Agent for Setup, Your Sidekick for Admin Tasks on page 230
Updated the release note to reflect that this feature is not part of the initial Spring '25 release and may be included at a later date.
Added January 13, 2025.
Add AI-Powered Quick Actions to Record Pages on page 237
Updated the release note to reflect that this feature is not part of the initial Spring '25 release and may be included at a later date.
Added January 13, 2025.

Analytics Updates
Push Data from Government Cloud with Output Connectors on page 115
Added release note detailing the supported output connectors.

Customization Updates
Removed: Let Sales Reps Research Accounts More Easily
This feature isn’t ready, so we’re removing it for now. We’ll let you know when it’s back up.
Sort List Views by Multiple Columns (Generally Available)
Clarified that until the sort list views by multiple columns feature is generally available for an org, a user can still enable the beta
version of the feature.
Added January 13, 2025.

Hyperforce Updates
Swiss Operating Zone
Updated the When statement.

Industries Updates
Improve Readability and Clarity of Financial Account Party Record Names
Added a release note about the change in the auto-generated prefix for the financial account party record name.

Revenue Updates
Connect REST APIs
Added release notes to announce the new resources and updated request and response bodies available with Product Catalog
Management.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new Invoice Estimated Tax Calculation (POST) resource available with Billing.

7
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes December 31, 2024

Sales Updates
Removed: Enhance Your Sales Strategy by Researching Accounts
This feature isn’t ready, so we’re removing it for now. We’ll let you know when it’s back up.
Allowlist the Required Domain for Salesforce Inbox
Added a release note about allowlisting a required domain for email integration with Salesforce Inbox.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Unlock Full Database Encryption in Hyperforce (Generally Available)
This feature isn’t quite ready for broad use, so we’re removing it for now. We’ll let you know once it’s back up.
Apply Database Encryption to Sandboxes (Beta)
This feature isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it for now. We’ll let you know once it’s back up.
Update Your Trusted URLs for the Latest CSP Directives (Release Update)
Removed a statement that the Trusted URL and Browser Policy Violations list is only available in Lightning Experience.
Diagnose Failed Redirections Faster on page 612
Removed a statement that the Trusted URL and Browser Policy Violations list is only available in Lightning Experience.
Log In with Your Email Address on page 593
Updated the release note to reflect that this feature is not part of the initial Spring '25 release and may be included at a later date.

Service Updates
Delete Salesforce Provisioned AWS Resources Automatically When You Delete a Contact Center on page 650
Added link to Knowledge Article.
Updated: Get Case Resolution Assistance at the Click of a Button (Generally Available)
Clarified the supported editions in the Where section of the release note.
Turn On Lightning Article Editor and Article Personalization for Knowledge (Release Update)
Removed this release note because the features were automatically enabled in the previous release.
Added Stay Updated on Bring Your Own Channel Terminology on page 645
Added this release note to acknowledge terminology updates.

December 31, 2024

Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes
Published preview release notes.

How and When Do Features Become Available?

Some features in Spring ’25 affect all users immediately after the release goes live. Consider communicating these changes to your users
beforehand so that they’re prepared. Other features require direct action by an administrator before users can benefit from the new
functionality.

Supported Browsers
Supported browsers for Salesforce vary depending on whether you use Salesforce Classic or Lightning Experience.

8
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Supported Browsers and Devices for
Lightning Experience

Supported Browsers and Devices for

Salesforce Classic

Supported Browsers for CRM Analytics

Salesforce Overall
Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
General Enhancements

Add the New Setup Domain

Prepare for Upcoming Restrictions on

Salesforce Cookie Use

Monitor Your Usage of Sales and Service

Cloud Agents with Digital Wallet

Cloudfront Is Replacing Akamai as the

Lightning CDN Partner

Allow the Required Domain for Maps

and Location Services

Redirect to a Newly Created Record

Track Salesforce Platform Login License

Overages in Your Org

Lightning Adoption Apps Are Being

Retired

Enjoy Salesforce’s Refreshed Visual Style

with Themes for SLDS 2 (Beta)

Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release

Update)

Verify Your Return Email Address for

Sender Verification (Release Update)

9
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Explore Salesforce Products In-Depth
with Product Detail Pages in the Your
Account App

Choose Contact Details when

Requesting a Call from Your Salesforce
Account Executive

Get Personalized Suggestions in Setup

Einstein Search

Customize Explicit Filters in Search

Manager

Advanced Lookup Search Has an

Updated UI

Salesforce Foundations

Build Engaging Web Pages and Forms

with Salesforce Foundations

Unlock AI Agents with Salesforce

Foundations

Other Changes in Salesforce

Foundations

Lightning Console

Benefit from Better Lightning Console

Performance with Deferred Inactive
Workspace Page Loading

Salesforce Data Pipelines

Get More Representative Sample Data

in Recipes from Local Salesforce
Connections

Preview Random Samples from Datasets

in Recipes

Improved Data Preview in Recipes

Secure Salesforce External Connections

with OAuth 2.0

Monitor Dataflow and Recipe Deletions

in the Audit Trail

10
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Run Sequential Recipes Faster in
Encrypted Orgs

Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes

(Generally Available)

Push Data from Government Cloud with

Output Connectors

Improve Salesforce External Connector

Sync Performance with Incremental
Syncs (Beta)

Load Data Incrementally (Beta)

Salesforce Scheduler

Book and Pay Easily with Payment

Integration

Salesforce Archive

Save on Storage and Boost Performance

with Salesforce Archive (Generally
Available)

Analytics
Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Lightning reports and dashboards, Data Cloud reports and dashboards,
CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, and Tableau.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Unified Analytics Experiences

Add Assets to Collections in Bulk

Run More CRM Analytics Dashboard

Subscriptions Per Hour in Slack

Reports and Dashboards

Delivered Idea: Do More with Custom

Report Types (Generally Available)

Keep Charts Consistent with Reordered

Report Data

11
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Choose Which Dashboard Widgets to
Refresh (Beta)

Designate One Email Address to Send

Report Subscription Notifications (Beta)

Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Define Filters on Aggregate Values in

Data Cloud Reports

Highlight Min and Max Aggregates for

Date Fields (Generally Available)

Create a Semantic Data Model Report

with a Single Click (Beta)

Default Behavior When Creating a

Semantic Data Model Report Has
Changed (Beta)

Analyze Logical View and Semantic

Union Metrics in Data Cloud Reports
(Beta)

Categorize Semantic Model Records

with Bucket Columns (Beta)

Assess Semantic Data Model Records

with Advanced Formulas (Beta)

CRM Analytics

Analytics Experience and Visualizations

See More Color Contrast in Donut and

Stacked Bar Charts

Use Version Control When Saving

Dashboard Component Changes

Unify Your Data Across Dashboards

Enhance Your Dashboards with

Customizable Tooltip Colors

Data Integration

Get More Representative Sample Data in

Recipes from Local Salesforce Connections

Preview Random Samples from Datasets in

Recipes

12
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Improved Data Preview in Recipes

Secure Salesforce External Connections with

OAuth 2.0

Monitor Dataflow and Recipe Deletions in

the Audit Trail

Run Sequential Recipes Faster in Encrypted

Orgs

Control Access to Data Based on a User’s

Assigned Territories (Generally Available)

Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes

(Generally Available)

Push Data from Government Cloud with

Output Connectors

Improve Salesforce External Connector Sync

Performance with Incremental Syncs (Beta)

Load Data Incrementally (Beta)

Tableau

Marketing Cloud Intelligence

Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics

Commerce
Get your store up and running faster with simplified product import and configuration, store branding, and translation features. Boost
conversions and elevate the shopping experience with engaging store pages, flexible search options, and an improved checkout flow.
Keep customers coming back with easy-to-configure promotions and coupons, customizable messages, and the new Orders Dashboard
that helps you analyze and adapt to customer trends.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Commerce Store Pages

Edit Product Details with Fewer Clicks

Enhance the Shopping Experience with the

Redesigned Address Page

13
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Provide Complete Order Details on the
Order Confirmation Page

Translate Your Store in Minutes

Experience Improved D2C Store

Performance

Create and Manage Product Attributes from

Your Store Settings

Commerce Components

Brand Your Store Faster with the Enhanced

Website Design Workspace

Do More with the New Banner Component

Build Multilevel Navigation Menus with the

Mega Menu Component for D2C Stores

Add Color Variations to the Product Detail

Page

Commerce Cart, Checkout, and Shipping

Collect a Shipping Phone Number During

Checkout

Address Fields Autocomplete on All Store

Pages

Improve the User Experience for Shipping

to Multiple Addresses

Jump to the Top or Bottom of the Cart Items

List with One Click

Improve the Shopping Experience with

Enhanced Cart and Checkout Performance

Commerce Promotions

Create a Promotion Based on Specific

Product Variations

Create Coupons Using a Guided Workflow

Commerce Search

Offer Shoppers Relevant Search Suggestions

Boost Product Discovery with the Enhanced

Variation Display

14
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Additional Commerce Features

Sell and Manage Digital Subscriptions in B2B

and D2C Stores (Generally Available)

Analyze Order Trends on the Commerce

Orders Dashboard

Get Notified When a Customer Abandons a

Shopping Cart

Send a Customized Welcome Email to New

Users

Streamline Product Imports in the Enhanced

Workspace

Add Variations During Product Creation

Connect Your Custom Domain to Your Store

from the Commerce App

Customize and Extend Commerce Messages

Using Flow

Share Knowledge Articles with Your

Customers

Omnichannel Inventory

Import Inventory in Bulk

Salesforce Order Management

Cancel, Return, and Route Orders

Containing Product Bundles

Cancel Orders in Bulk

Salesforce Payments

Elevate Your Customers’ Shopping

Experience with the Enhanced Pay Now
Store

Capture or Refund Payments in the

Payments Workspace

View Where a Payment Originates from

in the Payments Workspace

15
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Customization
Sort by multiple columns, easily manage roles and permission sets, and work more efficiently thanks to enhancements to list views and
related lists. Manage included permission sets in permission set groups via summaries.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
List Views

Get Improved Performance with the

Enhanced Role List View

Manage Permissions Sets with the

Enhanced List View

View and Filter on More Fields in the

Enhanced User List View

Get Better Performance for List Views

Delivered Idea: Sort List Views by

Multiple Columns (Generally Available)

Delivered Idea: Organize Your Data with

Multi-Column Sorting for Related Lists

Enforce View Roles and Role Hierarchy

Permission When Editing Public List
View Visibility (Release Update)

Simplify Related List Component

Configuration

Edit List Filters Option Is No Longer

Available

Permissions

Delivered Idea: Manage Included

Permission Sets in Permission Set
Groups via Summaries

Delivered Idea: Allow Users to View All

Fields for a Specified Object

The View All and Modify All Object

Permissions Have New Names

Remove User and Custom Permissions

in Permission Set Summaries

Fields

Use Keyboard Shortcuts to Select

Calendar Dates in Salesforce Classic

16
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Capture More Data with the Increased
Limit of Custom Fields for Activities

Troubleshoot a Deployment That

Contains a Custom Field Type
Conversion

Globalization

Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release

Update)

Present Your Custom Functionality in

New English Language Variations

Review Updated Label Translations

Salesforce Connect

Access Data Without Limits with

Salesforce Connect

See Snowflake Views with the Salesforce

Connect SQL Adapter

Sharing

Manage Public Groups More Easily with

Improvements to the Access Summary

Get Notified When Your Sharing Rule

Targets External Users

Enable Secure Roles Behavior and

Update Sharing Group References in
Sandboxes (Release Update)

General Setup

Add AI-Powered Quick Actions to Record

Pages

Better Understand Your Custom

Metadata Type Usage

Data Cloud
Ingest, harmonize, unify, and analyze streaming and batch data with Data Cloud. Then use that data to unlock meaningful and intelligent
experiences across Customer 360 applications and beyond.

17
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Cross Cloud Updates for Data Cloud

Connect Data

Allow Access to All Salesforce CRM

Fields with One Permission

Act on Data

Create Data Cloud Enrichments with

Companion Org Data

Copy Field Enrichments with Multiple

CRM Orgs Sync More Quickly

Display Insights from External Data in

Your CRM Enrichments

Enhance Vehicle Records with Related

List Enrichments

Export Enrichments to a Data Cloud

Sandbox

Development
Whether you’re using Lightning components, Visualforce, Apex, or Salesforce APIs with your favorite programming language, these
enhancements help you develop amazing applications, integrations, and packages for resale to other organizations.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Lightning Components

LWC API Version 63.0

Wire Adapters Have Improved Type

Checking

Update JavaScript Selectors to Remove Extra

Whitespace

Custom Components Must Specify an

API Version

Internal DOM Structure Is Changing for

Base Lightning Components

18
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Lightning Web Security Applies Stricter
Restrictions on iframes

Find Lightning Components Security

Documentation in One Place

API Distortion Changes in Lightning

Web Security

Develop Lightning Web Components

Faster in a Real-Time Preview of Your
Lightning App (Generally Available)

Base Lightning Components Support

for SLDS 2 (Beta)

Resolve Errors Related to Accessing

Referenced Lightning Components

Lightning Design System

Introducing Salesforce Lightning Design

System (SLDS) 2 (Beta)

Validate Your SLDS and SLDS 2 Code

and Get Improvement
Recommendations

Lightning Design System Component

Blueprints Updates

Apex

Delivered Idea: Compress and Extract

Zip Files in Apex (Generally Available)

Delivered Idea: Evaluate Dynamic

Formulas in Apex (Generally Available)

Scale Your Concurrent Long-Running

Apex Requests Limit Based on Number
of Org Licenses

Pause and Resume Scheduled Jobs by

Using Apex

Enforce Reparenting Restrictions for

Master-Detail Relationships in Apex

JSON Serialization for Exception Types

Has Changed

19
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Accept Header Default Value for Apex
Callouts Has Changed

API

Service Protection Changes for

Metadata API Read and Retrieve
Endpoints

Update API Requests to Use Your My

Domain Login URL (Release Update)

Other Improvements to Generating an

OpenAPI Document for sObjects REST
API (Beta)

Service Protection Changes for

Metadata API Read and Retrieve
Endpoints

Get Notified About Bulk API V2 Query

Jobs with Platform Events (Beta)

Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0

Through 30.0 Retirement (Release
Update)

Development Environments

Data Mask

Use Einstein to Generate Data Mask Custom

Libraries

Set Your Configurations to Automatically

Run Each Time You Refresh a Sandbox

Platform Development Tools

Salesforce CLI

Keep Up with the Latest Salesforce CLI

Enhancements

Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio

Code

Code Builder

Agentforce for Developers

Scalability

20
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Book Sandbox Slots for Peak Load Testing
with Scale Test

Identify Slow Reports, View Decrypted URLs,

and Access Scale Center Deep Links

Optimize Code with ApexGuru

Remove Shift_JIS to Windows-31J

Character Mapping

Salesforce Functions

Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired

AppExchange Partners

AppExchange Developer
Documentation Has Been Updated

Change Data Capture

Receive Change Event Notifications for

More Objects

Platform Events

Discover the Grace Allocation for Daily

Delivered Events for Salesforce Orgs
with an Add-On License

Standard-Volume Platform Events Are

Being Retired

Event Bus

Package and Distribute Event Relays

Einstein
Supercharge your workforce efficiency with predictive and generative AI.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein Features

Einstein Platform

Agentforce

21
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein Copilot for Salesforce is Now
Agentforce

Chat with Agentforce in Your Preferred

Language (Beta)

Build, Test, and Troubleshoot Agents More

Easily with Agent Versions

Say Hello to Agent for Setup, Your Sidekick

for Admin Tasks

New and Changed Standard Agent Topics

and Actions

Einstein Bots

Create Agentforce Service Agents Easily

from Your Einstein Bots (Beta)

Improve Bot Conversations with

Disambiguation (Generally Available)

Control Intent Recognition Enhancements

for Enhanced Bots (Generally Available)

Use Salesforce Records in Bot Conversations

(Generally Available)

Set Bot Variables to Custom Values in Bot

Builder

Einstein Bots Are Available in More Regions

Transition to Generative Knowledge

Answers and Data Cloud

Get More Customer Responses to Static

Option Messaging Components

Control Session Timeout for Bot

Conversations (Beta)

End Messaging for In-App and Web

Conversations Thoughtfully

New Connect REST API Resources for

Einstein Bots (Beta)

Input Recommender (Beta) Is Being Retired

Legacy Chat is Being Retired

Other Changes

22
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Add AI-Powered Quick Actions to Record
Pages

Track Generated Content Quality and

Feedback in Flow Builder

Try Out New Recipes for the LLM Open

Connector

Experience Cloud
Enhanced LWR sites are now generally available. Create enhanced LWR sites and CMS workspaces, or upgrade existing sites to the
enhanced framework. You can also customize your site URLs to remove the /s at the end. In security updates, use trusted sites while the
content security provider is in strict mode, switch to single domain certificates for Salesforce CDN, and enjoy improvements to the identity
experience. Upgrade your Aura record components to the LWR framework to see improved performance and style, and provide a
seamless experience between apps by linking files from your LWR site to Salesforce.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Aura and LWR Sites

Upgrade to Enhanced LWR Sites

(Generally Available) (Release Update)

Update the URL of Your LWR Site

Improve LWR Site Performance with

Experience Delivery (Beta)

Work More Efficiently in Experience

Builder with Usability Updates

Components in Experience Builder

Enable a Modernized Record Experience

in Aura Sites (Release Update)

Help Your Site Visitors View Records

More Easily with the New Record List
Component (Beta)

Give Experience Cloud App Users the

Ability to Log In with One Tap

Developer Productivity

Link Files from Your LWR Site to

Salesforce is Generally Available

23
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Develop Lightning Web Components
Faster in a Real-Time Preview of Your
LWR Site (Beta)

Mobile for Experience Cloud

Improve Your Experience Cloud App

with the Latest Features from Mobile
Publisher

Security and Sharing

Use Trusted Sites and Disable Lightning

Locker When CSP Is in Strict Mode

Salesforce No Longer Supports Shared

Domain Certificates for the Salesforce
CDN

Increase the Security of Your Site with

When Managing External Users

Strengthen Your Customer Identity

Implementation with New Features and
Security Updates

Field Service
See what’s new in Field Service to help your team deliver on performance and customer service.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Field Service Einstein

Boost Productivity and Resource

Utilization by Easily Filling Schedule
Gaps with Agentforce

Listen Safely to Pre-Work Briefs with a

Tap of a Button

Get Solutions Easily from Agentforce by

Including Images (not immediately
available)

Work Smarter by Using Siri to

Communicate with Agentforce

24
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Field Service Setup Home

Accelerate Time to Value with Field

Service Setup (Beta)

Field Service Scheduling and Optimization

Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization

Increase Coverage with 24-Hour Availability

for All Service Resources

Enhance Scheduling Flexibility by Assigning

Service Appointments to Individuals or
Crews

Reduce Labor Costs and Increase Resource

Productivity with Consecutive Appointment
Scheduling

Gain Visibility into the Scheduling

History of Service Appointments (not
immediately available)

Renamed Field Service Agent

Permission Set Name and Agent
Persona

Quickly Identify and Manage Empty

Appointment Bundles (not immediately
available)

Field Service Asset Management

View and Manage Asset Components in

Real Time with the Asset Service
Lifecycle Management Add-On

Foresee Future Fixes with the

Connected Assets Add-On

Migrate from Maintenance Plan

Frequency Fields to Maintenance Work
Rules (Release Update)

Field Service Operations

Monitor Field Service Operations with

New Dashboards (Beta)

Customer Engagement

25
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Promote Your Brand During Visual
Remote Assistant Sessions

Find Available Slots More Efficiently

When Booking Appointments with
Appointment Assistant

Mobile

Field Service Mobile App Device

Deprecations

Data Capture

Simplify Mobile Forms with Data Capture

Flow (Generally Available)

Empower Mobile Workers with Data Capture

Forms (Generally Available)

Build Dynamic Forms with Discovery

Framework Data Capture Flow (Generally
Available)

Improve Mobile Worker Productivity with

Discovery Framework Data Capture Forms
(Generally Available)

Gather All the Answers with the Assessment

Variable for Discovery Framework Data
Capture

Automatically Unlock a Suite of

Advanced Features with Lightning Data
Service

Address Asset Issues Proactively with

Asset Service Predictions (Generally
Available)

Manage Service Records Automatically

On the Go

Get Notified When Mobile Workers

Arrive at the Office or Pass by a Work
Facility

Update Field Service Records Quickly

and Easily

Minimize Work Disruptions with

Seamless Updates

26
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Update Service Appointment's En Route
Status On the Go

Spotlight on Field Service Content

Improve Your Scheduling and

Optimization Proficiency with
Revamped Salesforce Help Content

Hyperforce
Hyperforce is now available in more regions, including Israel and Osaka, Japan, expanding global data residency options. Hyperforce
Assistant’s instructions for automated pre-upgrade checks are clearer. Access to Hyperforce outbound IP addresses has been made more
convenient. Hyperforce Premium products offer new capabilities. Out of Region Disaster Recovery provides additional data protection
and business continuity. The Scale Test feature allows for high-traffic scenario simulations in sandbox environments. The Swiss Operating
Zone offers a new avenue to address Swiss data residency requirements.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Access Salesforce in More Regions with
Hyperforce

Improved Instructions in Hyperforce

Assistant

Access Hyperforce Outbound IP Lists

Salesforce Out Of Region Disaster

Recovery

Scale Test

Swiss Operating Zone

Industries
Salesforce introduces a range of enhancements to streamline operations and improve productivity across industries. Einstein Generative
AI simplifies daily tasks across various sectors, including clean energy program suggestions in Energy and Utilities Cloud and benefit
applicant household overviews in Public Sector Solutions. Asset Management helps streamline inventory processes and orchestrate
real-time actions on assets. Automotive Cloud simplifies vehicle appraisals and loan negotiations, while Consumer Goods Cloud enhances
field operations with advanced geofencing and VS Code-based app customization. Financial Services Cloud brings significant enhancements
to business relationship plans, portfolio management, and wealth management, and Global Promotions Management introduces coupon
codes and milestone-based promotions. Health Cloud improves financial management, scheduling, provider searches, and request
processing, and Life Sciences Cloud streamlines pharmacy benefits verification and enrollments in financial assistance programs.
Manufacturing Cloud enhances run-rate business with revenue management features, while Net Zero Cloud aligns disclosures and

27
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

compliance workflows with CSRD guidelines. Salesforce for Education drives student engagement with Agentforce. We also bring exciting
changes in Insurance, Media Cloud, Nonprofit Cloud, Communications Cloud, and other industry-specific features.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Asset Management

Asset Service Lifecycle Management

Work Order Estimation

Service Appointment Booking

Inventory Count

Inventory Replenishment

Timesheets and Labor Cost Optimization

Enhancements

Connected Assets

Represent Asset Events by Using a

Predefined Context Definition

Accelerate Actionable Event Orchestration

Implementation with Templates

Streamline Asset Registration Based on

Telematics Events

Schedule Asset Service Appointments Based

on Telematics Events

Automotive Cloud

Trade-In Appraisal Management (Generally Available)

Quickly Initiate Appraisals for Customers and

Prospects

Easily Capture Granular Vehicle Details for

Appraisal

Enhance Valuation Accuracy with Vehicle

Customization Details

Integrate External Sources for Better Vehicle

Valuation

Efficiently Adjust and Approve the Final

Appraisal Value

View Appraisals Related to a Vehicle in a

Single List

28
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Connected Vehicle Enhancements

Create Actionable Event Orchestrations

Faster

Automatically Register Vehicles and Assets

Based on Telematics Events

Automatically Schedule Vehicle Service

Appointments Based On Telematics Events

Vehicle and Asset Lending Enhancements

Find a Different Vehicle for Your Vehicle

Loan or Lease Application

Update the Application Payment Structure

to Generate Better Offers

Easily Track Proposals During Various Stages

of Decisioning

Easily Visualize Vehicle Inventory Search

Results with a Card-Based View

Sync Financial Account Data by Using

Prebuilt Data Streams

Keep Your Financial Data Updated with

Prebuilt Service Processes

Communications Cloud

Enterprise Sales Management

Tailor Quotes with Automatic Member Field

Mapping

Streamline Pricing with Bulk Price

Adjustments in Enterprise Sales
Management

Simplify Pricing with Predefined Adjustment

Codes

Increase Asset-to-Quote Limit in Enterprise

Sales Management Asset Viewer

Improve Performance with Level-Based Item

Retrieval in Enterprise Sales Management
Configuration Cart

29
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Simplify Discount Management with
Advanced Search and Flexible Bundle
Selection

Enhance Global Reach with Multilingual

Support in Enterprise Sales Management

Optimize Bundle Management with

Accurate Product and Attribute Sequencing

Keep Your Catalog and Cart Fresh

Communications Cloud Agent Console

Streamline Customer Support for Service

Issues

Einstein for Communications

Easily Enable Einstein for Communications

from Setup

Track Service Level Objectives and Identify Potential Upsell Opportunities

Use Data Cloud to Proactively Track Service

Level Objectives

Analyze Service Level Objectives and Identify

Opportunities for Upsell

Communications Cloud Sales

Create Quotes for New and Existing

Customers with the Onboard Customer
Flow

Easily Add Multiple Locations to Quotes and

Orders

Browse Product Catalogs and Assign

Products to Locations

Manage Your MultiSite Customer Assets

New Objects in Communications Cloud

Asset Service Lifecycle Management

Consumer Goods Cloud

Retail Execution

Streamline Delivery Execution and Efficiently

Complete Tours

30
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Ensure Visit Integrity with Geofencing and
Time Tracking

Boost Brand Visibilty by Adding Your

Company Logo on Consumer Goods Cloud
Offline Mobile App

Share Visits Is Retired

Usability Improvements for Desktop Orders

Other Improvements in Retail Execution

New and Changed Objects for Retail

Execution

Plan for Windows Server Based

Modeler’s Retirement

Trade Promotion Management

Reduce Time and Effort by Copying Manual

Inputs for Tactics

Retrieve and Audit Account Plan Manual

Inputs

Manage TPM Permission Sets Efficiently

Preview Your Processing Service

New and Changed Objects for Trade

Promotion Management

New and Changed Metadata Types

Energy and Utilities Cloud

Einstein Generative AI for Energy and

Utilities Cloud Enhancements

Improve Case Management with Easy

Access to Case Details

Financial Services Cloud

Business Relationship Plan

Closely Monitor Business Relationship

Planning with Objective Tracking Metrics

Effectively Implement Objectives with

Action Plans

31
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Efficiently Create Measures for Account Plan
Objectives By Using a Guided Flow

Data Cloud for Financial Services Cloud

Keep Client Financial Goals on Track with

Contextual Alerts and Actions

Portfolio Management

Quickly Compare Actual and Target

Allocations

Digital Lending—India

Increase the Efficiency of Your Loan

Approval Workflow

Service Process Automation

Accelerate Retail Banking Service Process

Setup with Prebuilt Templates

Accelerate Wealth Banking Service Process

Setup with Prebuilt Templates

Wealth Management

Boost Productivity with Financial Services

Cloud Embedded AI for Agents

Improve Readability and Clarity of

Financial Account Party Record Names

Discovery Framework

Get Started Faster with Guided Setups

Configure Business Relationship Plans with

Ease by Using Guided Setup

New and Changed Financial Services

Cloud Object Fields

Health Cloud

Disease Surveillance

Enhance Public Health Monitoring

Financial Assistance Program

Enhancements

Home Health Enhancements

32
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Streamline Home Healthcare with
Integrated Quoting and Budgeting
Capabilities

Expedite Your Home Health Setup

Intelligent Appointment Management Enhancements

Verify Prerequisites for Appointments

Optimize Resource Use with Capacity-Based

Scheduling

Schedule Ongoing Care with Recurring

Appointments

Give Patients the Ability to Book Assets

Simplify Scheduling with Enhanced

Appointment Guidance

Pharmacy Benefits Verification

Enhancements

Provider Network Management Enhancements

Streamline Roster File Submission with

Provider Portal Enhancements

Automate Field Mapping with Einstein

Provider Search Enhancements

Automate Patient Services with an AI Agent

Site Management (Pilot)

Utilization Management Enhancements

Make Coverage Requirements Easily

Accessible for Providers

Ensure Submission of Required

Documentation for Prior Authorization
Requests

Author FHIR-Aligned Questionnaires Using

the Enhanced Discovery Framework
Designer

Capture Metrics for Coverage Requirement

Discovery, Documentation Templates and
Rules, and Prior Authorization Requests

33
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Expedite Your Health Cloud Setup

New and Changed Objects in Health

Cloud

Insurance

Insurance

Policy Management

Products

Pricing

Quoting

Rules

New Connect REST APIs in Insurance

New Invocable Actions in Insurance

Insurance (Managed Package)

Transform Insurance Offerings with

Multi-Root Policy Services

Ensure Precision in Pending Payment

Calculations

New Services in Insurance

Life Sciences Cloud

Financial Assistance Program Enhancements

Manage Appeals for Financial Assistance

Program

View the Appeals History of a Rejected

Application

Participant Management Enhancements

Access Recruitment Features on Mobile or

Tablet Devices

Configure Criteria-Based Search and Filter

Automatically with a Toggle

Merge Prescreening and Registration

Omniscripts for a Unified Flow

34
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Refine Search Results by Using Range-Based
Filtering Options

Pharmacy Benefits Verification Enhancements

Boost Representative's Productivity with

Electronic Verification

Site Management (Pilot)

Identify Investigators and Sites for Clinical

Trials by Using Enhanced Search Capabilities
(Pilot)

Create and Deploy Site Feasibility

Assessments (Pilot)

Assign Scores to the Investigators and Sites

for Effective and Faster Site Selection (Pilot)

Accelerate the Site Feasibility Assessment

Process (Pilot)

Tag the Sites and Investigators for Future

Site Selection Efforts (Pilot)

Accelerate Your Site Management

Configurations with a Guided Setup (Pilot)

New and Changed Objects in Life

Sciences Cloud

Loyalty Management

Gamify Member Engagement with

Milestone-Based Promotions

Report Liability Accurately by Tracing

Negative Points Usage

Effectively Track Promotional Points by

Using Currency Subtype

Gather Richer Customer Insights with

the Enhanced Data Kit

Global Promotions Management

Empower Customers and Sales Reps to

Select Promotions by Using Coupons

Accurately Search for Products Using

Enhanced Search Options

35
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Exclude Ineligible Products and Categories
Efficiently

Simplify the Evaluation of In-Store

Promotions

Easily List Accounts Eligible for Promotions

with Campaigns

Easily Select All Eligible Products for a

Promotion Rule

Automate Promotion Data Sync with

Prebuilt Data Streams

Decide How Customers' Data Cloud

Segment is Verified

New and Changed Objects in Loyalty

Management

Manufacturing Cloud

Revenue Management Features for Sales Agreements

Identify Perfect Products for Sales

Agreements from Expansive Catalogs

Drive Sales by Tailoring Product

Configurations to Customer Preferences

Maximize Your Margins with Rules-Driven

Pricing in Sales Agreements

Easily Compare Committed and Fulfilled

Sales of Products with Attributes in Sales
Agreements

Check Product Specifications for Sales

Agreements Without Switching Pages

Renew Sales Agreements with Same

Products and Attributes

Sales Agreements Foundations Enhancements

Calculate Sales Agreement Actuals by Using

Data Processing Engine

Maximize Sales Agreement Profitability with

Cost Visibility

Recalculate Actuals for Future Schedules

36
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Add Multiple Instances of the Same Product
to a Sales Agreement

Easily View the Unallocated Quantity for a

Product

Streamline Your Inventory Counting

Processes

Minimize Stockouts with Automated

Inventory Replenishment

Media Cloud

Advertising Sales Management

Boost Efficiency in Your Advertising Sales

Workflow

Target Granular Audience Segments By

Using Salesforce Data Cloud

Net Zero Cloud

Author Disclosure Reports in Google

Docs

Perform Materiality Assessments and

Score Impacts and Risks and
Opportunities for CSRD Compliance

Streamline CSRD Reporting with

Simplified Setup and Enhanced Features

Find XBRL Tagging Providers to Comply

with CSRD Requirements

Allocate Scorecard Emissions Based on

Spent Amount

New and Changed Objects in Net Zero

Cloud

Public Sector Solutions

Help Caseworkers Quickly Learn About

a Household with Einstein

Enhance Job Applications for Talent

Recruitment Management

Easily Create Personalized Care Plans

for Employees

37
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Quickly Migrate Dynamic Assessments
with Metadata API

Updated Metadata API Type in Public

Sector Solutions

New and Changed Objects in Public

Sector Solutions

Referral Marketing

Enhance Your Promotion’s Reach with

WhatsApp Messages

Choose How to Verify Advocates' Data

Cloud Segments

Sync Referral Marketing Data with

Prebuilt Data Streams

Get Predictions on Contacts' Likelihood

to Refer

New and Changed Objects in Referral

Marketing

Salesforce for Education

Autonomously Answer and Support

Prospective Students

Gain Meaningful Insights with the

Philanthropic Research Agent

Consolidate Information in Student

Records with the Student Management
App

Get More from the Intelligent Degree

Planner and the Learner Progress View

Streamline Advancement-Specific Data

Processing

Drive Comprehensive Prospect Research

Activities

Unlock Deeper Insights with

Generational Categories

Gain Holistic Student Insights and

Visualize Learner Progress

38
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Get a Unified View of Student Data with
Learner Profile

Schedule Appointments Efficiently with

a New Lightning Web Component

Capture Student Sentiment with Icon

Responses in Pulse Checks

Score Applications with Rubrics

Streamline Admissions Reviews with

Stage Management

New and Changed Objects in Education

Cloud

New and Changed Data Model Objects

in Education Cloud

Salesforce for Nonprofits

Nonprofit Cloud

Salesforce for Nonprofits Managed Packages

foundationConnect is Being Retired

Vlocity Contract Lifecycle Management

Visualforce-Based Document
Generation Omniscripts Are Being
Retired

Document Generation 1.0 is Being

Retired

Enhance Document Generation with Document Generation 2.0

Migrate and Sync Custom Fonts

Industries Common Features

AI Accelerator and Scoring Framework

Improve Prediction Accuracy by Optimizing

Training and Scoring Data

Action Launcher

Reduce the Cognitive Load of Contact

Center Agents with Recommended Actions

Action Plans

39
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Automate Status Update for Action Plans

Business Rules Engine

Monitor the Usage of Business Rules Engine

Components

Simplify Calculations By Using Transient

Attributes

Easily Activate Expression Set Templates in

a Single Step

Efficiently Configure Context-Based

Expression Sets

Simplify Datetime Retrieval with the New

Date/Time Data Type

Monitor CSV Upload Progress for Decision

Tables

Collections

Manage Collection Activities Efficiently with

Collections Console App

Save Time and Effort with a Preconfigured

Action Launcher Deployment

Create Promise to Pay Agreements Quickly

Offer Additional Payment Options with

Salesforce Pay Now

Automatically Update Payments Received

in Collection Plans and Payment Schedules

Notify Customers of Payment Status

Automatically

Automate Case Creation and Closure for

Collection Plans

Determine Collection Plan Segments with

Business Rules Engine

Create a Prioritized List of Collection Plans

with Actionable Segmentation

Maximize Collections with Request Direct

Debit Action

Import Collections Data with CSV File Import

40
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Streamline Record Creation for Collection
Plan and Related Objects with Composite
Graph API

Create Effective Collection Campaigns with

Collections Data Kit

Get Collections Up and Running with Ease

New and Changed Objects

Compliant Data Sharing

Deactivate Users and Retain Compliant Data

Sharing Participant Records

Context Service

Optimize Performance by Using Reference

Definitions

Simplify Data Population for Nodes and

Attributes

Conveniently Store Temporary Changes to

Attributes

Efficiently Manage Context Instances by

Using Context Actions in Flows

Increase Database Efficiency with

Polymorphic Fields

Effortlessly Sync Extended Context

Definitions

Easily Generate Tags for Attributes

Easily Clone a Context Mapping

Conveniently Map Context Definitions to

Data Model Objects

New Object in Context Service

Cross-Object Field History (Beta)

Track Changes Across Related Objects with

Cross-Object Field History (Beta)

Data Processing Engine

Automate Your Field Mapping with Einstein

41
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Perform Bulk Transformations with Data
Cloud

Ensure Data Integrity for the Writeback of

Transformed Data

Troubleshoot Composite Writeback or CSV

File Ingestion

Changed Object in Data Processing Engine

Discovery Framework

Save Discovery Framework Assessments as

Drafts to Complete Later

Einstein Autofill (Beta)

Boost Efficiency and Customer Satisfaction

with Einstein Autofill (Beta)

Fundraising

Scale Your Fundraising Efforts by

Autogenerating Outreach Source Codes

Understand Donor Impact by Using Soft

Credit Rollups

Automatically Receive Fundraising Rollup

Calculation Updates

Delivered Idea: Customize Summary

Displays

Enhance Donor Segmentation

Delivered Idea: Improve Donor Relations

and Track the Impact of Gifts

Create and Manage Pledges in Bulk

Customize Sources and Destinations for RFM

Scoring

Streamline Advancement-Specific Data

Processing

Drive Comprehensive Prospect Research

Activities

Gain Insight Through Generational Cohorts

and Graduation Status

42
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
New and Changed Objects and Fields for
Fundraising

Grantmaking

Delivered Idea: Save Time by Bulk-Assigning

Grant Application Reviews

Streamline Grantmaking Processes with

Stage Management

Enter Multiple Grant Funding Results in

Experience Cloud

Delivered Idea: Share Funding

Disbursements

Changed Objects for Grantmaking

Group Membership and Households

Receive Change Event Notifications for More

Objects

Easily Find Contacts for Party Relationship

Groups

Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ)

Detect and Resolve Duplicate Offers During

Hierarchical Catalog Compilation

Configuring and Pricing Bundles for

Anonymous User

Support for Offer Specification

Ensure Seamless Promotion Management

Across Digital Commerce and Standard CPQ

Process Large Promotion Bundles

Seamlessly in Standard Digital Commerce

Automate Cache Cleanup with Lifecycle

Management

Simplify MACD (Move, Add, Change, Delete)

Journeys with Guided Transform Multiplay

Integrate Salesforce Pricing with Standard

Digital Commerce APIs

Sync Product and Promotion Launch Dates

Across Time Zones

43
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Integration Solutions with MuleSoft

Save and Reuse Connection Settings When

You Enable MuleSoft Integrations

Integration Solutions with MuleSoft Video

Omnistudio Document Generation

Process More Batch Server-Side Document

Generation Requests with Increased Limits

Document Generation 1.0 is Being Retired

Enhance Document Generation with

Document Generation 2.0

Enrich Server-Side Document Generation

with Dynamic Images

Outcome Management

Create Multiple Indicator Results

Program and Case Management

Delivered Idea: Create Custom Care Plan

Goals

Delivered Idea: Clone Care Plan Templates

Improve Accuracy and Compliance with

Stage Management

Set a Default Status for Program Enrollments

Updated Objects for Program and Case

Management

Record Rollup Definitions

Aggregate Tasks and Events with Record

Rollup Definitions

Delete Record Rollup Definitions

Provide More Meaningful Names and

Descriptions to Your Record Rollup
Definitions

Stage Management

Manage Parent and Child Stage Transitions

Declaratively

44
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Clone and Customize Stage Definitions

Define Key Checkpoints with Milestones

Automate Step Definition Execution

Marketing
Salesforce offers three marketing products: Account Engagement (formerly known as Pardot), Engagement (formerly known as Marketing
Cloud), and Marketing Cloud Growth and Advanced editions.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Marketing Cloud

Reach More People with WhatsApp

Save Time with New AI Capabilities for

Campaigns and Content

Create Campaigns with Agentforce

Campaign Designer (Beta)

Personalize Emails Consistently with

Reusable Personalization Settings and
Expressions

Reach the Right Customers with

Enhanced Audience Tools

Connect Experiences on External Sites

Extend Your Marketing with Enhanced

Messaging Tools

Get More Flexibility and Visibility with

Campaigns and Flows

Create and Manage Content More

Efficiently

Get Started Faster with Setup

Enhancements

User Interface Updates in Marketing

Cloud

Marketing Cloud Account Engagement

45
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Get Helpful Resources for Enabling
Marketing Cloud

Automate Account Engagement Data

Stream Creation in Data Cloud

Expedite Content Creation by Copying

Assets to CMS via API

Streamline Content Creation by Copying

Additional Asset Types to CMS

Get More Visibility into Email Send

Issues

Generate Account Engagement Content

in More Languages

Prepare for End of Support for Enhanced

Email Experience

Marketing Cloud Engagement

Personalization

Einstein Personalization Is Now Called

Personalization

Explore the Enhanced Web

Personalization Manager

Define Custom Objectives for

Recommendations

Use Scheduling Rules for Decisions

Test the Effectiveness of Personalized

Experiences

Use Only Authenticated Endpoints

When Accessing Data Cloud

View Recommender Training Status and

Refresh History

Track and Evaluate Visitor Engagement

Through Attribution

Visualize the Customer Journey with the

Attribution Dashboard

Personalize Business Processes and

Screens with Flow

46
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Mobile
User Opt-In Biometric Login is now generally available in Mobile Publisher. Customize your Experience Cloud app's security alerts with
new fields and use newly supported download methods. There are also upgrades to the Salesforce mobile app and Briefcase Builder.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Salesforce Mobile App

Everything That’s New in the Salesforce Mobile App

Malware Detection Security Policy for

Android is Being Retired

Send Attachments in Messaging on the

Salesforce Mobile App

Mobile Publisher

Download Files Your Way in Mobile

Publisher for Experience Cloud

Remove Unwanted /s Elements in Older

Experience Cloud LWR Site URLs

Set Up Opt-In Biometric Login for Fast

and Secure Experience Cloud App
Logins (Generally Available)

Customize Mobile Publisher Android

App Permission Requests to Post
Notifications

Customize the Style of Your Experience

Cloud App's Security Alerts

General Mobile Updates

Assign Briefcases to Users by Profile

Do More with Seller-Focused Mobile

Experience

Validate Mobile Lightning Web

Components with ESLint Rules

Reduce Mobile Performance Issues with

the Salesforce Extensions Pack

Accept On-Site Payments with

Tap-to-Pay

47
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Omnistudio
Use Omnistudio with the Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (SLDS 2) template for a refreshed user interface. OmniAnalytics is now
enabled for guest users on Experience Cloud by default. Access customers' saved session information to create context-driven
communications on your sites. In addition to improving usability, we made a few translation, accessibility, security, and deployment
updates.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Explore Omnistudio's Refreshed Visual
Style with SLDS 2

Integrate Guest User Data on Experience

Cloud with OmniAnalytics

Use Omniscript Saved Sessions in Emails

and Email Templates

Save Costs and Time with Built-In

Translations for Omniscripts and
Flexcards

Seamlessly Enable Omnistudio

Metadata in Scratch Orgs by Updating
the Org Shape File

Upgrade to a Secure Node.js Version for

OmniOut

Securely Deploy Omnistudio

Components by Using the Latest
Versions of Build Tool and Node.js

Accessibility Enhancements in
Omnistudio

Other Improvements in Omnistudio

Deprecation and End of Support for

AngularJS-Based Omniscripts

Omnistudio Minor Releases

Revenue Cloud
Quickly create products by using Deep Clone. Speed up product discovery through faceted search and partial indexing. Improve Salesforce
Pricing by using tools for accurate discounts, troubleshooting, pricing recipes, and optimal strategies. Save and reuse configurations.
Use streamlined rules and dynamic configurations to design bundles faster. Support large, complex deals through robust quoting,
ordering, contracting, and approvals. Manage usage-based products through usage modeling, rate management, and consumption
tracking. Integrate Microsoft 365 with Salesforce Contracts to streamline reviews, configure file formats, enhance workflows, and extract
data from images by using multimodal processing. With Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator, streamline order processing, automate tasks,

48
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

track fulfillment changes, and manage ramp deal orders. Customize and optimize billing by using flexible invoice schedules, PDF
generation, error reduction, multi-currency support, and automated journal entries.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Product Catalog Management

Accelerate Product Creation with Deep

Clone

Define Decimal Values for Product

Quantity

Update Product Index Quickly with

Partial Index Rebuilds

Enhance Product Discovery with Faceted

Search

Changed Objects in Product Catalog

Management

Connect REST APIs

New and Updated Connect REST API

Resources

Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies

Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies

Salesforce Pricing

Add Context Tags Automatically to Your

Pricing Elements

Apply Discounts Accurately by Using the

Discount Distribution Service Element

Determine the Right Price for a Product

by Combining Multiple Outputs

Troubleshoot Pricing Errors with the

Pricing Operations Console

Streamline Line Item Tagging

Delete Pricing Recipes

Enhance Flexibility with New Data Types

in Assignment Element

Simplify Line Item Mapping

New and Changed Objects in Salesforce

Pricing

49
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Product Configurator

Create Quotes and Orders Faster by

Saving and Reusing Configurations

Create Precise Configurations with

Decimal Quantity Support

Design Product Configurations Faster

With Product Classes and Flexible Rules

View More Products at Once with

Compact Mode in Product Configurator

Find Products in a Large Bundle Easily

Show More Details About Your Products

with Customized Product Cards

Set Up Complex Product Validation

Rules Easily by Using Advanced
Configurator

Configure Complex Products Accurately

with Constraint Models

New Configurator Flow Component

Fields

Transaction Management

Amend Evergreen Subscriptions on Any

Date

Create Precise Quotes and Orders with

Decimal Quantity Support

Negotiate Tiered Volume Adjustments

and Prices by Using Contract Pricing

Unlock More Flexibility with Line Item

Level Pricing Contracts

Specify Pricing Agreement Type

Contracts for Quotes and Orders

Track Pricing Agreement Contracts

Easily

Organize Quote and Order Line Items

into Groups with Ease

50
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Enhance Transparency with Custom
Fields on Usage-Based Products

Enable Usage Selling on Experience

Cloud Sites

Receive Email Notifications for Approval

Submissions

Manage Advanced Approvals Through

Email

Create Quotes and Orders Fast with

More Responsive Pages

Create Complex Quotes and Orders

New and Changed Objects in

Transaction Management

Usage Management (Generally Available)

Usage Modeling

Define Sellable Products and Usage

Resources

Define Units of Measure to Quantify Usage

Resources

Track and Rate Usage Consumption with

Product Usage Grants

Define Refresh Policies for Usage Resources

Manage Unused Usage Grants Effectively

Define Usage Aggregation Methods and

Periods

Manage Grants for Sellable Products

Rate Management

Optimize Usage Costs with Predefined

Negotiable Rating Elements

Manage the Lifecycle of Rate Card Entries

Effectively

New and Changed Objects in Rate

Management

Consumption Management

51
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Enhance Reporting with On-Demand
Summary Generation

Calculate Rates for Usage Summaries on

Demand

Streamline Billing with Enhanced Liable

Summary Generation

Wallet Management

Manage Wallets for Usage Resources

New Objects in Usage Management

Salesforce Contracts

Use a Guided Setup to Easily Integrate

Microsoft 365 with Salesforce Contracts

Enhance Privacy with a Discreet External

Review Process

Specify Attachment Format During

Document Check-In

Manage Custom Fonts for Consistent

Document Branding

Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator

Prioritize Orders for Processing

Optimize Fulfillment Efficiency with

Staged Assetization

Manage Dependencies Across Related

Fulfillment Plans

Define Rules to Assign Manual Tasks

Track Your Fulfillment Step Changes

Configure Future Dated Steps

Decompose Orders with Decimal

Quantities

Fulfill Ramp Deal Orders

New and Changed Objects in Dynamic

Revenue Orchestrator

Billing

52
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Manage Bulk Invoicing Efficiently with
the New Invoice Scheduler Features

Suspend and Resume Billing for

Accounts and Billing Schedule Groups

Preview Upcoming Invoices to Get

Billing Estimates

Update Billing Parameters Any Time

During the Customer Lifecycle

Generate Invoices on Demand for

Accounts and Orders

Create Invoices from Internal or External

Data

Streamline Invoice Due Dates with

End-of-Month Payment Terms

Accurately Bill Amended or Canceled

Evergreen Subscriptions

Align Billing Subscriptions with Early

Renewal

Make Billing for Rampable Products

More Efficient

Simplify Financial Accounting by

Capturing Transaction Amounts in
Corporate Currency

New and Changed Objects for Billing

New Platform Events for Billing

Changed Metadata Types

Connect REST APIs

New Connect REST API Resources

Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies

Sales
Boost your sales teams’ results with new features across Sales Cloud. Help your account teams collaborate, strategize, and succeed with
more efficiency and accountability with enhancements to Account Plans. Manually upload video recordings to Einstein Conversation
Insights to get key insights and action items for meetings from external sources. Forecast your consumption-based business. Customize

53
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

the mobile app with Mobile Builder for Seller-Focused Experience. And plan quotas that reflect ramp-up time and seasonal sales patterns
in Quota Planning.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Agentforce for Sales

Agentforce Sales Coach

Coach Sales Reps at Scale with Agentforce

Sales Coach

Enhance Agentforce Sales Coach Responses

with a Data Library

Scale Your Sales Funnel with Agentforce

SDR

Monitor Agentforce Sales Coach and

SDR Usage with Digital Wallet

Sales Cloud Go

View and Assign Permission Sets and

Monitor Usage in Sales Cloud Go

Sales Fundamentals

Accounts

Track Progress Toward Sales Account Plan

Objectives More Easily

Delivered Idea: Coordinate Your Sales

Team’s Activities with More Transparency

Discover Untapped Selling Opportunities

Activities

Take Advantage of the Increased Custom

Field Limit for Activities

Einstein Conversation Insights

Identify Coachable Moments from

Recorded Video Calls with Einstein
Conversation Insights

Use Generative AI in All Languages

Supported by Einstein Conversation
Insights

Use Call Explorer in Flows

Sales Engagement

54
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Find Your Next Customer with
Prospecting Center, a new Data Cloud
App

Change Einstein Activity Capture

Permissions for Sales Engagement Basic
Users (Release Update)

Salesforce Forecasting

Collaborative Forecasts Is Now Pipeline

Forecasting

Improve Pipeline Forecast Visibility with

Manager Judgments on Opportunity
Splits

Forecast Your Consumption-Based

Business

Pipeline Inspection

Get an Improved User Experience in

Pipeline Inspection List View

Close Date Predictions Has Been Retired

Sales Programs, Partner Tracks, and In-App Guidance

Sales Programs and Partner Tracks with Enablement

Empower Your Sales Leaders with

Enablement Analytics

Take Full Control of Your Enablement

Settings with One Switch

In-App Guidance

Deliver In-App Guidance Quickly with

Managed Packages

Sales Performance Management

Sales Planning

Plan Accurate Quotas That Account for

Ramp and Seasonality

Publish Quota Plans to Pipeline Forecasting

Design Sales Strategies with a More Intuitive

Experience

55
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Other Improvements Within Sales
Performance Management

Salesforce Maps

Simplify Activity Tracking and Reimburse for

Qualified Travel Distances

The Enhanced User Experience Is Now

Standard

New Permission Set for Communications

with Hyperforce

Email, Calendar, and Integrations

Einstein Activity Capture

Upgrade Your Service Account Connections

to Org-Level OAuth 2.0 Authentication

Outlook Integration

Maintain Access to the Outlook Integration

Gmail Integration

Use Agentforce with Your Gmail Integration

Increase Efficiency by Using the Gmail

Integration in the Chrome Side Panel

Salesforce Inbox

Allowlist the Required Domain for Salesforce

Inbox

Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired

in December 2027

Partner Relationship Management

Expand and Maintain Shared Business

with Trusted Partners

Sales Cloud Everywhere

Access Your Records Easily in

Everywhere

Sales Cloud on Mobile

Prepare for Meetings Without Opening

Your Laptop

56
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Customize Seller-Focused Mobile
Experience (Beta)

Other Changes in the Sales Cloud

Einstein Automated Contacts Is Being

Retired in February 2025

Salesforce CMS
Classify CMS content with content taxonomy, then tag content to create dynamic collections. Clone content and save it to a shared
workspace. Deliver content from any CMS workspace to any public or restricted channel, and remove more types of channels from
enhanced CMS workspaces.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Classify CMS Content with Content
Taxonomy

Streamline Content Management with

Automated Tag-Based Conditions

Save Time with Content Record Cloning

in Your Shared Enhanced CMS
Workspaces

Scale Content Delivery for High

Performance

Deliver Content from Any CMS

Workspace to Any Public or Restricted
Channel

Remove More Types of Channels from

Enhanced CMS Workspaces

Salesforce Flow
Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Build approval orchestrations with automated approvals.
Integrate across any system with Flow Integration.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Flow Builder

57
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Flow Builder Updates

Screen Flow Updates

User Experience Updates

Get Help Building Flows Faster and More

Accurately with Einstein (Generally
Available)

Generate a Detailed Description of a Flow

with Einstein

Get Help Creating Flow Formulas with

Einstein (Generally Available)

Join Collections with the Transform Element

Send Emails with Attachments in Flow

Builder

Retrieve More Information from Data Cloud

by Using Newly Supported Data Types

Launch an Active Autolaunched Flow as a

Subflow Within a Prompt Flow

Enhance Flow Performance by Controlling

the Number of Records Retrieved with Get
Records

Flow for Marketing Cloud

Automate Your Responses to Common

Customer Actions with More Automation
Events

Pick a Winning Path, Test Subsets of your

Audience, and More in the Path Experiment
Element

Define Your Own Flow Trigger by Using

Real-Time Data from Data Cloud

Personalize Your Flows with Access to Data

Cloud Data in More Elements

View Metrics in Flow Builder with Embedded

Analytics

Preview and Test WhatsApp Messages

Debug Automation Event-Triggered Flows

58
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Flow Debugging

Debug Flows at a Glance with the Improved

Debugging Experience

Flow Runtime

Flow and Process Run-Time Changes

Flow Management

Copy Data Cloud-Triggered Flows from

Sandbox to Production

Monitor All Failed and Paused Flow

Interviews from the Automation Lightning
app

Flow Extensions

Design Component Errors for a Better

Experience

Flow and Process Release Updates

Enable Secure Redirection for Flows (Release

Update)

Enforce Permission Requirements Defined

on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs
(Release Update)

Enforce Rollbacks for Apex Action

Exceptions in REST API (Release Update)

Enhance Flexibility and Reusability in

Prompt Flows (Release Update)

Evaluate Criteria Based on Original Record

Values in Process Builder (Release Update)

Restrict User Access to Run Flows (Release

Update)

Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request

Order (Release Update)

Flow Orchestration

Customize Email Notifications for

Interactive Steps

View Improved Orchestration Run

Details

59
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Other Improvements

Flow Approval Processes

Assign Approval Steps to Groups or

Queues

Send Notifications to Approval Users

Reply to Emails to Approve or Reject

Approval Work Item

MuleSoft for Flow: Integration

Enhance Data Exchange with

Third-Party Connectors

Manage External System Integrations

in the Connections Tab

Trigger Flows from External Systems

Map Flow Fields to Fields in Third-Party

Systems

MuleSoft Composer for Salesforce

Security, Identity, and Privacy

Log in to Salesforce with your email address with the Log In with Email button on login.salesforce.com. Deliver convenient login
experiences with headless user discovery. Use an external client apps to configure Salesforce as a SAML single sign-on identity provider.
Use external auth identity providers to centralize your OAuth configurations for outbound callouts under named credentials. Define
more HTTP status codes to refresh access tokens. Monitor details of Transaction Security Policy triggering events, and keep tabs on key
certificate information. Monitor transactional database tenant secrets. To adopt the latest content security policy directives via a new
release update, update your trusted URLs. A release update ends redirections for legacy host names in production and demo orgs, and
another .

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Domains

Update References to Legacy Host

Names (Release Update)

Disable Redirections for Legacy Host

Names

60
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Trailhead Playgrounds Use Salesforce
Edge Network

Identity and Access Management

Log In with Your Email Address

Delivered Idea: Brand the Welcome

Email for Internal Users

Use Multi-Factor Authentication for

Password Reset

Password Reset Link Stays Valid After

Multiple Clicks

Control Access to the setPassword() API

More Easily

Give Headless App Users More Ways to

Log In

Troubleshoot Errors with the Headless

Registration Apex Handler

Issue JSON Web Token (JWT)-Based

Access Tokens in Hybrid OAuth Flows

Manage Sessions Associated with JSON

Web Token (JWT)-Based Access Tokens

Additional Session Is Established When

a User Logs In to the UI

GET Requests with Access Tokens in the

URL Query String Are Blocked for the
Single Access Endpoint

Enjoy Usability Improvements for Token

Exchange Setup

Integrate Single Sign-On Service

Providers with the External Client Apps
Framework

Triple DES Encryption Is No Longer

Supported for SAML Single Sign-On

Verify SAML Integrations (Release

Update)

Migrate to a Multiple-Configuration
SAML Framework (Release Update)

61
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Enable Embedded Login

Named Credentials

Simplify OAuth Configurations with

External Auth Identity Providers

Refresh Access Tokens for Named

Credentials with More HTTP Status
Codes

Privacy Center

Process the User Object with Privacy

Policies

Bypass Triggers and Validation Rules

While Processing Records

Salesforce Shield

Event Monitoring

Query Low-Latency Event Data with Event

Log Objects (Generally Available)

Correlate Logs with a Custom Request

Identifier

Access All Event Monitoring Data with One

Permission Set

Monitor Content Security Policy (CSP)

Violations

Dig into Details About Blocked Redirections

Shield Platform Encryption

Bring Your Own Data Encryption Keys for

Search Indexes

Encrypt Data Cloud Search Indexes

Used Named Principal Authentication with

Cache-Only Keys

Security Center

Monitor Certificates Across Your

Salesforce Landscape

62
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Track your Transactional Database
Encryption status with the Existing
Encryption Policies metric

Discover More Ways to Optimize

Security Center

Streamline Navigation with New Icons

Policy Center

Manage Privacy and Security Policies in

Policy Center

Other Changes

Update Your Trusted URLs for the Latest

CSP Directives (Release Update)

Diagnose Failed Redirections Faster

Locate the Source of Content Security

Policy (CSP) Violations and Blocked
Redirections

Secure Cross-Cloud Integrations Across

Asia with Private Connect

Service
Get Case Resolution Assistance at the Click of a Button (Generally Available). Monitor Real-time Conversations Between Agentforce
Service Agents and Customers. Integrate Knowledge with Data Cloud.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Agentforce for Service Cloud

Agentforce Service Agent

Monitor Real-time Conversations Between

Agentforce Service Agents and Customers
(Release Update)

Flag Supervisors to Help with Agentforce

Service Agent Conversations

Agentforce Service Agent is Now ASA

Messaging in Digital Wallet

63
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Enhance User Search Experience by Using
Context-Driven Conversations with
Agentforce Service Agent

Chat with Agentforce Service Agent in

Japanese (Beta)

Agentforce Service Planner

Get Case Resolution Assistance at the Click

of a Button (Generally Available)

Einstein for Service

Einstein Conversation Mining

Gain Insights from Customer Conversations

in More Languages

Mine Insights from Voice Conversations

Einstein Reply Recommendations

Customize Service Replies for Email in

Prompt Builder

Einstein Work Summaries

Enjoy Rich Text and Additional Supported

Languages in Conversation Catch-Up

Get a Quick Overview of a Case and Ongoing

Developments with Case Summaries (Beta)

Employee Service

Simplify Information Access, Service

Requests, and Networking with Alumni
Portal

Experience Improved Clarity with the

Renamed Employee Hub and HR Service
Workspace Features

Equip Service Representatives with

Historical Context by Rapidly Deploying
a Preconfigured Timeline

Efficiently Create Employee Records by

Using CSV File Import

Showcase Actions and Simplify

Navigation with Navigation Tiles

64
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Ascertain that Important Information
Reaches Employees with CMS Collection

Streamline Employee Life Events with

Employee Enablement Program

Conveniently Comment on Cases By

Using the Case Management Bot

Improve Accountability with Enhanced

Approval Capabilities

Improve Employee Service by Managing

Feedback with Feedback Management

Manage Workday Employee Data by

Using Prebuilt MuleSoft Integrations

Changed Object in Employee Service

Service Data Kit

Add More Service Data to Data Cloud

for Greater Insights

Service Insights

Reduce Costs and Improve Operations

with Service Insights

Channels

Email

Enjoy Improved Flexibility When Refining

Automated Emails

Omni-Channel Flow for Email-to-Case Is

Now Invoked Synchronously

Disable Ref ID and Transition to New Email

Threading Behavior (Release Update)

Transition to the Lightning Editor for Email

Composers in Email-to-Case (Generally
Available) (Release Update)

Messaging

Customize the Style of Text Message

Bubbles in Messaging for In-App and Web

Warn End Users Before Automatically

Inactivating Their Messaging Session

65
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Messaging on the Mobile App to Include
Attachments

Blur Potentially Harmful Content Sent to

Service Reps in Attachments

Help Customers Contact You During a

Service Downtime in Messaging for In-App
and Web

More Customers Can End a Messaging

Session in Messaging for In-App and Web

Notify End Users When a Salesforce Org

Migration Happens in Messaging for In-App
and Web

Expand the Scope of Messaging for In-App

and Web Engagement with Supported File
Types

Start a Messaging Session from a Contact,

Account, or Lead Record

Conversation Catch-up for Messaging to

Include Rich Text and Additional Supported
Languages

Collect Date Information from End Users in

Secure Forms

The Enhanced Messaging Component Gets

a Style Update

Empower Reps to Resolve Cases Faster with

Einstein Article Recommendations for
Messaging (Pilot)

Customize the Size of Your Customer-Facing

Chat Window

Use a Custom Font on Your Messaging

Window

Insert Messaging Components in Service

Rep Text Boxes and Send Messages on Their
Behalf Using Lightning Console Methods

Improvements to Existing Lightning Console

APIs

66
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Remove All Messaging Components from
a Web Page by Using an API

Ingest Third-Party Bot Conversation History

into the Service Console by Using an API

Mass Delete User Information to Comply

with General Data Protection Regulation
(GDPR) Guidelines by Using an API

Optimize Business Processes Based on the

Sentiment and Intent of Real-Time Messages
(Pilot)

Get Added Support for Reply Messages in

LINE

Save Time with Automated Outbound

Messages for LINE

Streamline User Interactions with

Auto-Populated Language Data

Use Rich Link Format in Enhanced LINE Links

Bring Your Own Channel

Voice

Route Work Items Through a Single System

with Unified Routing for Voice (Pilot)

Use Omni-Channel Routing with Automatic

Queue and User Sync During Disaster
Recovery

Manage Call Actions from Your Headset

Empower Reps to Resolve Cases Faster with

Einstein Article Recommendations (Pilot)

Customize Softphone Options to Support

Call Handling Compliance

Use Desk Phones Without Another Audio

Device

Delete Salesforce Provisioned AWS

Resources Automatically When You Delete
a Contact Center

Leverage Customized Usernames for

Contact Centers

67
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Use External ID for Provisioning Role for
Additional Security

Get the Latest Enhancements for Your

Amazon Connect Contact Center

Optimize Business Processes Based on the

Sentiment and Intent of Real-Time
Conversations (Pilot)

Updated Format of Usage Details Field in

Amazon Connect Usage and Amazon Lex
Reports

Conversation Catch-Up Offers Additional

Supported Languages

Manage Capacity via Status-Based Capacity

for Voice (Beta)

Display Voice Call Audio Statistics in Real

Time Using the Service Cloud Voice Toolkit
API

Dissociate Voice Call Recordings from Voice

Calls

Focus on Primary Tasks by Using Voice in an

App with Standard Navigation (Beta)

Use an Apex-Defined Variable for All

Intelligence Signal Types (Release Update)

Knowledge

Create Advanced Approval Processes

for Knowledge Articles

Revise Knowledge Articles for Grammar

and Readability with Einstein
Knowledge Edits (Generally Available)

Leverage Data Cloud Connectors to

Ingest Knowledge Articles

Sync Knowledge with Data Cloud

Unify Knowledge with MindTouch

Connector

Get More Done in the Lightning Article

Editor

68
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Open Ingested Article Links from
Third-Party Sources in Salesforce

Sync Options Enhanced for Your

Knowledge Base

Run the Lightning Knowledge Migration

Tool (Release Update)

Alert Agents to Knowledge Articles with

Einstein Knowledge Creation Async
Notification

Entitlements and Milestones

Boost Rep Productivity and Reporting

Accuracy by Automating Milestone
Completion with Flows

Optimize Data Analysis, Reporting, and

Decision Making with the Case
Milestones Report Type

Self-Service

Resolve User Search Queries Faster by

Using Context-Driven Conversations
with Agentforce Service Agent

Routing

Reassign Work Items from Service

Channels

Manage Your Workforce More Efficiently

with Agentforce

Perform Actions from More Flow Types

Increase Rep Productivity with

Omni-Channel Sidebar

Other Enhancements for Routing Work

to Agentforce Service Agents

Eligible Salesforce Orgs Automatically

Upgraded to Enhanced Omni-Channel

Route Voice Calls with Other Channels

by Using Omni-Channel (Pilot)

Use Status-Based Capacity with Voice

(Beta)

69
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Supported Browsers

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Feedback Management

Improve Data Gathering with Partial

Survey Responses

Customize NPS Question Labels for

Better Relevance

Access Customer Feedback Directly from

the Messaging Sessions Page

Customer Experience Intelligence

Unify Customer Data for a Holistic

Profile

Extract Product Insights from Customer

Interactions

Enhance Data Quality by Restricting the

Length of Key Phrases

Improve Customer Experience with

Email Insights

Optimize Engagement Efficiency by

Analyzing Interactions Across Products

Boost Productivity by Creating Multiple

Cases Simultaneously

Get a Comprehensive Summary of

Customer Engagement, Experience, and
Data

Service Adoption

Discover More Service Capabilities with

My Service Journey (Generally Available)

Supported Browsers
Supported browsers for Salesforce vary depending on whether you use Salesforce Classic or Lightning Experience.

IN THIS SECTION:
Supported Browsers and Devices for Lightning Experience
Lightning Experience is available in multiple editions. Specific browsers and devices are supported, and there are limitations and
considerations for third-party browser extensions and JavaScript libraries. We recommend using the Salesforce mobile app on mobile
devices.

70
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Supported Browsers and Devices for Lightning Experience

Supported Browsers and Devices for Salesforce Classic

Salesforce Classic doesn't support mobile browsers, so we recommend using the Salesforce mobile app when working on mobile
devices.
Supported Browsers for CRM Analytics
Supported browsers for CRM Analytics include those supported for Lightning Experience.

Supported Browsers and Devices for Lightning Experience

Lightning Experience is available in multiple editions. Specific browsers and devices are supported, and there are limitations and
considerations for third-party browser extensions and JavaScript libraries. We recommend using the Salesforce mobile app on mobile
devices.
For the latest information on supported browsers and devices for Lightning Experience, see Supported Browsers and Devices for Lightning
Experience

Supported Browsers and Devices for Salesforce Classic

Salesforce Classic doesn't support mobile browsers, so we recommend using the Salesforce mobile app when working on mobile devices.
For the latest information on supported browsers and devices for Salesforce Classic, see Supported Browsers and Devices for Salesforce
Classic.

Supported Browsers for CRM Analytics

Supported browsers for CRM Analytics include those supported for Lightning Experience.

Salesforce Overall
Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall.

IN THIS SECTION:
General Enhancements
Spring ’25 gives you more reasons to love Lightning Experience.
Einstein Search
Customize your search results in the Search Manager to show the results that users want. Find data easily with enhanced Advanced
Lookup.
Salesforce Foundations
Take advantage of a limited set of capabilities to try out autonomous AI Agents. Generate more leads with custom pages and forms.
Save time on campaign and store management with new layouts and preconfigured options.
Lightning Console
Gain improved performance with fewer extra page loads.
Salesforce Data Pipelines
Get a better view of a recipe’s outcome with new features for building sample data and examining content in recipe previews.
Monitor dataflow and recipe deletions in the Audit Trail.

71
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Salesforce Scheduler
Add support for payments to Salesforce Scheduler.
Salesforce Archive
Get to know Salesforce Archive.

General Enhancements
Spring ’25 gives you more reasons to love Lightning Experience.

IN THIS SECTION:
Add the New Setup Domain
Ensure that Setup pages in Lightning Experience load content correctly when browsers block third-party cookies. If your users have
general access to the internet, no action is required. If your company controls users’ or servers’ access to the internet through firewalls
or allowlists, your IT department must add *.salesforce-setup.com to the company’s list of allowed domains. Salesforce
Setup pages are now hosted on that domain.
Prepare for Upcoming Restrictions on Salesforce Cookie Use
To support users that block third-party cookies, test custom functionality and code that uses a Salesforce session cookie. To test,
enable the My Domain setting, “Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies.” Salesforce plans to enforce that setting in a future
release.
Monitor Your Usage of Sales and Service Cloud Agents with Digital Wallet
Monitor more of your Agentforce usage for Sales and Service Cloud with Digital Wallet, an account management tool for
consumption-based features. Now, on the Digital Wallet homepage, the Conversations consumption card summarizes your org’s
combined usage of Agentforce Sales Coach and Agentforce SDR (Sales Development Rep) along with ASA Messaging (formerly
Agentforce Service Agent - Inbound). Additionally, Digital Wallet’s Consumption Insights page offers a breakdown of your combined
Agentforce usage by time period to help you detect trends over time.
Cloudfront Is Replacing Akamai as the Lightning CDN Partner
All new and existing orgs automatically migrate from the content delivery network (CDN) partner Akamai to the partner Cloudfront.
If your company's firewall only lets through specific domains, add *.static.lightning.force.com to the allowlist.
Allow the Required Domain for Maps and Location Services
Maps and location services use Google Maps to display maps on standard address fields, enable creation of Visualforce maps, and
help users enter new addresses with autocomplete. To use these features, add *.forceusercontent.com to the allowlists
for your network, firewalls, and proxies. Previously, that domain was erroneously included in the list of domains used only in orgs
without enhanced domains.
Redirect to a Newly Created Record
When you create a new record by using a quick action, you can now quickly redirect to the newly created record by clicking default
or custom toast messages. Previously, on desktop, you could only click the default toast message to be redirected to the newly
created record.
Track Salesforce Platform Login License Overages in Your Org
You can keep track of Salesforce Platform Login users who exceed the number of custom objects that they’re allowed on the System
Overview page. Click the number next to Salesforce Platform Login Users Over Custom Object Limit to download a CSV file of the
user names and the custom objects that they created.

72
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Lightning Adoption Apps Are Being Retired

Lightning Adoption apps, including Lightning Experience Transition Assistant, Lightning Experience Configuration Converter, and
Lightning Experience Readiness Check, are scheduled for retirement on January 10, 2025. After the retirement date, you can no
longer use Lightning Adoption apps in orgs on Spring ’25 and later.
Enjoy Salesforce’s Refreshed Visual Style with Themes for SLDS 2 (Beta)
Create custom themes that represent your brand with all the benefits of Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS 2), or select the
new built-in SLDS 2 theme, Salesforce Cosmos. To find the perfect fit, you can easily switch between SLDS and SLDS 2 themes. In-app
guidance and visual cues ensure that you always know which SLDS version you’re working in. Previously, the enhanced Lightning
user interface setting in User Interface Settings controlled enablement of SLDS 2.
Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update)
As part of the Salesforce internal migration from Aura to LWC, more modals in Lightning Experience now render using LWC. This
update provides improved performance, especially when working with a large number of fields on a record create or edit modal.
You can now also use Dynamic Forms in a modal that's opened from a Create from Lookup field on most LWC-enabled record pages.
When you enable this update, you can expect minor changes to modal behavior. This update was first available in Summer ’24.
Verify Your Return Email Address for Sender Verification (Release Update)
After Spring ’25, to comply with increased email security standards, you’re required to verify the Email Address in My Email Settings.
Explore Salesforce Products In-Depth with Product Detail Pages in the Your Account App
Get more details about Salesforce products so that you can make more informed purchase decisions in the Your Account app.
Choose Contact Details when Requesting a Call from Your Salesforce Account Executive
Now when you request a call from your Salesforce Account Executive regarding a Salesforce product, you can confirm your contact
information, choose the contact method, and add details about your request. Get ready for a more productive conversation about
the products you’re exploring.
Get Personalized Suggestions in Setup
Get relevant suggestions just for you, right where you work in Setup. Suggested for You makes personalized recommendations
based on the products you have and how you and others in your company work.

Add the New Setup Domain

Ensure that Setup pages in Lightning Experience load content correctly when browsers block third-party cookies. If your users have
general access to the internet, no action is required. If your company controls users’ or servers’ access to the internet through firewalls
or allowlists, your IT department must add *.salesforce-setup.com to the company’s list of allowed domains. Salesforce Setup
pages are now hosted on that domain.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
When: We're using a staggered rollout to move the Setup pages to the *.salesforce-setup.com domain. The rollout began
in Spring ’24 and continues through Spring ’25. The change is first enabled in sandboxes and nonproduction orgs and then in production
orgs.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: New Setup Domain Rollout FAQ
Knowledge Article: Understand How Google's Privacy Sandbox Initiative Impacts Salesforce
Salesforce Help: Test the Impact of Blocked Salesforce Session Cookies (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

73
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Prepare for Upcoming Restrictions on Salesforce Cookie Use

To support users that block third-party cookies, test custom functionality and code that uses a Salesforce session cookie. To test, enable
the My Domain setting, “Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies.” Salesforce plans to enforce that setting in a future release.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Test the Impact of Blocked Salesforce Session Cookies (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Knowledge Article: Visualforce Limitations in Salesforce Classic When Third-Party Cookies are Blocked

Monitor Your Usage of Sales and Service Cloud Agents with Digital Wallet
Monitor more of your Agentforce usage for Sales and Service Cloud with Digital Wallet, an account management tool for
consumption-based features. Now, on the Digital Wallet homepage, the Conversations consumption card summarizes your org’s
combined usage of Agentforce Sales Coach and Agentforce SDR (Sales Development Rep) along with ASA Messaging (formerly Agentforce
Service Agent - Inbound). Additionally, Digital Wallet’s Consumption Insights page offers a breakdown of your combined Agentforce
usage by time period to help you detect trends over time.
Where: Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. SDR is available in Lightning Experience
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Setup for agents is available on the desktop site. Sales Coach is available in Lightning
Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. ASA Messaging is part of Service Cloud Usage Billing and is available in
Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions.
Who: Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission or Your Account access. SDR is available with the
Agentforce SDR add-on. Sales Coach is available to users with the Agentforce Sales Coach add-on. Service Cloud Usage Billing is available
to users with the Conversation add-on.
How: To get started with Digital Wallet, see Access Digital Wallet. To get started with Agentforce SDR, see Set Up Agentforce SDR. To
get started with Agentforce Sales Coach, see Setting Up Agentforce Sales Coach.

74
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Cloudfront Is Replacing Akamai as the Lightning CDN Partner

All new and existing orgs automatically migrate from the content delivery network (CDN) partner Akamai to the partner Cloudfront. If
your company's firewall only lets through specific domains, add *.static.lightning.force.com to the allowlist.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.

Allow the Required Domain for Maps and Location Services

Maps and location services use Google Maps to display maps on standard address fields, enable creation of Visualforce maps, and help
users enter new addresses with autocomplete. To use these features, add *.forceusercontent.com to the allowlists for your
network, firewalls, and proxies. Previously, that domain was erroneously included in the list of domains used only in orgs without enhanced
domains.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the mobile app in
Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Provide Maps and Location Services (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Allow the Required Domains (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Redirect to a Newly Created Record

When you create a new record by using a quick action, you can now quickly redirect to the newly created record by clicking default or
custom toast messages. Previously, on desktop, you could only click the default toast message to be redirected to the newly created
record.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Mobile in Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.

75
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Track Salesforce Platform Login License Overages in Your Org

You can keep track of Salesforce Platform Login users who exceed the number of custom objects that they’re allowed on the System
Overview page. Click the number next to Salesforce Platform Login Users Over Custom Object Limit to download a CSV file of the user
names and the custom objects that they created.
Where: This change applies to Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Platform Login License Details (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Lightning Adoption Apps Are Being Retired

Lightning Adoption apps, including Lightning Experience Transition Assistant, Lightning Experience Configuration Converter, and
Lightning Experience Readiness Check, are scheduled for retirement on January 10, 2025. After the retirement date, you can no longer
use Lightning Adoption apps in orgs on Spring ’25 and later.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Retirement of Lightning Adoption Apps

Enjoy Salesforce’s Refreshed Visual Style with Themes for SLDS 2 (Beta)
Create custom themes that represent your brand with all the benefits of Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS 2), or select the new
built-in SLDS 2 theme, Salesforce Cosmos. To find the perfect fit, you can easily switch between SLDS and SLDS 2 themes. In-app guidance
and visual cues ensure that you always know which SLDS version you’re working in. Previously, the enhanced Lightning user interface
setting in User Interface Settings controlled enablement of SLDS 2.
Where:

Note: SLDS 2 themes is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a
written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
SLDS 2 is enabled in new and existing Starter and Pro Suite orgs by default. It’s enabled in new Sales orgs across all editions and in select
new Service orgs. For more information about when SLDS 2 becomes available in your new and existing orgs, see Salesforce Cosmos
Theme Availability in Salesforce Help.
Not all Salesforce apps support SLDS 2. If an app or area of Salesforce doesn’t support SLDS 2, it’s displayed with SLDS styling even when
SLDS 2 is activated. For example, areas such as CRMA, Setup, and some builders still use SLDS styling.
How: From Setup, search for and select Themes and Branding. To create a custom SLDS 2 theme, click New Theme, then configure
and activate the theme. To use the built-in SLDS 2 theme, from the Salesforce Cosmos theme dropdown list, select Activate. When you
activate an SLDS 2 theme, you also enable SLDS 2 for your org.
To switch to SLDS, activate a theme without a badge next to the theme name. To create an SLDS theme, from the New Theme dropdown
list, select New SLDS 1 Theme, then configure and activate the theme. When you activate an SLDS theme, you enable SLDS for your
org.

76
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Some themes and branding features are unavailable in SLDS 2 due to accessibility implications, such as background color and background
image. Existing built-in and custom themes built on SLDS aren’t migrated to SLDS 2. To recreate an existing SLDS custom theme with
SLDS 2, from the Themes and Branding page, click New Theme and manually rebuild the theme.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Brand Your Org in Lightning Experience (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
SLDS: Salesforce Lightning Design System

Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update)

As part of the Salesforce internal migration from Aura to LWC, more modals in Lightning Experience now render using LWC. This update
provides improved performance, especially when working with a large number of fields on a record create or edit modal. You can now
also use Dynamic Forms in a modal that's opened from a Create from Lookup field on most LWC-enabled record pages. When you
enable this update, you can expect minor changes to modal behavior. This update was first available in Summer ’24.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring '25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and then click the maintenance tab.
How: To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For
Enable LWC Stacked Modals, follow the testing and activation steps.

Note: When working with actions, using Dynamic Forms via a Create from Lookup field is supported only for standard actions.
Other types of actions, such as default actions and custom quick actions, continue to use information from the page layout.
Post-save navigation has changed for modals that are launched by a quick action. For LWC quick actions that open a stacked modal for
record creation, you’re returned to the record page after record save. For non-stacked LWC quick actions and Aura quick actions, you
are redirected to the newly created record page after record save.
If you use custom quick actions, consider these guidelines.
• Aura quick actions—Modals launched by Aura quick actions redirect you to the newly created record page after record save. If
you used force:createRecord, consider using LWC quick actions instead. Use the lightning/navigation module
to configure post-save navigation to return you back to the original record page that launched the quick action.
• LWC quick actions—When using the lightning/navigation module, the newer modal overlays and stacks on the previous
modal by default. To automatically close the previous modal when navigating, set replace to true. When replace is true,
post-save navigation redirects you to the newly created record.
This table shows post-save navigation behavior with the release update enabled as compared to its previous behavior.

77
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Enable LWC Stacked Modal LWC Stacked Modal Example

Release Update Release Update Not
Enabled
Create from Lookup Returns back Returns back On a contact page, click the Edit
action. On the Account Name
field, click New Account. A
stacked modal for new account
creation is displayed.

Standard Quick Action Returns back Returns back On an account page, click the
New Case action. A stacked
modal for new case creation is
displayed.

LWC Quick Action (stacked) Returns back Returns back Add an LWC quick action to a
contact page. The quick action
launches a modal, which
contains a button that launches
another modal using
lightning/navigation.

LWC Quick Action (not stacked) Redirects to newly created Redirects to newly created Add an LWC quick action to a
record page record page contact page. The quick action
launches a modal.

Aura Quick Action (not stacked) Redirects to newly created Returns back Add an Aura (Lightning
record page Component) quick action to a
contact page. The quick action
creates a case using a
lightning:recordEditForm
base component.

Note: Modals that are launched by Aura quick actions are not stacked. For example, if you launch a modal using an Aura quick
action, and then launch another modal using force:createRecord, the previous modal is closed automatically and the
newer modal is not stacked.
force:createRecord launches an LWC-based modal if you pass in an LWC-enabled object. For example, if you call
force:createRecord from an Aura quick action, the modal that's displayed follows post-save navigation behavior of an
LWC quick action (not stacked).

Verify Your Return Email Address for Sender Verification (Release Update)
After Spring ’25, to comply with increased email security standards, you’re required to verify the Email Address in My Email Settings.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Database.com.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring '25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: A verified email address is used to send emails from your account. This update allows increased accountability and security for
email deliverability.

78
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Search

How: To comply with increased email security standards, emails fail to send from the return email address in My Email Settings until the
address is verified. Instruct all users to visit their My Email Settings. Users can manually verify their email addresses by selecting Resend
Verification Email and clicking the link in the email. If the resend option is unavailable, the return address is already verified. Users
receive a verification email once per release until Spring ’25. The email includes the verification link.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Edit Your Email Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Release Updates

Explore Salesforce Products In-Depth with Product Detail Pages in the Your Account
App
Get more details about Salesforce products so that you can make more informed purchase decisions in the Your Account app.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Pro Suite, Enterprise, Professional, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
Who: To use the Your Account app, the Manage Billing or the Your Account App Admin User permission set is required.
How: Select the product name in the Product Catalog. Get more information about a Salesforce product and take a deep dive on its
included capabilities. If you have more than one contract, select which one you want to add it to before adding it to your cart. If it’s a
product you own, you can add quantity here.

Choose Contact Details when Requesting a Call from Your Salesforce Account Executive
Now when you request a call from your Salesforce Account Executive regarding a Salesforce product, you can confirm your contact
information, choose the contact method, and add details about your request. Get ready for a more productive conversation about the
products you’re exploring.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Pro Suite, Enterprise, Professional, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
Who: To use the Your Account app, the Manage Billing or the Your Account App Admin User permission set is required.
Why: Add yourself or a teammate as the point of contact when requesting a call from your Salesforce Account Executive.
How: Select the Talk to Sales or Request an Upgrade button in the Your Account app. Confirm your contact information, select your
preferred contact method, and add any details about your interest or questions. The Sales team then reaches out to you.

Get Personalized Suggestions in Setup

Get relevant suggestions just for you, right where you work in Setup. Suggested for You makes personalized recommendations based
on the products you have and how you and others in your company work.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions except Essentials.
Why: When you see a suggested action you’d like to take, click the action button. Use the copy button to save the content for later. You
can manage suggestion preferences in Adoption Assistance in Setup. You can also dismiss an individual suggestion if you don’t want
to see it again.

Einstein Search
Customize your search results in the Search Manager to show the results that users want. Find data easily with enhanced Advanced
Lookup.
Rights of ALBERT EINSTEIN are used with permission of The Hebrew University of Jerusalem. Represented exclusively by Greenlight.

79
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Foundations

IN THIS SECTION:
Customize Explicit Filters in Search Manager
Tailor the explicit search filters to address specific objects and profiles. For example, customize the search filters that appear for the
Contacts object specifically for the Contract Manager profile.
Advanced Lookup Search Has an Updated UI
For easier viewing, the Advanced Lookup window now lists possible matches under the search bar, not in a dropdown. To change
the sorting parameter for search results, click the column titles. If you don’t find the proper result, create a record from the Lookup
input field, not from the Advanced Lookup window.

Customize Explicit Filters in Search Manager

Tailor the explicit search filters to address specific objects and profiles. For example, customize the search filters that appear for the
Contacts object specifically for the Contract Manager profile.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions
When: This feature is available in December 2024.

Advanced Lookup Search Has an Updated UI

For easier viewing, the Advanced Lookup window now lists possible matches under the search bar, not in a dropdown. To change the
sorting parameter for search results, click the column titles. If you don’t find the proper result, create a record from the Lookup input
field, not from the Advanced Lookup window.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions except Database.com.
When: This functionality is available on a rolling basis starting in Spring ‘25.

Salesforce Foundations
Take advantage of a limited set of capabilities to try out autonomous AI Agents. Generate more leads with custom pages and forms.
Save time on campaign and store management with new layouts and preconfigured options.

IN THIS SECTION:
Build Engaging Web Pages and Forms with Salesforce Foundations
Enhance your lead generation strategy with custom web pages and forms. Easily monitor key KPIs with default reports and dashboards.
And, thanks to a signup form campaign flow, automate lead creation and marketing consent data updates after customers complete
your opt-in form.
Unlock AI Agents with Salesforce Foundations
Say hello to autonomous AI agents. Now enabling Foundations unlocks Agentforce and gives you a set of agent conversations to
get started.
Other Changes in Salesforce Foundations
Learn about other marketing and commerce changes we made in Spring ’25.

80
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Foundations

Build Engaging Web Pages and Forms with Salesforce Foundations

Enhance your lead generation strategy with custom web pages and forms. Easily monitor key KPIs with default reports and dashboards.
And, thanks to a signup form campaign flow, automate lead creation and marketing consent data updates after customers complete
your opt-in form.
Where: This change applies to supported editions for Salesforce Foundations.
Who: To create landing pages and forms, you need the Marketing Manager and Starter Marketing app permission sets. You also need
the Modify All Data user permission and a CMS workspace contributor role of Content Manager or Content Admin.
How: To use this feature, in Setup, go to Salesforce Foundations. If you added Salesforce Foundations before Spring ’25, turn on Digital
Experiences on this page. If you added Foundations after Spring ’25, turn on all required marketing settings on this page. Then, set up
landing pages and forms.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Foundations Setup (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Set Up Landing Pages and Forms (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Unlock AI Agents with Salesforce Foundations

Say hello to autonomous AI agents. Now enabling Foundations unlocks Agentforce and gives you a set of agent conversations to get
started.
Where: This feature is available in supported editions for Foundations.
How: To use AI agents, in Setup, go to Salesforce Foundations. If you added Foundations before Spring ’25, add the product with Your
Account. If you added Foundations after Spring ’25, add all the required products with Your Account. Then refer to the relevant Salesforce
Help to set up your agents.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Foundations Allocations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Sales Cloud Agents (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Service Agent (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce: Salesforce Foundations FAQ

Other Changes in Salesforce Foundations

Learn about other marketing and commerce changes we made in Spring ’25.
Where: These changes apply to supported editions for Foundations.
How: These changes are available.
• With our revised campaign record page layout, you can more easily manage flows that automate different parts of your campaign.
From the campaign record, view up to 5 flow elements in the same order they appear in Flow Builder. You can edit message or
time-based wait elements without opening Flow Builder.
• Save time on segment creation for marketing campaigns with preconfigured filters. From the campaign record, click Select Segment
and then select Use Quick Filters.
• Preview which customers are in a segment before you send out a marketing campaign. To preview a segment, publish it from the
campaign record, and then click Preview. Segments are automatically published again when you activate the campaign.

81
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Console

• The refreshed Pay Now experience provides a redesigned landing page for store home, easier navigation, and improved access to
your content with revamped workspaces.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Promote My Business (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Marketing Segments (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Start Selling Online (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Commerce Enhancements for Starter and Pro Suite

Lightning Console
Gain improved performance with fewer extra page loads.

IN THIS SECTION:
Benefit from Better Lightning Console Performance with Deferred Inactive Workspace Page Loading
Lightning Console now defers the loading of inactive workspace pages by default, which minimizes extra page loads and improves
performance. An inactive workspace page doesn’t load until the user navigates to that page. Regardless of whether the Defer loading
inactive console workspace pages setting is enabled or disabled, content in pinned regions is always considered active and loads
immediately. Previously, if a workspace page opened via a navigation rule, then the page immediately began loading even if the
user remained on a different workspace page.

Benefit from Better Lightning Console Performance with Deferred Inactive Workspace
Page Loading
Lightning Console now defers the loading of inactive workspace pages by default, which minimizes extra page loads and improves
performance. An inactive workspace page doesn’t load until the user navigates to that page. Regardless of whether the Defer loading
inactive console workspace pages setting is enabled or disabled, content in pinned regions is always considered active and loads
immediately. Previously, if a workspace page opened via a navigation rule, then the page immediately began loading even if the user
remained on a different workspace page.
Where: This change applies to Lightning console apps in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions. Lightning console apps are available for an extra cost to users with Salesforce Platform user licenses for certain products. Some
restrictions apply. For pricing details, contact your Salesforce account executive.
How: This setting is on by default. To turn off this setting, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Console Settings, and select
Console Workspace Page Loading Preference. Then turn off Defer loading inactive console workspace pages.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Defer Loading Inactive Lightning Console Workspace Pages (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce Data Pipelines

Get a better view of a recipe’s outcome with new features for building sample data and examining content in recipe previews. Monitor
dataflow and recipe deletions in the Audit Trail.

82
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

IN THIS SECTION:
Get More Representative Sample Data in Recipes from Local Salesforce Connections
When adding local Salesforce data to a recipe, you can now filter the rows added to the preview or get samples that include one
row for each value in a column. These new sample modes help you better assess whether a recipe achieves the desired outcome
by selecting more relevant preview data.
Preview Random Samples from Datasets in Recipes
When adding a dataset to a recipe, get random sample rows to help you better assess whether the recipe is achieving the desired
outcome. Random sampling increases the likelihood that preview data remains available through your recipe transformations.
Improved Data Preview in Recipes
You can now sort on any column and search the preview data. Freeze columns and highlight rows. Hover over a cell to see the full
value. You can also copy API names and cell values.
Secure Salesforce External Connections with OAuth 2.0
Use OAuth 2.0 to create a secure connection to an external Salesforce org that’s adding your data to CRM Analytics.
Monitor Dataflow and Recipe Deletions in the Audit Trail
You can now view who deleted a dataflow or recipe and when in the Salesforce setup audit trail. For example, you can follow up to
find out why a dataflow or recipe was deleted.
Run Sequential Recipes Faster in Encrypted Orgs
Reduce processing time when your data strategy involves multiple recipes by using staged data instead of datasets. An initial recipe
outputs results as staged data, and then the subsequent recipes use the staged data in input nodes. For example, rather than merge
account and opportunity data in several region-specific forecasting recipes, merge in an initial recipe that outputs the results as
staged data. Then use the staged data in the other recipes. Previously, you could use staged data only with unencrypted orgs.
Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes (Generally Available)
Let coworkers understand dataset content with the Recipes View Only permission. With this permission, when users visit Data
Manager, they see only the Recipes option. They can then open recipes and view their content but can’t edit, run, or delete them.
Push Data from Government Cloud with Output Connectors
You can now use the Amazon S3, Salesforce, and Snowflake output connectors to push data from Salesforce Government Cloud
customer orgs. When using these connectors, data in transit is encrypted using FIPS 140 validated cryptography, in accordance with
US federal requirements.
Improve Salesforce External Connector Sync Performance with Incremental Syncs (Beta)
Improve your data sync times when using the Salesforce External connector by loading object data incrementally. An incremental
sync extracts only the latest changes to external Salesforce data.
Load Data Incrementally (Beta)
Improve upload time when using the Analytics External Data API by loading CSV files incrementally. In addition to appending data,
you can now incrementally upsert and delete data.

Get More Representative Sample Data in Recipes from Local Salesforce Connections
When adding local Salesforce data to a recipe, you can now filter the rows added to the preview or get samples that include one row
for each value in a column. These new sample modes help you better assess whether a recipe achieves the desired outcome by selecting
more relevant preview data.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

83
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

How: Add a dataset to a recipe. In the input node, from Sampling Mode, select Filtered rows to preview rows based on filters or All
Column Values to include at least one row for each value in a column in the preview.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Preview Sampling (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Preview Random Samples from Datasets in Recipes

When adding a dataset to a recipe, get random sample rows to help you better assess whether the recipe is achieving the desired
outcome. Random sampling increases the likelihood that preview data remains available through your recipe transformations.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: Add a dataset to a recipe. In the input node, from Sampling Mode, select Random Sampling.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Preview Sampling (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improved Data Preview in Recipes

You can now sort on any column and search the preview data. Freeze columns and highlight rows. Hover over a cell to see the full value.
You can also copy API names and cell values.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In a recipe node, from the column menu, select a sort option or freeze the column. To highlight a row, click it and scroll left and
right to review the column values for that row. Use the new search box to find values in the preview data.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Recipe with Data Prep (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

84
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

Secure Salesforce External Connections with OAuth 2.0

Use OAuth 2.0 to create a secure connection to an external Salesforce org that’s adding your data to CRM Analytics.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: When you create the Salesforce external connector, enter OAuth as the authentication type. Enter the client ID and client secret
for the OAuth connection.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Salesforce External Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Connected Apps (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Monitor Dataflow and Recipe Deletions in the Audit Trail

You can now view who deleted a dataflow or recipe and when in the Salesforce setup audit trail. For example, you can follow up to find
out why a dataflow or recipe was deleted.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter View Setup Audit Trail and select it.

85
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Monitor Setup Changes with Setup Audit Trail (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Delete a Recipe (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Run Sequential Recipes Faster in Encrypted Orgs

Reduce processing time when your data strategy involves multiple recipes by using staged data instead of datasets. An initial recipe
outputs results as staged data, and then the subsequent recipes use the staged data in input nodes. For example, rather than merge
account and opportunity data in several region-specific forecasting recipes, merge in an initial recipe that outputs the results as staged
data. Then use the staged data in the other recipes. Previously, you could use staged data only with unencrypted orgs.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Analytics, and select Settings. Select Allow recipes to create staged data.
In the recipe editor, build your first recipe for the sequence of recipes, add an output node, and write it to staged data.

Build your second recipe, and select the staged data from your first recipe when adding the input data.

86
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

Continue to build and save your recipe as usual. The staged data is used as an input source when the recipe sequence runs.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Running Sequential Recipes with Staged Data Output (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes (Generally Available)

Let coworkers understand dataset content with the Recipes View Only permission. With this permission, when users visit Data Manager,
they see only the Recipes option. They can then open recipes and view their content but can’t edit, run, or delete them.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Permission, and select Permission Sets. Select or create a permission set. Click
System Permissions, and select Recipes View Only.
When users visit Data Manager and click a recipe name, they can view the recipe’s details in the recipe editor.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Learn About Data Pipelines User Permissions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Data Manager (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: View or Edit a Recipe (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Push Data from Government Cloud with Output Connectors

You can now use the Amazon S3, Salesforce, and Snowflake output connectors to push data from Salesforce Government Cloud customer
orgs. When using these connectors, data in transit is encrypted using FIPS 140 validated cryptography, in accordance with US federal
requirements.

87
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Scheduler

Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Amazon S3 Output Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Output Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Snowflake Output Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Salesforce External Connector Sync Performance with Incremental Syncs

(Beta)
Improve your data sync times when using the Salesforce External connector by loading object data incrementally. An incremental sync
extracts only the latest changes to external Salesforce data.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Incremental syncs for the Salesforce External connector are a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms
at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product
Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: In Data Manager, open a Salesforce external connection from the Connection tab and select the object that you want to sync. For
the Edit Connection Mode, select Incremental Sync (Beta).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Salesforce External Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Configure Incremental Sync for Salesforce Data (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Load Data Incrementally (Beta)

Improve upload time when using the Analytics External Data API by loading CSV files incrementally. In addition to appending data, you
can now incrementally upsert and delete data.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Incremental uploads in the external data API is a pilot or beta service that’s subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements
- Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: When using the Analytics External Data API to load data, set the mode to incremental.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Update the Data with Staged Data Output (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce Scheduler
Add support for payments to Salesforce Scheduler.

88
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Archive

IN THIS SECTION:
Book and Pay Easily with Payment Integration
Streamline appointment bookings with the ability to pay for service appointments. Set prices for appointments by configuring rate
cards for combinations of work types and service territories. For outbound appointments, your customer support representatives
can generate and send payment links to customers. For inbound appointments, your customers can pay for their appointments
while booking them. Also, automatically send emails to customers to pay for their bookings by using new email templates for
payments.

Book and Pay Easily with Payment Integration

Streamline appointment bookings with the ability to pay for service appointments. Set prices for appointments by configuring rate cards
for combinations of work types and service territories. For outbound appointments, your customer support representatives can generate
and send payment links to customers. For inbound appointments, your customers can pay for their appointments while booking them.
Also, automatically send emails to customers to pay for their bookings by using new email templates for payments.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Scheduler enabled.
Why: Use this feature when your customers must pay to book an appointment. For example, use this feature when a patient schedules
a doctor’s appointment or the customer of a bank makes an appointment to notarize a document.
How: To turn on Payments, go to the Salesforce Scheduler Settings page in Setup.

Salesforce Archive
Get to know Salesforce Archive.

IN THIS SECTION:
Save on Storage and Boost Performance with Salesforce Archive (Generally Available)
Optimize for speed and efficiency as your business data grows. Archive expired or unused records in an external, low-cost data store.
Visualize the records in your data store directly from your Salesforce org. Automate data cleanup with recurring archive jobs. Salesforce
Archive is your native solution to unchecked data bloat, a time and cost saver for your data-dominant business.

Save on Storage and Boost Performance with Salesforce Archive (Generally Available)
Optimize for speed and efficiency as your business data grows. Archive expired or unused records in an external, low-cost data store.
Visualize the records in your data store directly from your Salesforce org. Automate data cleanup with recurring archive jobs. Salesforce
Archive is your native solution to unchecked data bloat, a time and cost saver for your data-dominant business.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Salesforce Archive is available to customers on most Salesforce instances. The remaining unsupported instances are:
• South Korea: kor* instances
• Indonesia: idn* instances
• Brazil: bra* instances
• Middle East: are* instances
To find out your org instance, go to Company Information in Setup, or contact your account executive.
Why: Excess data stored in your org can bog down processing times, inflate storage costs, and degrade information accuracy. But for
records that you occasionally need or that you’re required to maintain for regulatory compliance, hard deletion isn’t the answer. That’s
why we built a native archive solution to enhance your Salesforce implementation.

89
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Release Updates

Benefits and use cases:

• Boost Salesforce query and reporting performance.
• Improve user productivity with shorter processing times.
• Reduce storage footprint and costs.
• Avoid record redundancies and inconsistencies.
• Preserve historical data for future reference and trend analysis.
• Ensure compliance with data retention regulations.
How: Salesforce Archive is purchased as an add-on license. For pricing information, contact your account executive.
To archive Salesforce records, create and execute Archive policies. You decide when and how often Archive policies run, which objects
they scan, and which records and files they act on. You can also view and manage job sessions for Archive policies. To view archived
data directly from the Salesforce UI, set up your data store with Salesforce Connect.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Store Data Externally with Salesforce Archive (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Access External Data with the Salesforce Connect Adaptor for Salesforce Archive (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)

Release Updates
Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release
Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing
customizations.
Every time a release update is created, it gets scheduled to be enforced in a future release. We announce each update and its schedule
here as soon as that schedule is known, but occasionally, updates are postponed or canceled. If that happens, we let you know in the
section that describes that specific release update.
Often, release updates provide a Test Run option so you can enable an update and examine any changes to your org, including changes
to customizations, before that update’s Complete Steps By date. You can view attachments in the Salesforce mobile app, but you can’t
edit them.
To view release updates, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and select Release Updates.

Enforced with This Release

These updates are scheduled to be enforced this release.
Change Einstein Activity Capture Permissions for Sales Engagement Basic Users (Release Update)
In Spring ’25, the Sales Engagement Basic User permission set no longer includes access to Einstein Activity Capture. Assign the
Standard Einstein Activity Capture permission set to users who currently have access to Einstein Activity Capture through the Sales
Engagement Basic User permission set or a clone.
Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update)
As part of the Salesforce internal migration from Aura to LWC, more modals in Lightning Experience now render using LWC. This
update provides improved performance, especially when working with a large number of fields on a record create or edit modal.
You can now also use Dynamic Forms in a modal that's opened from a Create from Lookup field on most LWC-enabled record pages.
When you enable this update, you can expect minor changes to modal behavior. This update was first available in Summer ’24.

90
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Release Updates

Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release Update)

With this update, the International Components for Unicode (ICU) locale formats replace Oracle’s Java Development Kit (JDK) locale
formats in Salesforce. Locales control the formats for dates, times, currencies, addresses, names, and numeric values. ICU sets the
international standard for these formats. The ICU locale formats provide a consistent experience across the platform and improve
integration with ICU-compliant applications across the globe. This update was first made available in Winter ’20 and is enforced in
Spring ’25.
Enforce View Roles and Role Hierarchy Permission When Editing Public List View Visibility (Release Update)
With this update, only users with the View Roles and Role Hierarchy permission can see or select from your organization’s list of roles
when they edit public list view visibility. This update was first available in Spring ’24. If your organization doesn’t use roles, this update
has no impact.
Enhance Flexibility and Reusability in Prompt Flows (Release Update)
This update removes the ability to specify a flex prompt template type from a template-triggered prompt flow. Instead, create
template-triggered prompt flows that use manual inputs because the flows aren’t limited to a single prompt template type. You
must update existing flows that reference flex prompt template types to use manual inputs. This update is available starting in Winter
’25.
Review and Update Settings to Capture Leads from LinkedIn (Release Update)
If you’re syncing leads from LinkedIn Lead Forms to Salesforce, you must manually disconnect your LinkedIn account, reconfigure
the feature by enabling a new setting, then reconnect your account. Otherwise, LinkedIn leads will stop syncing when LinkedIn
retires their legacy Ads Lead Sync APIs on December 16, 2024. This update is available starting in Winter ‘25.
Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request Order (Release Update)
This update enables Apex batch action results to be returned in the order the requests are received. Currently, error-prone requests
are prioritized at the top of the result list, while successful ones are positioned at the bottom.
Update API Requests to Use Your MyDomain Login URL (Release Update)
If you're using an instance-specific URL for API traffic, you must replace it with your My Domain URL. Salesforce is decommissioning
the service that supports hard-coded references to an instance name in API application traffic routing.
Use an Apex-Defined Variable for All Intelligence Signal Types (Release Update)
This release update adds a new intelligenceSignals flow input parameter that contains detected conversation intelligence signals.
Use this Apex-defined input parameter for your Recommendation Strategy and autolaunched flows linked to a Conversation
Intelligence rule. This update first made available in Summer ’24.
Verify Your Return Email Address for Sender Verification (Release Update)
After Spring ’25, to comply with increased email security standards, you’re required to verify the Email Address in My Email Settings.

Scheduled to Be Enforced in Summer ’25

These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’25. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed
release updates.
Enable a Modernized Record Experience in Aura Sites (Release Update)
Starting in Winter ’25, you can upgrade record components in your Experience Cloud Aura sites and see improved accessibility and
stylistic changes. Upgraded Create Record Form, Record Banner, and Record Detail components run on Lightning Web Component
technology, which improves accessibility and performance. In Summer ’25, the upgrade is enforced for all orgs. We strongly
recommend that you test all customized record components before the update.
Enable Secure Roles Behavior and Update Sharing Group References in Sandboxes (Release Update)
To prevent unintended access for external site users if you enable digital experiences, Salesforce is securing access to records in
sandbox orgs. The default sharing group available for roles and subordinates before you enable digital experiences is now displayed
as Roles and Internal Subordinates instead of Roles and Subordinates. To prepare for this change, update code and customizations

91
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Release Updates

that reference the old group name. Although Salesforce dynamically converts outdated references during a transition period, you
must update all code and customizations to prevent errors.
Evaluate Criteria Based on Original Record Values in Process Builder (Release Update)
This update fixes a bug with the evaluation criteria in processes that have multiple criteria and a record update. This release update
ensures that a process with multiple criteria and a record update evaluates the original value of the field that began the process with
a value of null. This update was first made available in Summer ’19.
Run the Lightning Knowledge Migration Tool (Release Update)
To access Classic Knowledge, run the Lightning Knowledge Migration Tool. To prepare for the retirement of the Classic Knowledge
data model, upgrade to Lightning Knowledge. The upgrade offers enhanced article editing, improved search, and AI-driven features
like Einstein Article Recommendations, Einstein Search for Knowledge, and Agentforce Service Agents. After you migrate, you can
still use Classic Knowledge with limitations.
Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0 Through 30.0 Retirement (Release Update)
The retirement of versions 21.0 through 30.0 of the Salesforce Platform API was first scheduled for Summer ’23. The retirement is
now postponed to Summer ’25. You can continue to use these API versions but they’re not supported and won’t be available starting
in Summer ’25. Applications consuming them are then disrupted. Requests fail with an error message indicating that the endpoint
is deactivated. Upgrade all applications that use a legacy API version to a current version before this breaking change occurs.
Update Your Trusted URLs for the Latest CSP Directives (Release Update)
To help protect your org from cross-site scripting (XSS) and other code-injection attacks, Salesforce updated the delivered content
security policy (CSP) directives for Lightning pages. This change can prevent externally hosted fonts and images from loading. It can
also prevent external websites from loading within an iframe on your Lightning pages. To adopt these required directives, review
the impact and update your trusted URLs. This release update is available starting in Spring ’25 and is enforced in Summer ’25.
Verify SAML Integrations (Release Update)
Salesforce is upgrading its SAML framework as part of regular ongoing maintenance. This maintenance update improves Salesforce’s
security posture, and as a result, improves your security posture. This update can impact integrations that use SAML, including single
sign-on (SSO) and single logout. This update is visible starting in Winter ’25 and was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’25, but we
postponed the enforcement date to Summer ’25. To avoid potential service interruptions, test your SAML integrations as soon as
Summer ’25 sandboxes become available.

Scheduled to Be Enforced in Winter ’26

These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’26. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed
release updates.
Enforce Permission Requirements Defined on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs (Release Update)
This update enables permission requirements to be enforced for built-in Apex classes that are used as inputs for Apex actions. It also
guarantees that the affected Apex action operates within the current component context. Currently, Apex actions rely on the previous
component context. This behavior leads to failed flow interviews when the flow includes an Apex action that contains a built-in
Apex class with permission requirements as input. This release update was first available in Summer ’24 and was scheduled to be
enforced in Spring ’25, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ’26.
Migrate from Maintenance Plan Frequency Fields to Maintenance Work Rules (Release Update)
The Frequency and Frequency Type fields on the Maintenance Plan are being retired. To prepare for this retirement and take advantage
of updated features, migrate your Frequency and Frequency Type data to maintenance work rules. This update was first available
in Summer ’22 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ‘22, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ‘26.
Restrict User Access to Run Flows (Release Update)
This update was first made available in Winter ’24 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’25, but we postponed the enforcement
to Winter ’26. With this update enabled, Salesforce restricts a user’s ability to run a flow. A user must be granted the correct profile
or permission set to run the flow. When enabled, this release update deprecates the FlowSites org permission, which gave all users

92
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Release Updates

in the org access to run any flow. With this update, flows run more securely because only users who are granted correct profiles or
permission sets can run flows. Salesforce postponed the enforcement to allow additional time for admins to test and prepare for
the change. There is no impact to admins who already enabled the update. We appreciate your adoption of this change.

Scheduled to Be Enforced in Spring ’26

These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’26. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed
release updates.
Migrate to a Multiple-Configuration SAML Framework (Release Update)
If you see this release update, your Salesforce instance is using our original single-configuration SAML framework, which supports
single sign-on (SSO) with only one external identity provider. With this release update, we’re removing support for the
single-configuration SAML framework and supporting only the multiple-configuration SAML framework. To preserve your existing
configuration, follow the steps to apply this update. If you don’t, your SSO configuration stops working when this update is enforced
for production instances in Spring ’26.
Upgrade to Enhanced LWR Sites (Generally Available) (Release Update)
Upgrade existing LWR sites to enhanced LWR sites to take advantage of the latest features, including partial deployment, enhanced
CMS workspaces and channels, expression-based visibility, and more. This feature, now generally available, includes some changes
since the last release, and is available as an update starting in Spring ’25.
Update References to Legacy Host Names (Release Update)
Prevent disruption for your customers and end users when the temporary redirection of legacy (non-enhanced) Salesforce host
names ends in orgs created in June 2022 or earlier. With this release update, legacy host name redirections end in production and
demo orgs. Those redirections already ended in all other orgs in Winter ’25. This update is available starting in Spring ’25.

Recommended But Not Enforced

Salesforce strongly recommends enabling these updates, but won’t enforce them. This list can include newly recommended updates
or previously announced updates that will no longer be enforced.
Disable Ref ID and Transition to New Email Threading Behavior (Release Update)
To improve the quality of service, supervisors can now monitor live messaging sessions between this type of AI agent and your
customers. Specifically, they can monitor enhanced Messaging sessions, such as Messaging for In-App and Web and WhatsApp,
from within Omni Supervisor. To notify supervisors which conversations need human support, add the Raise Flag action to the AI
agent. Supervisors can lower the flag and transfer conversations to human representatives.
Monitor Real-time Conversations Between Agentforce Service Agents and Customers (Release Update)
To improve the quality of service, supervisors can now monitor live messaging sessions between this type of AI agent and your
customers. Specifically, they can monitor enhanced Messaging sessions, such as Messaging for In-App and Web and WhatsApp,
from within Omni Supervisor. To notify supervisors which conversations need human support, add the Raise Flag action to the AI
agent. Supervisors can lower the flag and transfer conversations to human representatives.
Transition to the Lightning Editor for Email Composers in Email-to-Case (Generally Available) (Release Update)
To improve the quality of service, supervisors can now monitor live messaging sessions between this type of AI agent and your
customers. Specifically, they can monitor enhanced Messaging sessions, such as Messaging for In-App and Web and WhatsApp,
from within Omni Supervisor. To notify supervisors which conversations need human support, add the Raise Flag action to the AI
agent. Supervisors can lower the flag and transfer conversations to human representatives.

93
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Analytics

Analytics
Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Lightning reports and dashboards, Data Cloud reports and dashboards,
CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, and Tableau.

IN THIS SECTION:
Unified Analytics Experiences
Add assets to collections more efficiently in batches. Schedule more CRM Analytics dashboard subscriptions per hour in Slack.
Lightning Reports and Dashboards
Create effective report types with ease in the enhanced custom report type builder. Sort report charts automatically when you
change report grouping order.
Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards
Filter a Data Cloud report by aggregate values. Review the earliest and latest values on date fields. Say hello to logical views and
semantic unions in Data Cloud reports (beta).
CRM Analytics
Construct datasets with confidence with recipe preview enhancements. Unify data sources in dashboards with Data Cloud One
integration.
Tableau
Use Tableau to analyze, explore, and make decisions on your data with just a few clicks. Create engaging visualizations and embed
them in your Lightning pages to use them in your workflows. Tableau has enterprise analytics platform solutions for deep data
exploration.
Marketing Cloud Intelligence
Connect, harmonize, visualize, and act on your marketing data to optimize performance within campaigns, discover insights in real
time, and then act on them.
Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics
Learn about small but important changes that make analytics more accessible.

Unified Analytics Experiences

Add assets to collections more efficiently in batches. Schedule more CRM Analytics dashboard subscriptions per hour in Slack.

IN THIS SECTION:
Add Assets to Collections in Bulk
Say goodbye to adding assets to collections one at a time. You can now add items to collections in batches. You can also add multiple
items to multiple collections with one action.
Run More CRM Analytics Dashboard Subscriptions Per Hour in Slack
With the new upper limit of 500 subscriptions per hour per org, you have more opportunity to view and share the latest data in Slack
on the schedule you want. Previously, the limit was 100 per hour per org.

Add Assets to Collections in Bulk

Say goodbye to adding assets to collections one at a time. You can now add items to collections in batches. You can also add multiple
items to multiple collections with one action.

94
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Unified Analytics Experiences

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions. The change also applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic, which is available in Developer Edition
and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: On the Analytics tab or in Analytics Studio, click either Browse or Favorites. Select the items you want to add. From the Bulk
Actions dropdown menu, select Add to Collections.

Select one or more collections to add your items to.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Analytics Bulk Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Run More CRM Analytics Dashboard Subscriptions Per Hour in Slack

With the new upper limit of 500 subscriptions per hour per org, you have more opportunity to view and share the latest data in Slack
on the schedule you want. Previously, the limit was 100 per hour per org.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions and to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an
extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. The CRM Analytics for Slack app is available for use where approved by a
workspace admin and installed in Slack.

95
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Reports and Dashboards

Who: Users must have the Connect Salesforce with Slack system permission in Salesforce, and they must connect their CRM Analytics
for Slack app in their Slack workspace to their Salesforce account.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Subscribe to CRM Analytics Dashboards in Slack (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: CRM Analytics Limits (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Lightning Reports and Dashboards

Create effective report types with ease in the enhanced custom report type builder. Sort report charts automatically when you change
report grouping order.

IN THIS SECTION:
Delivered Idea: Do More with Custom Report Types (Generally Available)
Find your report types more easily, and create personalized list views of your custom report types using the improved Custom Report
Type page in Setup. Edit report details and modify object relationships on the summary page, which now has a more compact layout.
The redesigned report type layout editor provides more flexibility when managing custom fields and sections. And you can add up
to 1,000 fields in the report type layout using lookup fields. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Keep Charts Consistent with Reordered Report Data
When you sort by a field, the report chart updates to match the new order so that it’s consistent with the data table. For example,
if you sort regions by descending order of sales, the chart reorders the regions accordingly, making it easier to interpret your data.
Choose Which Dashboard Widgets to Refresh (Beta)
Refresh only the dashboard widgets that you need rather than the entire dashboard. For example, a support team member can
refresh only the Open Tickets widget to see the most up-to-date list of unresolved issues, without refreshing other widgets on the
dashboard.
Designate One Email Address to Send Report Subscription Notifications (Beta)
Create consistent email communications and reduce the risk of spoofing by using an organization-wide email address to send report
subscriptions. Previously, emails were sent with the address of the user who created the report subscription.

Do More with Custom Report Types (Generally Available)

Find your report types more easily, and create personalized list views of your custom report types using the improved Custom Report
Type page in Setup. Edit report details and modify object relationships on the summary page, which now has a more compact layout.
The redesigned report type layout editor provides more flexibility when managing custom fields and sections. And you can add up to
1,000 fields in the report type layout using lookup fields. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.
How: In Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports and select Reports and Dashboards Settings. Select Enhanced Custom
Report Type Setup Page. Then, in the Quick Find box, search for and select Report Types.
On the redesigned summary page of your custom report type, click Edit Layout.

96
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Reports and Dashboards

Drag fields from the Fields panel (1) to the appropriate section on the right. You can search for fields, move them, view their details, and
customize their display names (2). To find lookup fields and add them to the report type, click Lookup Fields (3).

97
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Reports and Dashboards

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Custom Report Types (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Keep Charts Consistent with Reordered Report Data

When you sort by a field, the report chart updates to match the new order so that it’s consistent with the data table. For example, if you
sort regions by descending order of sales, the chart reorders the regions accordingly, making it easier to interpret your data.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.
How: On the widget, click the Chart Properties icon , and select Sort Report Charts.

Choose Which Dashboard Widgets to Refresh (Beta)

Refresh only the dashboard widgets that you need rather than the entire dashboard. For example, a support team member can refresh
only the Open Tickets widget to see the most up-to-date list of unresolved issues, without refreshing other widgets on the dashboard.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.

98
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Note: Widget Refresh is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a
written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports, and select Reports and Dashboards Settings. Select Let users refresh
individual widgets for dashboards (Beta).
In the dashboard, click the widget’s refresh icon to view its latest data.

Designate One Email Address to Send Report Subscription Notifications (Beta)

Create consistent email communications and reduce the risk of spoofing by using an organization-wide email address to send report
subscriptions. Previously, emails were sent with the address of the user who created the report subscription.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.

Note: Organization-Wide Email Addresses for Report Subscriptions is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services
Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the
Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports, and then select Reports and Dashboards Settings. Select Enable Org
Wide Email Address for Report Subscription (Beta), and then select the email address to use from the dropdown.

Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Filter a Data Cloud report by aggregate values. Review the earliest and latest values on date fields. Say hello to logical views and semantic
unions in Data Cloud reports (beta).

IN THIS SECTION:
Define Filters on Aggregate Values in Data Cloud Reports
Fine-tune the results in a Data Cloud report with filters on the sum, average, highest, or lowest values of a numeric column. You can
apply these filters in reports on data model objects (DMO), calculated insights, or semantic data models. If you define more than
one filter, the AND logic is applied. For example, in a Sales Order DMO report, add a summary filter on the sum of sales to review just
the high-value orders.
Highlight Min and Max Aggregates for Date Fields (Generally Available)
Surface the earliest and latest values of a date, datetime, or row-level formula field with these data types in a data model object
(DMO) or semantic data model report. You can also review the min and max aggregates for each report grouping. For example, in
a Sales Order DMO report that’s grouped by fiscal quarter, include the min and max aggregates for the Created Date field to identify
sales cycle trends. Or, quickly find the latest payment due date across all orders with the max value of the formula field that calculates
due dates based on the Created Date field.
Create a Semantic Data Model Report with a Single Click (Beta)
Analyze and build a standard report on a semantic data model directly in the flow of work. You can now create these reports from
the semantic model’s list view page. Previously, you could create the report only from the Reports tab.
Default Behavior When Creating a Semantic Data Model Report Has Changed (Beta)
When you create a semantic data model report, its count of rows and detail rows are disabled by default. To view report data, add
at least one grouping column.

99
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Analyze Logical View and Semantic Union Metrics in Data Cloud Reports (Beta)
Get a comprehensive analysis of records in a semantic data model by including its logical views and semantic unions in a Data Cloud
report. When you create a semantic model report, the Report Builder maintains the logical views that connect the data objects and
the relationship joins between them. It also preserves the view’s semantic unions so that you can unify shared columns across
different data objects, treat them as a single logical entity, and report on dimensions more efficiently. You can quickly define filters
on logical view fields, apply conditional formatting, visualize the data in charts, and embed them in dashboards.
Categorize Semantic Model Records with Bucket Columns (Beta)
Organize data in a semantic data model into groups without the hassle of creating a formula or custom field. Instead, in the report,
create a bucket column to define multiple categories or ranges for the same measure or dimension. For example, get a better
understanding of your customers from the Individuals semantic model by bucketing customer spending amounts into Low, Medium,
and High ranges. You can bucket Data Cloud reports on numeric, picklist, and text data types. Sort, filter, or group the report based
on the bucket column.
Assess Semantic Data Model Records with Advanced Formulas (Beta)
Compare grouped data in a semantic data model report more efficiently with summary formula columns. To analyze each record
in the report, apply row-level formulas. With these advanced formula types, you can easily evaluate percentages, ratios, and aggregate
values. For example, in a Sales Order semantic model report, add a summary formula to determine the monthly average sales amount
by product category.

Define Filters on Aggregate Values in Data Cloud Reports

Fine-tune the results in a Data Cloud report with filters on the sum, average, highest, or lowest values of a numeric column. You can
apply these filters in reports on data model objects (DMO), calculated insights, or semantic data models. If you define more than one
filter, the AND logic is applied. For example, in a Sales Order DMO report, add a summary filter on the sum of sales to review just the
high-value orders.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: On a summary report with detail rows disabled, in the Fields panel, click . In the Edit Filter window, define the summary filter
and click Apply.

100
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Highlight Min and Max Aggregates for Date Fields (Generally Available)
Surface the earliest and latest values of a date, datetime, or row-level formula field with these data types in a data model object (DMO)
or semantic data model report. You can also review the min and max aggregates for each report grouping. For example, in a Sales Order
DMO report that’s grouped by fiscal quarter, include the min and max aggregates for the Created Date field to identify sales cycle trends.
Or, quickly find the latest payment due date across all orders with the max value of the formula field that calculates due dates based on
the Created Date field.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: To add the aggregates, select the column in the Fields pane. Select the aggregates, and click Apply.

Alternatively, in Report Builder, click next to a field name, select Summarize, and select the aggregates.

101
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

You can view the date field’s earliest and latest values for each group in the subtotal row and for the entire report in the report header.

Create a Semantic Data Model Report with a Single Click (Beta)

Analyze and build a standard report on a semantic data model directly in the flow of work. You can now create these reports from the
semantic model’s list view page. Previously, you could create the report only from the Reports tab.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Semantic Data Model is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com, and the
Non-GA Credit Consumption terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this beta service consumes Customer Data Cloud Credits
and is at the Customer's sole discretion. At the conclusion of the open beta period, use of portions of the Semantic Data Model
may be subject to additional purchase and/or additional credit consumption.
How: On the Semantic Layer tab, select Create Report from a semantic model’s Actions menu.

102
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Default Behavior When Creating a Semantic Data Model Report Has Changed (Beta)
When you create a semantic data model report, its count of rows and detail rows are disabled by default. To view report data, add at
least one grouping column.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Semantic Data Model is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com, and the
Non-GA Credit Consumption terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this beta service consumes Customer Data Cloud Credits
and is at the Customer's sole discretion. At the conclusion of the open beta period, use of portions of the Semantic Data Model
may be subject to additional purchase and/or additional credit consumption.

Analyze Logical View and Semantic Union Metrics in Data Cloud Reports (Beta)
Get a comprehensive analysis of records in a semantic data model by including its logical views and semantic unions in a Data Cloud
report. When you create a semantic model report, the Report Builder maintains the logical views that connect the data objects and the
relationship joins between them. It also preserves the view’s semantic unions so that you can unify shared columns across different data
objects, treat them as a single logical entity, and report on dimensions more efficiently. You can quickly define filters on logical view
fields, apply conditional formatting, visualize the data in charts, and embed them in dashboards.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Semantic Data Model is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com, and the
Non-GA Credit Consumption terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this beta service consumes Customer Data Cloud Credits
and is at the Customer's sole discretion. At the conclusion of the open beta period, use of portions of the Semantic Data Model
may be subject to additional purchase and/or additional credit consumption.
Why: For example, let’s say you want to discover insights about your customers’ engagement with your campaigns. In a report on the
Customer Engagement semantic model, include logical view fields that join customer data across multiple channels, such as email open
rates, web browsing patterns, and SMS clicks.

103
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

How: To add a field as a report column, in edit mode, double-click it in the Fields pane. To add a field as a grouping, select it from the
Add group dropdown.

Categorize Semantic Model Records with Bucket Columns (Beta)

Organize data in a semantic data model into groups without the hassle of creating a formula or custom field. Instead, in the report, create
a bucket column to define multiple categories or ranges for the same measure or dimension. For example, get a better understanding
of your customers from the Individuals semantic model by bucketing customer spending amounts into Low, Medium, and High ranges.
You can bucket Data Cloud reports on numeric, picklist, and text data types. Sort, filter, or group the report based on the bucket column.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Semantic Data Model is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com, and the
Non-GA Credit Consumption terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this beta service consumes Customer Data Cloud Credits
and is at the Customer's sole discretion. At the conclusion of the open beta period, use of portions of the Semantic Data Model
may be subject to additional purchase and/or additional credit consumption.
How: In edit mode, from the Columns section, click and select Add Bucket Column.

Assess Semantic Data Model Records with Advanced Formulas (Beta)

Compare grouped data in a semantic data model report more efficiently with summary formula columns. To analyze each record in the
report, apply row-level formulas. With these advanced formula types, you can easily evaluate percentages, ratios, and aggregate values.
For example, in a Sales Order semantic model report, add a summary formula to determine the monthly average sales amount by product
category.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Semantic Data Model is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com, and the
Non-GA Credit Consumption terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this beta service consumes Customer Data Cloud Credits
and is at the Customer's sole discretion. At the conclusion of the open beta period, use of portions of the Semantic Data Model
may be subject to additional purchase and/or additional credit consumption.

104
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

How: In edit mode, from the Columns section, click and select Add Summary Formula or Add Row-Level Formula.

CRM Analytics
Construct datasets with confidence with recipe preview enhancements. Unify data sources in dashboards with Data Cloud One integration.

IN THIS SECTION:
Analytics Experience and Visualizations
Build dashboards with all your connected Data Cloud sources through Data Cloud One integration. Manage changes to dashboard
components with version control.
Data Integration
Get a better view of a recipe’s outcome with new features for building sample data and examining content in recipe previews.
Monitor dataflow and recipe deletions in the Audit Trail. Control access to data based on a user’s assigned territories (now generally
available).

Analytics Experience and Visualizations

Build dashboards with all your connected Data Cloud sources through Data Cloud One integration. Manage changes to dashboard
components with version control.

IN THIS SECTION:
See More Color Contrast in Donut and Stacked Bar Charts
Get better legibility and understanding of data with enriched color contrast for donut and stacked bar charts. It’s now easier to
distinguish between adjacent chart segments or between chart segments and the dashboard background. You don’t see enhanced
color contrast if the chart has more than five segments.
Use Version Control When Saving Dashboard Component Changes
Track changes in your dashboard components with version control to view and restore past versions. Previously, you had to take
manual steps to restore previous configurations.
Unify Your Data Across Dashboards
Your dashboards can now have a single source of truth across every connected Data Cloud server. The connected Data Cloud One
companion org and shared data spaces enable access to unified data as if it were a local Data Cloud.
Enhance Your Dashboards with Customizable Tooltip Colors
You can now customize a tooltip’s background, label, and value to match your company themes, highlight data, and improve
accessibility.

See More Color Contrast in Donut and Stacked Bar Charts

Get better legibility and understanding of data with enriched color contrast for donut and stacked bar charts. It’s now easier to distinguish
between adjacent chart segments or between chart segments and the dashboard background. You don’t see enhanced color contrast
if the chart has more than five segments.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Analytics, and then select Settings. Select Enable high contrast chart widgets.

105
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Color Contrast (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Version Control When Saving Dashboard Component Changes

Track changes in your dashboard components with version control to view and restore past versions. Previously, you had to take manual
steps to restore previous configurations.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: After you make changes to a dashboard component, save it and describe the update in the Version History field.

106
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

To view a component’s current and past versions, click Preview. Click and select Version History. To restore another version,
select the version that you want and click Save.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Restore a Previous Version of a Component (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Unify Your Data Across Dashboards

Your dashboards can now have a single source of truth across every connected Data Cloud server. The connected Data Cloud One
companion org and shared data spaces enable access to unified data as if it were a local Data Cloud.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In the Dashboard Designer, click Create Query. To select a Data Cloud data source and data space, click Salesforce Data Cloud.

107
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

SEE ALSO:
Revolutionize Multi-Org Architecture with Data Cloud One

Enhance Your Dashboards with Customizable Tooltip Colors

You can now customize a tooltip’s background, label, and value to match your company themes, highlight data, and improve accessibility.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

How: In the dashboard designer, click . On the Theme tab, select colors for the background (1), label (2), and value (3) in the Tooltip
Style section.

108
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Widget Properties with Themes(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Data Integration
Get a better view of a recipe’s outcome with new features for building sample data and examining content in recipe previews. Monitor
dataflow and recipe deletions in the Audit Trail. Control access to data based on a user’s assigned territories (now generally available).

109
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

IN THIS SECTION:
Get More Representative Sample Data in Recipes from Local Salesforce Connections
When adding local Salesforce data to a recipe, you can now filter the rows added to the preview or get samples that include one
row for each value in a column. These new sample modes help you better assess whether a recipe achieves the desired outcome
by selecting more relevant preview data.
Preview Random Samples from Datasets in Recipes
When adding a dataset to a recipe, get random sample rows to help you better assess whether the recipe is achieving the desired
outcome. Random sampling increases the likelihood that preview data remains available through your recipe transformations.
Improved Data Preview in Recipes
You can now sort on any column and search the preview data. Freeze columns and highlight rows. Hover over a cell to see the full
value. You can also copy API names and cell values.
Secure Salesforce External Connections with OAuth 2.0
Use OAuth 2.0 to create a secure connection to an external Salesforce org that’s adding your data to CRM Analytics.
Monitor Dataflow and Recipe Deletions in the Audit Trail
You can now view who deleted a dataflow or recipe and when in the Salesforce setup audit trail. For example, you can follow up to
find out why a dataflow or recipe was deleted.
Run Sequential Recipes Faster in Encrypted Orgs
Reduce processing time when your data strategy involves multiple recipes by using staged data instead of datasets. An initial recipe
outputs results as staged data, and then the subsequent recipes use the staged data in input nodes. For example, rather than merge
account and opportunity data in several region-specific forecasting recipes, merge in an initial recipe that outputs the results as
staged data. Then use the staged data in the other recipes. Previously, you could use staged data only with unencrypted orgs.
Control Access to Data Based on a User’s Assigned Territories (Generally Available)
Allow users to see data in dashboards and insights only for the territories they’re assigned to in Territory Management 2.0. Reference
the territory hierarchy from your dataset security predicates. Previously, you could only reference user data.
Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes (Generally Available)
Let coworkers understand dataset content with the Recipes View Only permission. With this permission, when users visit Data
Manager, they see only the Recipes option. They can then open recipes and view their content but can’t edit, run, or delete them.
Push Data from Government Cloud with Output Connectors
You can now use the Amazon S3, Salesforce, and Snowflake output connectors to push data from Salesforce Government Cloud
customer orgs. When using these connectors, data in transit is encrypted using FIPS 140 validated cryptography, in accordance with
US federal requirements.
Improve Salesforce External Connector Sync Performance with Incremental Syncs (Beta)
Improve your data sync times when using the Salesforce External connector by loading object data incrementally. An incremental
sync extracts only the latest changes to external Salesforce data.
Load Data Incrementally (Beta)
Improve upload time when using the Analytics External Data API by loading CSV files incrementally. In addition to appending data,
you can now incrementally upsert and delete data.

Get More Representative Sample Data in Recipes from Local Salesforce Connections
When adding local Salesforce data to a recipe, you can now filter the rows added to the preview or get samples that include one row
for each value in a column. These new sample modes help you better assess whether a recipe achieves the desired outcome by selecting
more relevant preview data.

110
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: Add a dataset to a recipe. In the input node, from Sampling Mode, select Filtered rows to preview rows based on filters or All
Column Values to include at least one row for each value in a column in the preview.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Preview Sampling (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Preview Random Samples from Datasets in Recipes

When adding a dataset to a recipe, get random sample rows to help you better assess whether the recipe is achieving the desired
outcome. Random sampling increases the likelihood that preview data remains available through your recipe transformations.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: Add a dataset to a recipe. In the input node, from Sampling Mode, select Random Sampling.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Preview Sampling (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improved Data Preview in Recipes

You can now sort on any column and search the preview data. Freeze columns and highlight rows. Hover over a cell to see the full value.
You can also copy API names and cell values.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In a recipe node, from the column menu, select a sort option or freeze the column. To highlight a row, click it and scroll left and
right to review the column values for that row. Use the new search box to find values in the preview data.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Recipe with Data Prep (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

111
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Secure Salesforce External Connections with OAuth 2.0

Use OAuth 2.0 to create a secure connection to an external Salesforce org that’s adding your data to CRM Analytics.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: When you create the Salesforce external connector, enter OAuth as the authentication type. Enter the client ID and client secret
for the OAuth connection.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Salesforce External Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Connected Apps (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Monitor Dataflow and Recipe Deletions in the Audit Trail

You can now view who deleted a dataflow or recipe and when in the Salesforce setup audit trail. For example, you can follow up to find
out why a dataflow or recipe was deleted.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter View Setup Audit Trail and select it.

112
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Monitor Setup Changes with Setup Audit Trail (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Delete a Recipe (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Run Sequential Recipes Faster in Encrypted Orgs

Reduce processing time when your data strategy involves multiple recipes by using staged data instead of datasets. An initial recipe
outputs results as staged data, and then the subsequent recipes use the staged data in input nodes. For example, rather than merge
account and opportunity data in several region-specific forecasting recipes, merge in an initial recipe that outputs the results as staged
data. Then use the staged data in the other recipes. Previously, you could use staged data only with unencrypted orgs.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Analytics, and select Settings. Select Allow recipes to create staged data.
In the recipe editor, build your first recipe for the sequence of recipes, add an output node, and write it to staged data.

Build your second recipe, and select the staged data from your first recipe when adding the input data.

113
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Continue to build and save your recipe as usual. The staged data is used as an input source when the recipe sequence runs.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Running Sequential Recipes with Staged Data Output (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Control Access to Data Based on a User’s Assigned Territories (Generally Available)

Allow users to see data in dashboards and insights only for the territories they’re assigned to in Territory Management 2.0. Reference
the territory hierarchy from your dataset security predicates. Previously, you could only reference user data.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In the recipe or dataflow that defines the dataset, add a flattened territory hierarchy (multivalued dimension) for each row. For
example:

Then, include this security predicate filter in the output node:

‘Territory2.TerritoryIDs’ in [“$UserTerritory2Ids”]:

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Sales Territories (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Add Row-Level Security with a Security Predicate (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Row-Level Security Example based on Territory Hierarchy (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes (Generally Available)

Let coworkers understand dataset content with the Recipes View Only permission. With this permission, when users visit Data Manager,
they see only the Recipes option. They can then open recipes and view their content but can’t edit, run, or delete them.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Permission, and select Permission Sets. Select or create a permission set. Click
System Permissions, and select Recipes View Only.

114
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

When users visit Data Manager and click a recipe name, they can view the recipe’s details in the recipe editor.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Learn about CRM Analytics Permission Set Licenses and User Permissions (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Help: Data Manager (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: View or Edit a Recipe (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Push Data from Government Cloud with Output Connectors

You can now use the Amazon S3, Salesforce, and Snowflake output connectors to push data from Salesforce Government Cloud customer
orgs. When using these connectors, data in transit is encrypted using FIPS 140 validated cryptography, in accordance with US federal
requirements.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Amazon S3 Output Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Output Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Snowflake Output Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Salesforce External Connector Sync Performance with Incremental Syncs (Beta)
Improve your data sync times when using the Salesforce External connector by loading object data incrementally. An incremental sync
extracts only the latest changes to external Salesforce data.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Incremental syncs for the Salesforce External connector are a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms
at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product
Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: In Data Manager, open a Salesforce external connection from the Connection tab and select the object that you want to sync. For
the Edit Connection Mode, select Incremental Sync (Beta).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Salesforce External Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Configure Incremental Sync for Salesforce Data (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

115
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Tableau

Load Data Incrementally (Beta)

Improve upload time when using the Analytics External Data API by loading CSV files incrementally. In addition to appending data, you
can now incrementally upsert and delete data.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Incremental uploads in the external data API is a pilot or beta service that’s subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements
- Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: When using the Analytics External Data API to load data, set the mode to incremental.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Update the Data with Staged Data Output (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Tableau
Use Tableau to analyze, explore, and make decisions on your data with just a few clicks. Create engaging visualizations and embed them
in your Lightning pages to use them in your workflows. Tableau has enterprise analytics platform solutions for deep data exploration.
• Tableau Cloud is a secure, fully hosted, cloud-based, self-service platform. Use it to prepare your data, author, analyze, collaborate,
publish, and share. See Tableau Cloud Release Notes for the latest updates.
• Tableau Desktop is a data visualization tool. Use the intuitive, drag-and-drop interface to discover hidden insights and make
impactful business decisions. See Tableau Desktop and Web Authoring Release Notes for the latest updates.
• Tableau Prep is a data preparation tool. Use it to clean, shape, and combine data for analysis in Tableau. See Tableau Prep Release
Notes for the latest updates.
• Tableau Server is a secure, on-premises solution for deploying Tableau in your own environment. Use it to prepare your data,
author, analyze, collaborate, publish, and share. See Tableau Server Release Notes for the latest updates.
To learn more about Tableau products, go to Tableau Help.

Marketing Cloud Intelligence

Connect, harmonize, visualize, and act on your marketing data to optimize performance within campaigns, discover insights in real time,
and then act on them.
• Marketing Cloud Release Notes
• Marketing Cloud Intelligence Data Pipelines Release Notes
• Marketing Cloud Intelligence Help Map

Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics

Learn about small but important changes that make analytics more accessible.
Where: Lightning Report and Dashboard changes apply to Lightning Experience in Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions. CRM Analytics changes apply to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM
Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: Check out details about these changes.

116
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Commerce

• Contrast, keyboard navigation, focus order, and assistive text are enhanced for the Home and Browse tabs, Watchlist, and Notifications
panel.
• Action completion and screen change announcements are added.
• Descriptive assistive text enhancements are added for Collections.

Commerce
Get your store up and running faster with simplified product import and configuration, store branding, and translation features. Boost
conversions and elevate the shopping experience with engaging store pages, flexible search options, and an improved checkout flow.
Keep customers coming back with easy-to-configure promotions and coupons, customizable messages, and the new Orders Dashboard
that helps you analyze and adapt to customer trends.

IN THIS SECTION:
Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce
Use the improved workflow to import products in bulk for your store. Delight customers with store pages that load fast and smart
search that predicts shopper queries. Translate the text on your store in minutes. Improve conversion rates with enhanced cart and
checkout performance. Easily connect a custom domain to your store.
Omnichannel Inventory
Add inventory and update existing records in bulk using a CSV or JSON file.
Salesforce Order Management
Service more orders more efficiently using bulk cancellations and letting customers cancel or return orders containing bundles.
Salesforce Payments
Process captures and refunds, and view where a payment originates from in the Payments Workspace. Consent to auto-published
updates for your Pay Now store. Easily add products to your payment links when using Pay Now with Commerce.

Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Use the improved workflow to import products in bulk for your store. Delight customers with store pages that load fast and smart search
that predicts shopper queries. Translate the text on your store in minutes. Improve conversion rates with enhanced cart and checkout
performance. Easily connect a custom domain to your store.

IN THIS SECTION:
Commerce Store Pages
Easily edit product details on the new Edit Product page. The updated address form includes auto-complete suggestions. Reassure
customers with a clear and detailed order confirmation page. Swiftly translate your store into another language using automated
tools. Enable server-side rendering to load D2C site pages faster.
Commerce Components
Show customers color swatches for your products right on the Product List. Make your store easier to navigate with multilevel menus.
Use the new header components to quickly brand your store.
Commerce Cart, Checkout, and Shipping
Collect a shipping phone number during checkout. Address fields now autocomplete and suggest addresses for shoppers on every
store page. Customers can more easily ship to multiple addresses. Continuous scrolling for cart items has improved accessibility.

117
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Commerce Promotions
Create targeted promotions using specific product attributes like size, color, or weight. Select attributes by applying rules to discounts
or qualifiers. Create coupons for discounts using the guided workflow.
Commerce Search
Enable predictive search suggestions in any search bar component. Display the most relevant product for a search term on the
Product List page.
Additional Commerce Features
Save time and stress by importing your products using the streamlined import interface. Make your customers feel valued by sending
them a customized welcome email. Open up potential sales by offering subscription-based products in your store. Refine merchandising
strategies by tracking order trends in the new Orders Dashboard.

Commerce Store Pages

Easily edit product details on the new Edit Product page. The updated address form includes auto-complete suggestions. Reassure
customers with a clear and detailed order confirmation page. Swiftly translate your store into another language using automated tools.
Enable server-side rendering to load D2C site pages faster.

IN THIS SECTION:
Edit Product Details with Fewer Clicks
Edit product details directly from an intuitive Edit Product page. Click a product to open the page. You can update the product name,
code, family, description, SKU, and pricing details.
Enhance the Shopping Experience with the Redesigned Address Page
The updated address form has a more modern design and includes a navigation menu. Auto-complete lets users fill in addresses
by entering the first few characters. You can also add a field to capture phone numbers.
Provide Complete Order Details on the Order Confirmation Page
Give your shoppers instant reassurance with a detailed order confirmation page, which now includes the order number, item details,
price breakdown, payment method, and shipping address. Shoppers can verify their order details immediately after purchase.
Authenticated users can always access this page, and guest users can access it until the guest cart expiration duration configured
in store settings.
Translate Your Store in Minutes
Reduce the time it takes to set up a store in a non-English language from hours to minutes with the new automated translation
feature. With just a few clicks, you can translate your store‘s text elements into Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Spanish, or
Portuguese.
Experience Improved D2C Store Performance
Get faster page load times, enhanced security, and improved search engine optimization when you create a new D2C store. D2C
store pages created after the Spring ’25 release are hosted on Experience Delivery, which uses server-side rendering to accelerate
performance of site components and key pages.
Create and Manage Product Attributes from Your Store Settings
Streamline product variation management by creating and editing attributes directly from your store’s product settings. Use the
new Product Attribute tab to update attributes or add options.

Edit Product Details with Fewer Clicks

Edit product details directly from an intuitive Edit Product page. Click a product to open the page. You can update the product name,
code, family, description, SKU, and pricing details.

118
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Product to a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enhance the Shopping Experience with the Redesigned Address Page

The updated address form has a more modern design and includes a navigation menu. Auto-complete lets users fill in addresses by
entering the first few characters. You can also add a field to capture phone numbers.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In your store, go to Website Design > Experience Builder. Open the Address Form page.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: LWR Store Components (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Provide Complete Order Details on the Order Confirmation Page

Give your shoppers instant reassurance with a detailed order confirmation page, which now includes the order number, item details,
price breakdown, payment method, and shipping address. Shoppers can verify their order details immediately after purchase. Authenticated
users can always access this page, and guest users can access it until the guest cart expiration duration configured in store settings.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

119
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Translate Your Store in Minutes

Reduce the time it takes to set up a store in a non-English language from hours to minutes with the new automated translation feature.
With just a few clicks, you can translate your store‘s text elements into Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Spanish, or Portuguese.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Go to Experience Builder > Settings > Languages, select a language, and click Export Content to download the XLF file. From
your email, open the translation tool and translate the XLF file. Import the translated file back into your store to automatically update
the language.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Localize Store Labels (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Experience Improved D2C Store Performance

Get faster page load times, enhanced security, and improved search engine optimization when you create a new D2C store. D2C store
pages created after the Spring ’25 release are hosted on Experience Delivery, which uses server-side rendering to accelerate performance
of site components and key pages.
Where: This change applies to D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Runtime Developer Guide: Server-Side Rendering (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Create and Manage Product Attributes from Your Store Settings

Streamline product variation management by creating and editing attributes directly from your store’s product settings. Use the new
Product Attribute tab to update attributes or add options.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In your store, go to Settings > Product and click Product Attribute.

120
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create Attributes for Product Variations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Commerce Components
Show customers color swatches for your products right on the Product List. Make your store easier to navigate with multilevel menus.
Use the new header components to quickly brand your store.

IN THIS SECTION:
Brand Your Store Faster with the Enhanced Website Design Workspace
No more going back and forth between your Commerce app and Experience Builder while setting up your store. You can now add
branding, edit image and text components, and get real-time previews in the Website Design workspace. Other updates to the
workspace include component edits highlighted in the preview, improved preview options, and undo and redo icons to easily
reverse modifications.
Do More with the New Banner Component
Use the enhanced banner component to upload banner images to your product categories. The Banner component, which replaces
the Category Banner component, provides more control and flexibility to add images.
Build Multilevel Navigation Menus with the Mega Menu Component for D2C Stores
Help your site visitors find their way directly to the page that they’re looking for. The Mega Menu component shows multiple
navigation levels in one glance on your desktop and mobile sites. On sites created in Spring ’25 and later, the Mega Menu component
is included in the header by default.
Add Color Variations to the Product Detail Page
Help customers make more informed decisions by showing color variations on the product detail page. You can display the color
variations using a dropdown, pills, or swatches. For swatches, you can use color hex codes. Pills support any attribute and can display
text.

121
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Brand Your Store Faster with the Enhanced Website Design Workspace
No more going back and forth between your Commerce app and Experience Builder while setting up your store. You can now add
branding, edit image and text components, and get real-time previews in the Website Design workspace. Other updates to the workspace
include component edits highlighted in the preview, improved preview options, and undo and redo icons to easily reverse modifications.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Check out the new header layout options that are designed to minimize development effort.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Design a Store in the Commerce Website Design Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Do More with the New Banner Component

Use the enhanced banner component to upload banner images to your product categories. The Banner component, which replaces
the Category Banner component, provides more control and flexibility to add images.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In Experience Builder, drag the Banner component to the Category page.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: LWR Store Components (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Add Media to Products and Categories (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Build Multilevel Navigation Menus with the Mega Menu Component for D2C Stores
Help your site visitors find their way directly to the page that they’re looking for. The Mega Menu component shows multiple navigation
levels in one glance on your desktop and mobile sites. On sites created in Spring ’25 and later, the Mega Menu component is included
in the header by default.
Where: This change applies to D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Find the Mega Menu component in the new Site Headers section of the component palette, and drag it to the canvas. A mega
menu listing can show up to three navigation levels.

122
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: LWR Store Components (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Color Variations to the Product Detail Page

Help customers make more informed decisions by showing color variations on the product detail page. You can display the color
variations using a dropdown, pills, or swatches. For swatches, you can use color hex codes. Pills support any attribute and can display
text.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In your store’s Settings, select Product. Use the guided setup to add color variations and attributes. In the Experience Builder
product variations component, configure how the color variations are displayed.

123
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Product Variations and Attributes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Commerce Cart, Checkout, and Shipping

Collect a shipping phone number during checkout. Address fields now autocomplete and suggest addresses for shoppers on every store
page. Customers can more easily ship to multiple addresses. Continuous scrolling for cart items has improved accessibility.

IN THIS SECTION:
Collect a Shipping Phone Number During Checkout
Add a field to collect a shipping phone number during checkout in case you need to contact the customer regarding their order.
Previously, you could collect only a billing phone number.

124
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Address Fields Autocomplete on All Store Pages

When a customer enters their address information on any page in your store, suggested matches are shown and the address fields
autocomplete. Address autocomplete is now enabled for B2B stores, Custom Checkout, Pay Now, and address forms on the My
Profile page. For D2C stores, address autocomplete was previously enabled only for shipping and billing address forms using Managed
Checkout.
Improve the User Experience for Shipping to Multiple Addresses
During checkout, customers see a more detailed list of cart items for each shipment, a cart summary with active loading states, and
improved visual queues for managing addresses and navigation. When a customer updates their information, the changes are now
saved incrementally, reducing the risk of losing their progress if they leave checkout. If you have an existing store, add the updated
Split Shipment Layout component to take advantage of the new features. Stores created in the Spring ‘25 release and later already
have the new component.
Jump to the Top or Bottom of the Cart Items List with One Click
Customers can now easily navigate to the top or bottom of large lists of cart items with “Skip to” buttons when your store uses the
Scroll option for cart item pagination. These buttons also improve usability for customers using screen readers or other accessibility
devices.
Improve the Shopping Experience with Enhanced Cart and Checkout Performance
Cart and checkout pages now load faster and are more responsive in LWR stores with the Cart Calculate API enabled. Customers
can add, edit, and delete cart items and coupons faster, providing a smoother checkout experience. Cart APIs can also handle cart
changes during checkout.

Collect a Shipping Phone Number During Checkout

Add a field to collect a shipping phone number during checkout in case you need to contact the customer regarding their order.
Previously, you could collect only a billing phone number.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce stores that use Custom Checkout in Enterprise, Unlimited, and
Developer editions.
How: From Website Design, open Experience Builder and go to the Checkout page. Customize the Shipping Address component.

125
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Collect Shipping Information During Checkout (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Address Fields Autocomplete on All Store Pages

When a customer enters their address information on any page in your store, suggested matches are shown and the address fields
autocomplete. Address autocomplete is now enabled for B2B stores, Custom Checkout, Pay Now, and address forms on the My Profile
page. For D2C stores, address autocomplete was previously enabled only for shipping and billing address forms using Managed Checkout.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

126
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Considerations for Address Autocomplete for B2B and D2C Stores (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Improve the User Experience for Shipping to Multiple Addresses

During checkout, customers see a more detailed list of cart items for each shipment, a cart summary with active loading states, and
improved visual queues for managing addresses and navigation. When a customer updates their information, the changes are now
saved incrementally, reducing the risk of losing their progress if they leave checkout. If you have an existing store, add the updated Split
Shipment Layout component to take advantage of the new features. Stores created in the Spring ‘25 release and later already have the
new component.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce and Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer
editions. Shipping to multiple addresses isn’t available for stores using Managed Checkout.
How: First, enable split shipping in Commerce. If you have an existing store, in Experience Builder, go to the Split Shipment page and
add the new Split Shipment Layout component. The new layout provides a more detailed view of cart items (1), a cart summary (2),
improved visual queues (3), and clear navigation (4).

127
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Shipping to Multiple Addresses for Custom Checkout (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Collect Split Shipping Information During Checkout (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Jump to the Top or Bottom of the Cart Items List with One Click
Customers can now easily navigate to the top or bottom of large lists of cart items with “Skip to” buttons when your store uses the Scroll
option for cart item pagination. These buttons also improve usability for customers using screen readers or other accessibility devices.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Design the Cart Page in a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve the Shopping Experience with Enhanced Cart and Checkout Performance
Cart and checkout pages now load faster and are more responsive in LWR stores with the Cart Calculate API enabled. Customers can
add, edit, and delete cart items and coupons faster, providing a smoother checkout experience. Cart APIs can also handle cart changes
during checkout.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce Developer Guide: Enable and Disable the Cart Calculate API for a Webstore (can be outdated or
unavailable during release preview)
B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce Developer Guide: Simplified Cart Cleanup (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

128
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Commerce Promotions
Create targeted promotions using specific product attributes like size, color, or weight. Select attributes by applying rules to discounts
or qualifiers. Create coupons for discounts using the guided workflow.

IN THIS SECTION:
Create a Promotion Based on Specific Product Variations
Offer targeted promotions based on specific attributes, such as size, color, or weight. Whether you choose a parent product or a
category as your discount or qualifier type, you can easily apply rules and conditions using attributes. For instance, when drafting a
discount or qualifier, you might choose whether it applies to a parent product or a category. If you select a parent product, you could
then apply a rule to choose an attribute like "Color" and set the value to "Red" to specify that the discount applies only to red items
within that product line.
Create Coupons Using a Guided Workflow
Use the guided workflow to set up custom coupon codes for any promotion that you want to offer. Now you don’t need to go to
the Promotion Record page to set up coupons in your store. Within the guided workflow, you can set start and end times for your
coupons, specify redemption limits per buyer, and set an overall limit on the total number of uses, all in one easy process.

Create a Promotion Based on Specific Product Variations

Offer targeted promotions based on specific attributes, such as size, color, or weight. Whether you choose a parent product or a category
as your discount or qualifier type, you can easily apply rules and conditions using attributes. For instance, when drafting a discount or
qualifier, you might choose whether it applies to a parent product or a category. If you select a parent product, you could then apply a
rule to choose an attribute like "Color" and set the value to "Red" to specify that the discount applies only to red items within that product
line.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Promotion Using the Guided Workflow (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create Promotions Using the Guided Workflow with Einstein (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Create Coupons Using a Guided Workflow

Use the guided workflow to set up custom coupon codes for any promotion that you want to offer. Now you don’t need to go to the
Promotion Record page to set up coupons in your store. Within the guided workflow, you can set start and end times for your coupons,
specify redemption limits per buyer, and set an overall limit on the total number of uses, all in one easy process.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In the guided workflow, click Add to customize the coupon section.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Promotion Using the Guided Workflow (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create Promotions Using the Guided Workflow with Einstein (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

129
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Commerce Search
Enable predictive search suggestions in any search bar component. Display the most relevant product for a search term on the Product
List page.

IN THIS SECTION:
Offer Shoppers Relevant Search Suggestions
Show shoppers search results based on data from your catalog. Predictive search suggestions uses terms from the Product Name,
SKU, Category Name, and Product Code fields to generate suggestions. For instance, if a shopper starts entering “blu” in the search
bar, the suggestions are limited to the products in your store. To improve the search experience, you can opt to turn on Commerce
Einstein. Commerce Einstein uses search activity from shoppers to learn the best search terms over time.
Boost Product Discovery with the Enhanced Variation Display
Help shoppers find what they want by providing the most relevant product based on their search term. Show only the best-matched
product, just the parent product, or the parent product with all its variations. Enriched search results include interactive color swatches
or summarized text to showcase product variations. For example, you can configure the page to group product variations by color
and size or show a color swatch to represent other variations. When you click the product, the detail page shows the different
variations.

Offer Shoppers Relevant Search Suggestions

Show shoppers search results based on data from your catalog. Predictive search suggestions uses terms from the Product Name, SKU,
Category Name, and Product Code fields to generate suggestions. For instance, if a shopper starts entering “blu” in the search bar, the
suggestions are limited to the products in your store. To improve the search experience, you can opt to turn on Commerce Einstein.
Commerce Einstein uses search activity from shoppers to learn the best search terms over time.
Where: This change applies to D2C and B2B Commerce in Lightning Experience.
How: Perform a full update of the search index. Then, in any search component, select Enable Search Suggestions.

130
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Commerce Administrator Considerations for Product Searchability (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable Commerce Einstein (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Commerce Search Index Update Methods (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Update the Commerce Search Index (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Boost Product Discovery with the Enhanced Variation Display

Help shoppers find what they want by providing the most relevant product based on their search term. Show only the best-matched
product, just the parent product, or the parent product with all its variations. Enriched search results include interactive color swatches
or summarized text to showcase product variations. For example, you can configure the page to group product variations by color and
size or show a color swatch to represent other variations. When you click the product, the detail page shows the different variations.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From your store Settings, go to Search > Results Display Settings. Under Product Variation Display Settings, select a variation
display.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Get to Know Product Variation Grouping (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Additional Commerce Features

Save time and stress by importing your products using the streamlined import interface. Make your customers feel valued by sending
them a customized welcome email. Open up potential sales by offering subscription-based products in your store. Refine merchandising
strategies by tracking order trends in the new Orders Dashboard.

131
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

IN THIS SECTION:
Sell and Manage Digital Subscriptions in B2B and D2C Stores (Generally Available)
Create, manage, and sell digital subscription products through an integration with Salesforce Revenue Cloud. Bill and collect payment
from customers on a defined schedule, and manage subscription pricing policies. Customers can view or cancel their active
subscriptions and update payment methods from their account. Commerce Subscriptions requires updating your pricing engine to
use Salesforce Pricing. Commerce Subscriptions isn’t included with the Commerce license. To purchase it, contact your account
representative.
Analyze Order Trends on the Commerce Orders Dashboard
Get insights into order volume, fulfillment efficiency, returns, and refunds using the Orders dashboard. Analyze trends in cancellations,
appeasements, and product returns to make informed decisions that streamline operations, reduce costs, and improve customer
satisfaction.
Get Notified When a Customer Abandons a Shopping Cart
Use the Abandoned Cart event in an automation event-triggered flow to initiate an action, such as sending the customer an email
or creating a support case. You can also subscribe to the WebCartAbandonedEvent platform event to get notified when a customer
abandons a shopping cart.
Send a Customized Welcome Email to New Users
Welcome newly registered users with a customized email instead of the default plain text message. Add branding, rich text, and
tailored content. In the Messaging workspace, enable Welcome Email. You can customize the email template and modify the
welcome email flow.
Streamline Product Imports in the Enhanced Workspace
Import products in the enhanced Products workspace using the provided CSV file template, or create your own CSV file and map
its fields to corresponding Salesforce fields. Make future imports quicker by saving the field mappings. Preview and validate data,
track the import progress, and get notifications upon completion.
Add Variations During Product Creation
Add and manage product variations while creating or editing a product.
Connect Your Custom Domain to Your Store from the Commerce App
Enhance your B2B or D2C store by setting up a content delivery network (CDN) and linking your third-party domain to your store
with just a few clicks. You no longer need to navigate through multiple steps. Instead, connect your store to your domain from your
Commerce app directly. After you enter your domain address, you’re guided on the path to connect your store. Plus, if you don’t yet
own a domain, you can purchase one from the list of example registrars.
Customize and Extend Commerce Messages Using Flow
Commerce Messaging is now integrated with Flow. Use Flow Builder to add more elements and actions to the default message
flows, such as sending the customer an SMS message or creating a support case.
Share Knowledge Articles with Your Customers
Use Salesforce Knowledge to embed knowledge articles directly in your store. Knowledge articles can answer your customers'
frequently asked questions and explain common procedures. You can create FAQ pages and embed knowledge in support widgets.
Knowledge articles help answer customer questions, provide a better shopping experience, and decrease the burden on support.

Sell and Manage Digital Subscriptions in B2B and D2C Stores (Generally Available)
Create, manage, and sell digital subscription products through an integration with Salesforce Revenue Cloud. Bill and collect payment
from customers on a defined schedule, and manage subscription pricing policies. Customers can view or cancel their active subscriptions
and update payment methods from their account. Commerce Subscriptions requires updating your pricing engine to use Salesforce
Pricing. Commerce Subscriptions isn’t included with the Commerce license. To purchase it, contact your account representative.

132
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce and Revenue Cloud in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions
where Salesforce Pricing is enabled. Commerce Subscriptions requires Salesforce Payments.
How: From your store’s Pricing settings, enable Salesforce Pricing and Subscriptions. Enabling these features applies to every store in
your Commerce org.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Sell Subscription Products in a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Analyze Order Trends on the Commerce Orders Dashboard

Get insights into order volume, fulfillment efficiency, returns, and refunds using the Orders dashboard. Analyze trends in cancellations,
appeasements, and product returns to make informed decisions that streamline operations, reduce costs, and improve customer
satisfaction.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In your store, go to Insights > Orders. Select a time period (1). View the count and value of orders and returns (2), and stay on
top of fulfillment status, cancellations, returns, and refunds (3). Get reports on product returns (4) and discounts offered as appeasements
(5).

133
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Interpreting Commerce Analytics Dashboards (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

134
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Get Notified When a Customer Abandons a Shopping Cart

Use the Abandoned Cart event in an automation event-triggered flow to initiate an action, such as sending the customer an email or
creating a support case. You can also subscribe to the WebCartAbandonedEvent platform event to get notified when a customer
abandons a shopping cart.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: When you create an automation event-triggered flow, select Abandoned Cart from the Event Library. Configure the event, add
elements and actions, and save the flow.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Release Notes: Automate Your Responses to Common Customer Actions with Out-of-the-Box Automation Event-Triggered
Flows (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Platform Events Developer Guide: WebCartAbandonedEvent (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Send a Customized Welcome Email to New Users

Welcome newly registered users with a customized email instead of the default plain text message. Add branding, rich text, and tailored
content. In the Messaging workspace, enable Welcome Email. You can customize the email template and modify the welcome email
flow.

135
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Automate Customer Notifications in the Commerce Messaging Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Streamline Product Imports in the Enhanced Workspace

Import products in the enhanced Products workspace using the provided CSV file template, or create your own CSV file and map its
fields to corresponding Salesforce fields. Make future imports quicker by saving the field mappings. Preview and validate data, track the
import progress, and get notifications upon completion.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From your store, go to Merchandising > Products > Import. Use the template to add and update products, or upload your CSV
file.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Import Data Globally (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: CSV File Format for Importing Commerce Data (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Variations During Product Creation

Add and manage product variations while creating or editing a product.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: When adding or updating a product, select This product has variations. Add attributes, such as size and color, and choose how
to display the information.

136
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Product to a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Product Variations and Attributes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Connect Your Custom Domain to Your Store from the Commerce App
Enhance your B2B or D2C store by setting up a content delivery network (CDN) and linking your third-party domain to your store with
just a few clicks. You no longer need to navigate through multiple steps. Instead, connect your store to your domain from your Commerce
app directly. After you enter your domain address, you’re guided on the path to connect your store. Plus, if you don’t yet own a domain,
you can purchase one from the list of example registrars.
Where: This change applies to Starter, B2B Commerce, and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From your store, under Settings, click Domains, and enter your domain address.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure a Custom Domain and CDN (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Customize and Extend Commerce Messages Using Flow

Commerce Messaging is now integrated with Flow. Use Flow Builder to add more elements and actions to the default message flows,
such as sending the customer an SMS message or creating a support case.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

How: In the navigation sidebar, select Settings | Messaging. To modify the message flow, click and select Edit Flow.

137
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Omnichannel Inventory

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Automate Customer Notifications in the Commerce Messaging Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Share Knowledge Articles with Your Customers

Use Salesforce Knowledge to embed knowledge articles directly in your store. Knowledge articles can answer your customers' frequently
asked questions and explain common procedures. You can create FAQ pages and embed knowledge in support widgets. Knowledge
articles help answer customer questions, provide a better shopping experience, and decrease the burden on support.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Knowledge Base with Salesforce Knowledge (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Omnichannel Inventory
Add inventory and update existing records in bulk using a CSV or JSON file.

IN THIS SECTION:
Import Inventory in Bulk
Add inventory and update existing records in bulk using the Omnichannel Inventory app instead of APIs or adding records individually.
Use the provided sample CSV file to prepare your inventory. You can then import the information using either a CSV or JSON file.

Import Inventory in Bulk

Add inventory and update existing records in bulk using the Omnichannel Inventory app instead of APIs or adding records individually.
Use the provided sample CSV file to prepare your inventory. You can then import the information using either a CSV or JSON file.
How: In the Omnichannel Inventory app, go to the Inventory Lookup tab. Click Import, upload your CSV or JSON file, and click Import.

138
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Order Management

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Omnichannel Inventory App (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce Order Management

Service more orders more efficiently using bulk cancellations and letting customers cancel or return orders containing bundles.

IN THIS SECTION:
Cancel, Return, and Route Orders Containing Product Bundles
Let customers cancel or return orders that contain bundles. You can also use Salesforce Routing to route and fulfill orders that contain
bundles.
Cancel Orders in Bulk
Efficiently cancel large orders using bulk cancellation.

Cancel, Return, and Route Orders Containing Product Bundles

Let customers cancel or return orders that contain bundles. You can also use Salesforce Routing to route and fulfill orders that contain
bundles.
Where: This change applies to Order Management for B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Unlimited, Developer, and Enterprise
editions with the Order Management Growth license.

139
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

How: Download the Distributed Order Management package for your org. If you've previously downloaded the package, download it
again for the most up-to-date version. Then modify your Return, RMA, and Cancellation flows.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Considerations for Bundles (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Cancel Orders in Bulk

Efficiently cancel large orders using bulk cancellation.
Where: This change applies to Order Management in Unlimited, Developer, and Enterprise editions.
How: Use the Cancel All APIs to set up bulk cancellation.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Cancel All Preview (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Cancel All Submit (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce Payments
Process captures and refunds, and view where a payment originates from in the Payments Workspace. Consent to auto-published
updates for your Pay Now store. Easily add products to your payment links when using Pay Now with Commerce.

IN THIS SECTION:
Elevate Your Customers’ Shopping Experience with the Enhanced Pay Now Store
Include products with the amount in the payment link to let your customers know exactly what they’re paying for. If you have a B2B
or D2C store that uses Pay Now, you can monitor key performance metrics on the Insights dashboard to make more-informed
business decisions. Upgrade from custom to managed checkout with a one-way switch to deliver a native checkout experience to
your customers.
Capture or Refund Payments in the Payments Workspace
Manage transactions in one place. You no longer have to go to the dashboard of the payment gateway, such as Stripe, to capture
or refund payments. The status of the payment determines which action is available. Capture is available only if the status is Authorized.
Refund is available only if the status is Captured or Succeeded.
View Where a Payment Originates from in the Payments Workspace
Track payment sources to integrate Salesforce products with Payments. Each payment now shows the Salesforce application and
the related object linked to the payment being made. Use the source information to integrate Payments into different Salesforce
products.

Elevate Your Customers’ Shopping Experience with the Enhanced Pay Now Store
Include products with the amount in the payment link to let your customers know exactly what they’re paying for. If you have a B2B or
D2C store that uses Pay Now, you can monitor key performance metrics on the Insights dashboard to make more-informed business
decisions. Upgrade from custom to managed checkout with a one-way switch to deliver a native checkout experience to your customers.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: On the Pay Now store home page, add products from Recommended Actions (1), view the Insights dashboard (2).

140
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set up Pay Now with the Commerce Setup Assistant (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Configure Checkout for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Capture or Refund Payments in the Payments Workspace

Manage transactions in one place. You no longer have to go to the dashboard of the payment gateway, such as Stripe, to capture or
refund payments. The status of the payment determines which action is available. Capture is available only if the status is Authorized.
Refund is available only if the status is Captured or Succeeded.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In the Payments workspace, click the payment intent’s dropdown menu, and select the action that you want to take. Here’s a
refund action.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Payment Activity in the Payments Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

View Where a Payment Originates from in the Payments Workspace

Track payment sources to integrate Salesforce products with Payments. Each payment now shows the Salesforce application and the
related object linked to the payment being made. Use the source information to integrate Payments into different Salesforce products.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

141
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Customization

How: Select a payment in the Payments Workspace. On the Details tab, click the payment initiation source link to view the record. You
can also filter the list by the application or object field to search for source information.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Payments Monitoring (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Customization
Sort by multiple columns, easily manage roles and permission sets, and work more efficiently thanks to enhancements to list views and
related lists. Manage included permission sets in permission set groups via summaries.

IN THIS SECTION:
List Views
List views for custom and standard objects render faster with Lightning Web Components (LWC). Sorting list views by multiple
columns is generally available, and you can also sort related lists by multiple columns. The release update to block users with only
the Manage Public List Views permission from seeing roles and role hierarchies when they edit public list views is enforced. Manage
roles and permission sets more easily using enhanced list views.
Permissions
Updates to the permission set summary view simplify user access management. Assign new View All Fields object-level permissions
to users who require widespread access. The View All and Modify All object permissions have new names.
Fields
The Salesforce Classic datepicker for the Date and DateTime fields now supports keyboard shortcuts. Custom fields limit for activities
is increased from 100 to 300 for Salesforce orgs with fewer than 400 million activities.
Globalization
ICU locale formats keep your data consistent across regions. Deliver a more tailored global experience with expanded English
language variations as platform-only languages.
Salesforce Connect
Increased limits for some Salesforce Connect adapters help you access external data with confidence. The Salesforce Connect SQL
adapter now supports Snowflake views.

142
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes List Views

Sharing
In the public group access summary, improvements make it easier to see related sharing rules, list views, and queues. Get notified
when your sharing rule exposes data to external users. Review the release update on securing roles in sandboxes.
General Setup
Make the power of AI work for you by adding agent quick actions to your record pages. Get a better snapshot of your custom
metadata type usage with enhancements to the System Overview page.

List Views
List views for custom and standard objects render faster with Lightning Web Components (LWC). Sorting list views by multiple columns
is generally available, and you can also sort related lists by multiple columns. The release update to block users with only the Manage
Public List Views permission from seeing roles and role hierarchies when they edit public list views is enforced. Manage roles and
permission sets more easily using enhanced list views.

IN THIS SECTION:
Get Improved Performance with the Enhanced Role List View
With a new user experience, you can view, sort, and filter user roles in a list format and edit roles inline. This enhancement makes it
easier to manage role-based access control so that users see the data that they need.
Manage Permissions Sets with the Enhanced List View
This revamped user experience provides streamlined navigation, improved filtering options, search capabilities, and a more intuitive
layout. This enhancement makes it easier to manage and navigate through permission sets. Key improvements include advanced
filtering options, a more organized layout, and quicker access to critical actions.
View and Filter on More Fields in the Enhanced User List View
You can now work with user list views more effectively with new added fields. Add the Delegated Approver, End of Day, Is Partner,
Start of Day, User Verified Email, User Verified Mobile Number and Password Expiration Date fields to your user list views. Then sort,
filter, search, and edit your user records using these fields
Get Better Performance for List Views
To improve performance and meet the latest accessibility standards, list views for custom and standard objects now render with
Lightning Web Components (LWC) instead of Aura. LWC, Salesforce’s newest framework, delivers your data faster and makes the
latest features available for your list views. List views for custom and standard objects rendered with LWC have some differences,
but overall, how your users work in list views hasn’t changed. Previously, list views rendered with LWC only in a sandbox.
Delivered Idea: Sort List Views by Multiple Columns (Generally Available)
To see your data in a more intuitive way and to make your list views more actionable, you can now sort list views on object home
pages by up to five columns. Select the columns to sort by and whether to sort each column in ascending or descending order. To
return to sorting by a single column, click a column header that isn’t included in your multiple column sort. Sorting by multiple
columns affects only your user preferences, and you can’t save your multi-column sorting configuration as a default. We delivered
this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Delivered Idea: Organize Your Data with Multi-Column Sorting for Related Lists
To organize and understand your data better, sort related lists by up to five columns. Quickly identify patterns and trends so that
you can make informed decisions. Previously, you could sort a related list by only a single column. We delivered this feature thanks
to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Enforce View Roles and Role Hierarchy Permission When Editing Public List View Visibility (Release Update)
With this update, only users with the View Roles and Role Hierarchy permission can see or select from your org’s list of roles when
they edit public list view visibility. This update was first available in Spring ’24. If you don’t use roles, this update has no impact.

143
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes List Views

Simplify Related List Component Configuration

When you configure a Dynamic Related List–Single component or a Related List–Single component, you now see the API names
of the available related lists. Previously, you saw only the names of the related lists, which was confusing if multiple objects had the
same name or similar names. Every API name is unique, so the additional information makes it easier to identify and select the related
list that you want.
Edit List Filters Option Is No Longer Available
The Edit List Filters option in List Views Control is removed from all list views. To edit your list view filters, click the Filters icon.
Previously, the Edit List Filters option was unavailable only for list views rendered with Lightning Web Components (LWC).

Get Improved Performance with the Enhanced Role List View

With a new user experience, you can view, sort, and filter user roles in a list format and edit roles inline. This enhancement makes it easier
to manage role-based access control so that users see the data that they need.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select User Management Settings. Enable Enhanced Role List
View. To view the enhanced page, go to the Roles Setup page.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Roles in the Enhanced Role List View (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Manage Permissions Sets with the Enhanced List View

This revamped user experience provides streamlined navigation, improved filtering options, search capabilities, and a more intuitive
layout. This enhancement makes it easier to manage and navigate through permission sets. Key improvements include advanced filtering
options, a more organized layout, and quicker access to critical actions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select User Management Settings. Enable Enhanced Permission
Set List View. To view the enhanced page, go to the Permissions Sets Setup page.

144
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes List Views

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Permission Sets in the Enhanced Permission Set List View (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

View and Filter on More Fields in the Enhanced User List View
You can now work with user list views more effectively with new added fields. Add the Delegated Approver, End of Day, Is Partner, Start
of Day, User Verified Email, User Verified Mobile Number and Password Expiration Date fields to your user list views. Then sort, filter,
search, and edit your user records using these fields
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select User Management Settings. Enable Enhanced User List
View. To view the enhanced page, from Setup, go to the Users page. To change and reorder the columns displayed in a list view, select
Select Fields to Display.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Users in the Enhanced User List View (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get Better Performance for List Views

To improve performance and meet the latest accessibility standards, list views for custom and standard objects now render with Lightning
Web Components (LWC) instead of Aura. LWC, Salesforce’s newest framework, delivers your data faster and makes the latest features
available for your list views. List views for custom and standard objects rendered with LWC have some differences, but overall, how your
users work in list views hasn’t changed. Previously, list views rendered with LWC only in a sandbox.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions, except Starter and Pro Suite.
When: This update is available on a rolling basis starting in Spring ’25.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: List Views Rendered with Lightning Web Components (LWC)

145
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes List Views

Sort List Views by Multiple Columns (Generally Available)

To see your data in a more intuitive way and to make your list views more actionable, you can now sort list views on object home pages
by up to five columns. Select the columns to sort by and whether to sort each column in ascending or descending order. To return to
sorting by a single column, click a column header that isn’t included in your multiple column sort. Sorting by multiple columns affects
only your user preferences, and you can’t save your multi-column sorting configuration as a default. We delivered this feature thanks to
your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions, except Starter and Pro Suite.
When: Sort list views by multiple columns is generally available on a rolling basis starting in Spring ’25.
How: To sort a list view by multiple columns, from a list view, click , and then select the columns to include in the sort. Click Apply.

For example, create a Cases list view that’s sorted by Contact Name, then by Priority, and then by Date/Time Opened. Or you can create
an Opportunities list view sorted by Close Date and then by Amount.

Your list sort configuration is saved until you modify or clear it. To return to the default sort order, click , and then select Reset Column
Sorting.
If you don’t see the option to sort list views by multiple columns yet, you can still enable the beta version of the feature. From Setup, in
the Quick Find box, enter User Interface and select it. Then select Enable sort by multiple columns (Beta). After you opt in
to use the beta feature, list views for all supported custom and standard objects are rendered with Lightning Web Components (LWC)
instead of with Aura.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Sort List Views (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

146
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes List Views

Organize Your Data with Multi-Column Sorting for Related Lists

To organize and understand your data better, sort related lists by up to five columns. Quickly identify patterns and trends so that you
can make informed decisions. Previously, you could sort a related list by only a single column. We delivered this feature thanks to your
ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions except Starter and Pro Suite.
How: To sort by multiple columns, from a related list, click View All, and then click . Select the columns to include in the sort, and
then click Apply.

For example, let’s say that you have an Opportunities related list on the Account page. Sort the Opportunities related list by Stage and
then by Amount.

Your list sort configuration is saved until you modify or clear it. To return to the default sort order, click , and then select Reset Column
Sorting.
Sort by multiple columns affects only your user preferences. You can’t save your multi-column sorting configuration as a default.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Work with Related Lists in Lightning Experience (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enforce View Roles and Role Hierarchy Permission When Editing Public List View
Visibility (Release Update)
With this update, only users with the View Roles and Role Hierarchy permission can see or select from your org’s list of roles when they
edit public list view visibility. This update was first available in Spring ’24. If you don’t use roles, this update has no impact.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

147
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Permissions

When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: This security update blocks users with only the Manage Public List Views permission from seeing roles and role hierarchies when
they edit public list views.
How: To edit public list views, a user needs the Manage Public List Views permission. After you enable this update, also grant a user the
View Roles and Role Hierarchy permission so that they can make list views visible to roles. Alternatively, have a user who already has the
View Roles and Role Hierarchy permission grant access to list views. A user with only the Manage Public List Views permission can still
make a list view visible to Public Groups or set a list view to fully public or private.
To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For Enforce
View Roles and Role Hierarchy Permission When Editing Public List View Visibility, follow the testing and activation steps.

Simplify Related List Component Configuration

When you configure a Dynamic Related List–Single component or a Related List–Single component, you now see the API names of the
available related lists. Previously, you saw only the names of the related lists, which was confusing if multiple objects had the same name
or similar names. Every API name is unique, so the additional information makes it easier to identify and select the related list that you
want.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions
How: In Lightning App Builder, add a Dynamic Related List–Single component or a Related List–Single component to a page. Click the
new component, and then click the Related List dropdown menu. Under each available related list, the API name is listed.

Edit List Filters Option Is No Longer Available

The Edit List Filters option in List Views Control is removed from all list views. To edit your list view filters, click the Filters icon. Previously,
the Edit List Filters option was unavailable only for list views rendered with Lightning Web Components (LWC).
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.

Permissions
Updates to the permission set summary view simplify user access management. Assign new View All Fields object-level permissions to
users who require widespread access. The View All and Modify All object permissions have new names.

148
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Permissions

IN THIS SECTION:
Delivered Idea: Manage Included Permission Sets in Permission Set Groups via Summaries
Update access more efficiently by specifying which permission set groups include a permission set directly from the permission set’s
summary. Previously, to manage included permission sets, you were required to navigate to each permission set group’s page. We
delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Delivered Idea: Allow Users to View All Fields for a Specified Object
It’s easier to manage permissions for users who require broad data access. Assign the object-level View All Fields permission, which
grants assignees access to all fields and field data for a specific object. This permission is available for all standard and custom objects
that support field permissions. Users are automatically granted access for any new fields created for the object. We delivered this
feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
The View All and Modify All Object Permissions Have New Names
To better represent the access granted by these object permissions, the View All object permission is now named View All Records,
and the Modify All object permission is now named Modify All Records.
Remove User and Custom Permissions in Permission Set Summaries
Save time and clicks by removing user and custom permissions from a permission set's summary view. Previously, you only saw
which permissions were enabled and weren’t able to make any edits. This change introduces editability to the summary view, with
additional enhancements planned for future releases.

Manage Included Permission Sets in Permission Set Groups via Summaries

Update access more efficiently by specifying which permission set groups include a permission set directly from the permission set’s
summary. Previously, to manage included permission sets, you were required to navigate to each permission set group’s page. We
delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Contact Manager, Group, Essentials,
Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Database.com editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Permission Sets, and then select Permission Sets. Select a permission set, and
then click View Summary. In the Related Permission Set Groups tab, click Add or Remove.

149
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Permissions

SEE ALSO:
IdeaExchange: Add Permission Set to Permission Set Group from Permission Set
IdeaExchange: Add Permission Set Groups to Manage Assignments
Salesforce Help: View Permissions Enabled in a Permission Set or Permission Set Group (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Add Permission Sets to a Permission Set Group (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Allow Users to View All Fields for a Specified Object

It’s easier to manage permissions for users who require broad data access. Assign the object-level View All Fields permission, which
grants assignees access to all fields and field data for a specific object. This permission is available for all standard and custom objects
that support field permissions. Users are automatically granted access for any new fields created for the object. We delivered this feature
thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions.
How: We recommend that you manage permissions in permission sets, not profiles. In Setup, select a permission set. On the Object
Settings page for a specific object, enable the View All Fields permission, and then save.

150
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Permissions

SEE ALSO:
IdeaExchange: Permission Sets - Read/Edit All Fields Permission
Salesforce Help: “View All” and “Modify All” Permissions Overview (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable Object Permissions in Permission Sets (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

The View All and Modify All Object Permissions Have New Names
To better represent the access granted by these object permissions, the View All object permission is now named View All Records, and
the Modify All object permission is now named Modify All Records.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions.
How: You see these updated permission names in your profiles and permission sets automatically. No action is required.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Object Permissions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: “View All” and “Modify All” Permissions Overview (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

151
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Permissions

Remove User and Custom Permissions in Permission Set Summaries

Save time and clicks by removing user and custom permissions from a permission set's summary view. Previously, you only saw which
permissions were enabled and weren’t able to make any edits. This change introduces editability to the summary view, with additional
enhancements planned for future releases.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Contact Manager, Group, Essentials,
Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Developer, and Database.com editions.
How: In Setup, select a permission set, and then click View Summary. In the User Permissions or Custom Permissions tabs, select
permissions, and then click Remove.

For object and field permissions, you continue to make edits on the permission set’s Object Settings page. To add any permission types
to a permission set, you still make edits from the relevant settings pages.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: View Permissions Enabled in a Permission Set or Permission Set Group (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable User Permissions in Permission Sets (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable Custom Permissions in Permission Sets (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

152
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Fields

Fields
The Salesforce Classic datepicker for the Date and DateTime fields now supports keyboard shortcuts. Custom fields limit for activities is
increased from 100 to 300 for Salesforce orgs with fewer than 400 million activities.

IN THIS SECTION:
Use Keyboard Shortcuts to Select Calendar Dates in Salesforce Classic
The datepicker in Salesforce Classic has improved accessibility options, including keyboard navigation. You can use the datepicker
keyboard shortcuts on pages opened in Salesforce Classic and on Visualforce pages where <apex:inputField> is associated
with a Date or DateTime field.
Capture More Data with the Increased Limit of Custom Fields for Activities
If your Salesforce org has fewer than 400 million activities, you can now capture more information about your sales process than
ever before with 300 custom fields. The previous limit was 100. Track more data and create more powerful reports, with no complex
workarounds required. You can also implement more features and integrations.
Troubleshoot a Deployment That Contains a Custom Field Type Conversion
You can get an error when you use the metadata deploy() method or run a package upgrade and either of these deployments
contains the conversion of a custom field from one data type to another. The error occurs if a deployment changes the data type of
one or more custom fields and the objects that contain the affected custom fields contain a large amount of data. The limit is 85
million custom field type conversions.

Use Keyboard Shortcuts to Select Calendar Dates in Salesforce Classic

The datepicker in Salesforce Classic has improved accessibility options, including keyboard navigation. You can use the datepicker
keyboard shortcuts on pages opened in Salesforce Classic and on Visualforce pages where <apex:inputField> is associated with
a Date or DateTime field.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions.
How: Use these keyboard shortcuts.

Action Keyboard Shortcut

Open the datepicker. Tab to the date input field. Tab again to focus the datepicker.

Cycle focus through the calendar, the Today button, the Previous Month Tab
button ( ), the Month dropdown, the Next Month button ( ), and
the Year dropdown.

Select a day. Tab to the calendar. Then use the arrow keys to navigate
between days. To select the day in focus, press Enter, and then
close the datepicker.

Select a month. Tab to the Month dropdown. To navigate between months,

use the Up and Down arrow keys. To select the month, press
Enter. Alternatively, tab to the Previous Month button ( )
or the Next Month button ( ) button. To cycle through
months, press Enter. To select the month, tab to another part
of the datepicker.

153
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Globalization

Action Keyboard Shortcut

Select a year. Tab to the Year dropdown. To navigate between years, use
the Up and Down arrow keys. To select a year, press Enter.

Select today’s date. Tab to the Today button, and then press Enter.

Close the datepicker without selecting a date. Esc

Close the datepicker after selecting a date. Enter

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Keyboard Shortcuts (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Capture More Data with the Increased Limit of Custom Fields for Activities
If your Salesforce org has fewer than 400 million activities, you can now capture more information about your sales process than ever
before with 300 custom fields. The previous limit was 100. Track more data and create more powerful reports, with no complex workarounds
required. You can also implement more features and integrations.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Custom Fields Allowed Per Object (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Troubleshoot a Deployment That Contains a Custom Field Type Conversion

You can get an error when you use the metadata deploy() method or run a package upgrade and either of these deployments
contains the conversion of a custom field from one data type to another. The error occurs if a deployment changes the data type of one
or more custom fields and the objects that contain the affected custom fields contain a large amount of data. The limit is 85 million
custom field type conversions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the mobile app in
all editions.
How: In a deployment, if you're converting a custom field from text to picklist, the deployment could fail with this error.
The deployment failed because we couldn’t change the data type of one or more custom
fields. To resolve this error, see this knowledge article.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Considerations When Changing a Custom Field Type (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Related Knowledge Article (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Globalization
ICU locale formats keep your data consistent across regions. Deliver a more tailored global experience with expanded English language
variations as platform-only languages.

154
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Globalization

IN THIS SECTION:
Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release Update)
With this update, the International Components for Unicode (ICU) locale formats replace Oracle’s Java Development Kit (JDK) locale
formats in Salesforce. Locales control the format for dates, times, currencies, addresses, names, and numeric values. ICU sets the
international standard for these formats. The ICU locale formats provide a consistent experience across the platform and improve
integration with ICU-compliant applications across the globe. This update was first made available in Winter ’20 and is enforced in
Spring ’25.
Present Your Custom Functionality in New English Language Variations
To help your global users use Salesforce in their language, use German (Liechtenstein), Spanish (Andorra), Svenska (Finland), and
the 30 new English language variations to localize your apps, custom labels, custom objects, and field names. These platform-only
languages are available everywhere that you can select a language in the application. However, all standard Salesforce labels default
to English. Use Translation Workbench to customize the translations for these languages.
Review Updated Label Translations
To improve accuracy and your users’ experience, we updated the translations for some standard object, tab, and field names for
these languages: Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Czech, Danish, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Indonesian,
Japanese, Korean, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Russian, Slovenian, Spanish, Spanish (Mexico), Swedish, Thai, and Ukrainian.

Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release Update)

With this update, the International Components for Unicode (ICU) locale formats replace Oracle’s Java Development Kit (JDK) locale
formats in Salesforce. Locales control the format for dates, times, currencies, addresses, names, and numeric values. ICU sets the
international standard for these formats. The ICU locale formats provide a consistent experience across the platform and improve
integration with ICU-compliant applications across the globe. This update was first made available in Winter ’20 and is enforced in Spring
’25.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in all editions,
except Database.com.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and then click the maintenance tab.
Salesforce orgs created in Winter ’20 or later have ICU locale formats enabled by default. You can defer the enforcement until Summer
’25 through the UI. Salesforce emails admins 30 to 60 days before the ICU enablement for their orgs. After the ICU locale formats are
enabled, Salesforce also notifies admins of that event.
How: To enable this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. To
Enable ICU Locale Formats, follow the testing and activation steps.
The English (Canada) locale (en_CA) requires separate activation. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter User Interface, and
select User Interface. Then select Enable ICU formats for en_CA, and save your changes.
To defer the enforcement of the ICU locale formats until Summer ’25, in Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter User Interface, and
select User Interface. Then deselect Enable ICU locale formats as part of the scheduled rollout and save your changes. This option
is visible only if your org uses the JDK locale formats.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable the ICU Locale Formats

155
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Connect

Present Your Custom Functionality in New English Language Variations

To help your global users use Salesforce in their language, use German (Liechtenstein), Spanish (Andorra), Svenska (Finland), and the 30
new English language variations to localize your apps, custom labels, custom objects, and field names. These platform-only languages
are available everywhere that you can select a language in the application. However, all standard Salesforce labels default to English.
Use Translation Workbench to customize the translations for these languages.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions, except
Database.com.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Salesforce Locale Name Changes in Spring ’25
Salesforce Help: Supported Languages
Salesforce Help: Manage Your Translations

Review Updated Label Translations

To improve accuracy and your users’ experience, we updated the translations for some standard object, tab, and field names for these
languages: Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Czech, Danish, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Indonesian, Japanese,
Korean, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Russian, Slovenian, Spanish, Spanish (Mexico), Swedish, Thai, and Ukrainian.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.
How: To review the changes, see Review Spring ’25 Updated Label Translations and download the attached list of changes. If you want
to use a different translation for tab and field labels, you can change the name.

Salesforce Connect
Increased limits for some Salesforce Connect adapters help you access external data with confidence. The Salesforce Connect SQL adapter
now supports Snowflake views.

IN THIS SECTION:
Access Data Without Limits with Salesforce Connect
Access data outside of your Salesforce org without worrying about how many new rows your adapter creates or retrieves each hour.
Limits for new rows are removed for the OData 4.01 adapter, GraphQL adapter, and the SQL adapters for Amazon Athena and
Snowflake. Previously, these Salesforce Connect adapters could retrieve or create up to 100,000 new rows per hour. This feature
doesn’t impact callout limits.
See Snowflake Views with the Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter
Now you can directly access Snowflake query results as views in your Salesforce org with the Salesforce Connect SQL adapter.
Previously, to access Snowflake views, you first created a dynamic table in Snowflake using the view.

Access Data Without Limits with Salesforce Connect

Access data outside of your Salesforce org without worrying about how many new rows your adapter creates or retrieves each hour.
Limits for new rows are removed for the OData 4.01 adapter, GraphQL adapter, and the SQL adapters for Amazon Athena and Snowflake.
Previously, these Salesforce Connect adapters could retrieve or create up to 100,000 new rows per hour. This feature doesn’t impact
callout limits.

156
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Sharing

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions hosted on Hyperforce.
When: This functionality is available to orgs hosted on Hyperforce on a rolling basis starting in Spring ’25.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: General Limits for Salesforce Connect (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

See Snowflake Views with the Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter

Now you can directly access Snowflake query results as views in your Salesforce org with the Salesforce Connect SQL adapter. Previously,
to access Snowflake views, you first created a dynamic table in Snowflake using the view.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Validate and Sync External Data Source Configured for Snowflake (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Sharing
In the public group access summary, improvements make it easier to see related sharing rules, list views, and queues. Get notified when
your sharing rule exposes data to external users. Review the release update on securing roles in sandboxes.

IN THIS SECTION:
Manage Public Groups More Easily with Improvements to the Access Summary
For a specific public group, view the sharing rules and list views for all objects where the public group is used to grant access.
Previously, you were required to select a specific object. You can also view all the queues that are part of a specific public group.
Get Notified When Your Sharing Rule Targets External Users
To better protect your data, you now get an alert when your sharing rule opens up record access to external users. This pop-up
message appears when you save a sharing rule after selecting the Portal Roles, Portal Roles and Subordinates, or Roles, Internal and
Portal Subordinates sharing rule category.
Enable Secure Roles Behavior and Update Sharing Group References in Sandboxes (Release Update)
To prevent unintended access for external site users if you enable digital experiences, Salesforce is securing access to records in
sandbox orgs. The default sharing group available for roles and subordinates before you enable digital experiences is now displayed
as Roles and Internal Subordinates instead of Roles and Subordinates. To prepare for this change, update code and customizations
that reference the old group name. Although Salesforce dynamically converts outdated references during a transition period, you
must update all code and customizations to prevent errors.

Manage Public Groups More Easily with Improvements to the Access Summary
For a specific public group, view the sharing rules and list views for all objects where the public group is used to grant access. Previously,
you were required to select a specific object. You can also view all the queues that are part of a specific public group.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.

157
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Sharing

How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Public Groups, and then select Public Groups. Select a public group, and then
click View Summary. Click the Object Name dropdown and then select All Objects in the owner-based sharing rules, criteria-based
sharing rules, and list views tabs.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: View the Public Group Access Summary (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get Notified When Your Sharing Rule Targets External Users

To better protect your data, you now get an alert when your sharing rule opens up record access to external users. This pop-up message
appears when you save a sharing rule after selecting the Portal Roles, Portal Roles and Subordinates, or Roles, Internal and Portal
Subordinates sharing rule category.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Sharing Settings, then select Sharing Settings. Create a sharing rule and specify
the users who get access to the data. For Share with, select the Portal Roles, Portal Roles and Subordinates, and Roles, Internal
and Portal Subordinates sharing rule category. After you click Save, a pop-up message informs you that your data will be shared to
external users. To continue, click OK.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Sharing Rule Considerations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enable Secure Roles Behavior and Update Sharing Group References in Sandboxes
(Release Update)
To prevent unintended access for external site users if you enable digital experiences, Salesforce is securing access to records in sandbox
orgs. The default sharing group available for roles and subordinates before you enable digital experiences is now displayed as Roles and
Internal Subordinates instead of Roles and Subordinates. To prepare for this change, update code and customizations that reference the
old group name. Although Salesforce dynamically converts outdated references during a transition period, you must update all code
and customizations to prevent errors.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Summer ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
This release update is intended for sandbox orgs. Salesforce plans to provide a separate release update for these changes for production
orgs in Summer ’25 and enforce it in Winter ’26.
Why: Previously, when you enabled digital experiences, records shared with Roles and Subordinates were made available automatically
to external site users. To secure access so that records were only available to internal users, it was necessary to use the Convert External
User Access wizard and make manual updates. With this update, access to those records is limited to internal users by default.
How: Use this release update to test these changes in a sandbox and identify necessary fixes for when this change is later enabled in
production via a separate release update.

158
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes General Setup

Take caution if you enable this release update by using the test run in a production org. If your code and customizations still reference
the Roles and Subordinates value, your users can experience issues.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates
Knowledge Article: Prepare for Changes to “Role and Subordinates” Group (roleAndSubordinates)

General Setup
Make the power of AI work for you by adding agent quick actions to your record pages. Get a better snapshot of your custom metadata
type usage with enhancements to the System Overview page.

IN THIS SECTION:
Add AI-Powered Quick Actions to Record Pages
Harness the power of AI with agent quick actions. Create the actions in Setup and add them to record pages, helping users to quickly
see how AI can assist in their daily tasks.
Better Understand Your Custom Metadata Type Usage
The System Overview page now shows you custom metadata type usage in two categories instead of one. The Your Custom Metadata
Types category shows the number of custom metadata types that originate from anywhere other than a certified managed package.
The Total Custom Metadata Types category shows the total number of custom metadata types, including those that were installed
from a certified managed package.

Add AI-Powered Quick Actions to Record Pages

Harness the power of AI with agent quick actions. Create the actions in Setup and add them to record pages, helping users to quickly
see how AI can assist in their daily tasks.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android in Enterprise, Performance, and
Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Add AI-Powered Quick Actions to Record Pages

Better Understand Your Custom Metadata Type Usage

The System Overview page now shows you custom metadata type usage in two categories instead of one. The Your Custom Metadata
Types category shows the number of custom metadata types that originate from anywhere other than a certified managed package.
The Total Custom Metadata Types category shows the total number of custom metadata types, including those that were installed from
a certified managed package.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the mobile app in
all editions, except Personal Edition.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter System Overview, and then select System Overview.

159
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: System Overview: Schema (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Custom Metadata Allocations and Usage Calculations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Data Cloud
Ingest, harmonize, unify, and analyze streaming and batch data with Data Cloud. Then use that data to unlock meaningful and intelligent
experiences across Customer 360 applications and beyond.

IN THIS SECTION:
Data Cloud Features Released by Month
Data Cloud features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Changes included
in the Spring ’25 release are generally listed under February.
Cross Cloud Updates for Data Cloud
Our latest round of cross cloud features for Data Cloud.
Connect Data
Bring data into Data Cloud by either ingesting data or connecting metadata using data federation.

160
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Act on Data
Share your data with external data sources, create data actions, build flows, or enrich your Salesforce org with Data Cloud data.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud Release Notes Changes

Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Data Cloud features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Changes included
in the Spring ’25 release are generally listed under February.

KEY JOB AREA Release Note

February ’25

Cross Cloud Cross Cloud Updates for Data Cloud

Connect Data Allow Access to All Salesforce CRM Fields with One Permission

Act on Data Create Data Cloud Enrichments with Companion Org Data

Act on Data Copy Field Enrichments with Multiple CRM Orgs Sync More Quickly

Act on Data Display Insights from External Data in Your CRM Enrichments

Act on Data Enhance Vehicle Records with Related List Enrichments

Act on Data Export Enrichments to a Data Cloud Sandbox

Cross Cloud Updates for Data Cloud

Our latest round of cross cloud features for Data Cloud.
New and Changed Features
• Data Cloud and Analytics:
– CRM Analytics: Unify Your Data Across Dashboards
– Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

• Data Cloud and Loyalty Management: Gather Richer Customer Insights with the Enhanced Data Kit
• Data Cloud and Global Promotions Management: Automate Promotion Data Sync with Prebuilt Data Streams
• Data Cloud and Communications Cloud:
– Use Data Cloud to Proactively Track Service Level Objectives
– Analyze Service Level Objectives and Identify Opportunities for Upsell

• Data Cloud and Marketing Cloud (Growth and Advanced):

– Get Started Faster with Setup Enhancements
– Reach the Right Customers with Enhanced Audience Tools

• Data Cloud and Referral Marketing: Sync Referral Marketing Data with Prebuilt Data Streams
• Data Cloud and Education Cloud:

161
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Connect Data

– Gain Holistic Student Insights and Visualize Learner Progress

– New and Changed Data Model Objects in Education Cloud

• Platform Encryption for Data Cloud: Encrypt Data Cloud Search Indexes

Connect Data
Bring data into Data Cloud by either ingesting data or connecting metadata using data federation.

IN THIS SECTION:
Allow Access to All Salesforce CRM Fields with One Permission
Set up access to Data Cloud fields faster by enabling the View All Fields (Global) user permission. This permission allows access to
view all fields and field data, including for fields created later on. Previously, to grant this widespread access, you enabled field
permissions for each object individually. You can assign the View All Fields (Global) user permission only to the Platform Integration
User for access to fields in Data Cloud. This permission is displayed in permission sets without a related license, but you can’t assign
it to users other than the Platform Integration User.

Allow Access to All Salesforce CRM Fields with One Permission

Set up access to Data Cloud fields faster by enabling the View All Fields (Global) user permission. This permission allows access to view
all fields and field data, including for fields created later on. Previously, to grant this widespread access, you enabled field permissions
for each object individually. You can assign the View All Fields (Global) user permission only to the Platform Integration User for access
to fields in Data Cloud. This permission is displayed in permission sets without a related license, but you can’t assign it to users other
than the Platform Integration User.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This change is being rolled out in February 2025.
How: To enable the View All Fields (Global) user permission, go to the Permission Sets Setup page. Select the Data Cloud Salesforce
Connector permission set, and then enable this permission on the System Permissions page.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Object and Field Permissions for Salesforce CRM in Data Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Act on Data
Share your data with external data sources, create data actions, build flows, or enrich your Salesforce org with Data Cloud data.

IN THIS SECTION:
Create Data Cloud Enrichments with Companion Org Data
Use Data Cloud One to enrich your Sales, Service, and Commerce clouds and other orgs with data from anywhere in your Data Cloud
ecosystem. When creating your companion org, share the data spaces that you want the enrichments to query data from. Then,
create your copy field or related list enrichments using data from any companion org.
Copy Field Enrichments with Multiple CRM Orgs Sync More Quickly
In a Data Cloud ecosystem with multiple CRM orgs, copy field enrichments sync more quickly and exclude fewer records. Because
copy field enrichments can now use a CRM org’s key qualifier, the enrichment query selects only the records that are relevant to the
enrichment’s org.

162
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Act on Data

Display Insights from External Data in Your CRM Enrichments

Enrich your CRM org with insights created from Snowflake, Amazon Redshift, and other bring-your-own-lake data streams. Create
an accelerated data stream from a supported data source. An accelerated data stream temporarily stores the external data as a data
lake object, allowing enrichments to query the data. Then map the data stream to a data model object and create your enrichment.
Enhance Vehicle Records with Related List Enrichments
In Automotive Cloud, create related list enrichments on vehicles to display information such as location history, engine performance,
or drivers behaviors. Use this information to provide individualized service, such as vehicle maintenance reminders, or to price a
driver’s insurance risk. Identify related records with the vehicle identification number or other unique ID, rather than a unified
individual.
Export Enrichments to a Data Cloud Sandbox
Build, test, and collaborate on your enrichments by copying them to a Data Cloud sandbox. You can then re-create the enrichment
in your CRM org. You can’t deploy enrichments from a sandbox to a CRM org.

Create Data Cloud Enrichments with Companion Org Data

Use Data Cloud One to enrich your Sales, Service, and Commerce clouds and other orgs with data from anywhere in your Data Cloud
ecosystem. When creating your companion org, share the data spaces that you want the enrichments to query data from. Then, create
your copy field or related list enrichments using data from any companion org.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This change is being rolled out in February 2025.

Copy Field Enrichments with Multiple CRM Orgs Sync More Quickly
In a Data Cloud ecosystem with multiple CRM orgs, copy field enrichments sync more quickly and exclude fewer records. Because copy
field enrichments can now use a CRM org’s key qualifier, the enrichment query selects only the records that are relevant to the enrichment’s
org.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This change is being rolled out in February 2025.

Display Insights from External Data in Your CRM Enrichments

Enrich your CRM org with insights created from Snowflake, Amazon Redshift, and other bring-your-own-lake data streams. Create an
accelerated data stream from a supported data source. An accelerated data stream temporarily stores the external data as a data lake
object, allowing enrichments to query the data. Then map the data stream to a data model object and create your enrichment.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This change is being rolled out in February 2025.

Enhance Vehicle Records with Related List Enrichments

In Automotive Cloud, create related list enrichments on vehicles to display information such as location history, engine performance, or
drivers behaviors. Use this information to provide individualized service, such as vehicle maintenance reminders, or to price a driver’s
insurance risk. Identify related records with the vehicle identification number or other unique ID, rather than a unified individual.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This change is being rolled out in February 2025.

163
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Development

Export Enrichments to a Data Cloud Sandbox

Build, test, and collaborate on your enrichments by copying them to a Data Cloud sandbox. You can then re-create the enrichment in
your CRM org. You can’t deploy enrichments from a sandbox to a CRM org.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This change is being rolled out in February 2025.

Development
Whether you’re using Lightning components, Visualforce, Apex, or Salesforce APIs with your favorite programming language, these
enhancements help you develop amazing applications, integrations, and packages for resale to other organizations.

IN THIS SECTION:
Lightning Components
LWC API version 63.0 improves type validation for wire adapters. More base Lightning components have been adapted to support
native shadow DOM. iframe elements must follow new Lightning Web Security restrictions. Local Dev is generally available for
Lightning apps.
Lightning Design System
The Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) and the SLDS 2 (Beta) include the resources to create user interfaces consistent with
Salesforce Lightning principles, design language, and best practices.
Apex
Compressing and extracting Zip files and evaluating dynamic formulas in Apex are now generally available. The concurrent
long-running Apex requests limit now depends on the type and number of org licenses. Pause and resume Apex scheduled jobs by
using new methods in the System class.
API
Get standard platform event for Bulk API V2 query jobs. Update instanced URLs in API calls to prevent service interruptions.
Development Environments
Development environments are full-featured Salesforce environments that you use to develop and test existing or new features and
custom applications. They include Developer Edition orgs, sandboxes, and scratch orgs.
Platform Development Tools
Build applications collaboratively and deliver continuously with Salesforce Developer Experience (DX), the open and integrated
experience for custom app development on Salesforce.
Salesforce Functions
Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. Learn about the retirement plan for Salesforce Functions.
AppExchange Partners
This release introduces improved guidance for navigating security reviews and publishing listings.
Change Data Capture
Receive change event notifications for more Salesforce objects.
Platform Events
View more information about event allocations in Setup. Prepare for the retirement of the legacy standard-volume platform events.
Event Bus
Package and distribute event relays.

164
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

New and Changed Items for Developers

Here is where you can find new and changed objects, calls, classes, components, commands, and more that help you customize
Salesforce features.

Lightning Components
LWC API version 63.0 improves type validation for wire adapters. More base Lightning components have been adapted to support native
shadow DOM. iframe elements must follow new Lightning Web Security restrictions. Local Dev is generally available for Lightning apps.

Note: Looking for new and changed Lightning web components, Aura components, and Aura component interfaces? See the
lists of new and changed items at the end of the Development section.

IN THIS SECTION:
LWC API Version 63.0
Update the API version for your components to use new features and improvements. Versioning your Lightning web components
ensures that your existing components aren’t affected when Salesforce ships new features, bug fixes, and performance improvements
that change existing behavior. Versioning also helps Salesforce deprecate legacy features.
Custom Components Must Specify an API Version
The apiVersion key is a required element for all custom components. Custom components that were previously saved without
an apiVersion key in the component .js-meta.xml configuration file have an apiVersion key added to the
configuration file automatically when the component is retrieved from Salesforce.
Internal DOM Structure Is Changing for Base Lightning Components
To enhance performance and comply with web components standards, Salesforce is preparing the base Lightning components to
adopt native shadow DOM. These updates change the internal DOM structure. Ensure that your tests don’t rely on the previous
internal structure of these components.
Lightning Web Security Applies Stricter Restrictions on iframes
Previously, LWS allowed access to content in iframe elements that have the same origin as the parent page. Now, all iframes that
have an explicit src attribute are subject to cross-origin restrictions regardless of whether their source is same-origin or cross-origin.
Find Lightning Components Security Documentation in One Place
We moved the documentation about building secure Aura components and Lightning web components (LWC) to the new Security
for Lightning Components developer guide. Previously, documentation for Lightning Web Security (LWS) and Lightning Locker was
divided between the Lightning Aura Components Developer Guide and the LWC Developer Guide, even though these security architectures
apply to both component frameworks. With this change, all documentation for Lightning components security is available in one
place, making it easier to find the information you need. Requests to the old documentation redirect to the equivalent page in the
new guide.
API Distortion Changes in Lightning Web Security
Lightning Web Security includes new security protections with additional distortions for web APIs. ESLint rules matching the distortions
are also available.
Develop Lightning Web Components Faster in a Real-Time Preview of Your Lightning App (Generally Available)
Local Dev is now generally available for Lightning apps. We made some changes since the beta release. By using Local Dev, you can
develop your Lightning web components in a real-time preview of your Lightning app without deploying code or manually refreshing
your browser. Local Dev is in beta for Lightning Web Runtime sites.

165
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

Base Lightning Components Support for SLDS 2 (Beta)

The base Lightning components support Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (Beta), which enables advanced theming and branding
capabilities. To achieve these advanced capabilities, SLDS 2 (Beta) doesn't yet support some customization features of the
previous-generation SLDS architecture, such as component-specific styling hooks.
Resolve Errors Related to Accessing Referenced Lightning Components
Salesforce performs strict access checks when Aura components and Lightning web components (LWC) import or reference other
components or modules. If you receive a No {COMPONENT or MODULE} named {component or module name}
found error, check your imports before deploying to an org. If you’re an ISV partner, confirm that the Lightning components and
modules in your managed packages are exposed to subscribers.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide
Lightning Aura Components Developer Guide
Lightning Components: New and Changed Items

LWC API Version 63.0

Update the API version for your components to use new features and improvements. Versioning your Lightning web components
ensures that your existing components aren’t affected when Salesforce ships new features, bug fixes, and performance improvements
that change existing behavior. Versioning also helps Salesforce deprecate legacy features.
Components that specify LWC API version 59.0 and later use the LWC framework version that corresponds to the specified API version
for that component. Components that specify LWC API version 58.0 and earlier continue to work based on LWC framework behavior in
Summer ’23 (API 58.0). You can change a component’s API version in its .js-meta.xml file.

Important: We recommend that you upgrade your component API version one version at a time. For example, from 58.0, upgrade
from 58.0 to 59.0, fix any errors or warnings you encounter, and then repeat until you get to the latest API version.
LWC API version 63.0 provides the following updates.

IN THIS SECTION:
Wire Adapters Have Improved Type Checking
In LWC API version 63.0 and later, TypeScript users get better type checking of @wire configuration and property values. Type
checking also resolves reactive props to the type used by the component. For example, a string starting with $ like
$reactiveProp.
Update JavaScript Selectors to Remove Extra Whitespace
Revise your JavaScript selectors to ignore whitespace (spaces, tabs, and so on). This change removes inconsistencies in the rendering
of extra whitespace.

SEE ALSO:
Custom Components Must Specify an API Version
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: API Versioning (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: XML Configuration File Elements (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

166
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

Wire Adapters Have Improved Type Checking

In LWC API version 63.0 and later, TypeScript users get better type checking of @wire configuration and property values. Type checking
also resolves reactive props to the type used by the component. For example, a string starting with $ like $reactiveProp.
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app. This change also applies to Lightning web components in open source.
How: Given @wire(adapter, config) prop, the types of config and prop must now match the type that’s used by
adapter.

Note: TypeScript’s experimentalDecorators is no longer supported. You must either specify

"experimentalDecorators": false or remove the option from your tsconfig.json file.
For more information, see GitHub LWC Repo: v8.0.0.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Understand the Wire Service
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: TypeScript Type Definitions for LWC (Developer Preview)

Update JavaScript Selectors to Remove Extra Whitespace

Revise your JavaScript selectors to ignore whitespace (spaces, tabs, and so on). This change removes inconsistencies in the rendering
of extra whitespace.
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app. This change also applies to Lightning web components in open source.
Why: For example, given <div class=" slds-var-m-around_medium highlight yellow ">, the component
markup is rendered as <div class="slds-var-m-around_medium highlight yellow"> without extra whitespace.
Additionally, empty class and style attributes are no longer rendered. In this example, the component markup shows empty
class and style attributes.

<!-- myCmp.html -->

<div class="">Content here</div>
<div style=" ">Content here</div>

In LWC API version 63.0 and later, the example results in the removal of the empty class and style attributes.
<!-- DOM Rendering -->
<div>Content here</div>
<div>Content here</div>

How: Revise your JavaScript selectors to ignore whitespace.

document.querySelector(".slds-var-m-around_medium.highlight.yellow");

Queries that include whitespace for an exact string match no longer work.
/* Don’t do this */
document.querySelector('[class="highlight yellow"]');

167
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

Custom Components Must Specify an API Version

The apiVersion key is a required element for all custom components. Custom components that were previously saved without an
apiVersion key in the component .js-meta.xml configuration file have an apiVersion key added to the configuration
file automatically when the component is retrieved from Salesforce.
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app.
When: Beginning in this release, you must set the apiVersion key for custom components. This change applies to all custom
components, not just components using API 63.0 or later.
To assist with this transition, if a component was previously saved without an apiVersion key, the required element is added to a
component’s .js-meta.xml configuration file when the component is retrieved from Salesforce. Retrieval is most frequently done
using Salesforce development tools, such as the Salesforce CLI or VS Code add-ons, within your development environment. An
apiVersion key is added only to components that don’t already have one.
Why: Component-level API versioning became available for custom Lightning web components in Winter ’24. Previously it was possible
to save a component to Salesforce without setting an API version. Behind the scenes, the component was compiled with an internal
API version. This implicit versioning could cause ambiguity regarding the version of the LWC framework the component was executed
with. Adding an apiVersion key to the component’s configuration file makes it clear which version of the LWC framework a
component will use.
How: To view or change the added apiVersion key for your component, view it in the .js-meta.xml file for the component.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<LightningComponentBundle xmlns="http://soap.sforce.com/2006/04/metadata">
...
<apiVersion>63.0</apiVersion>
...
</LightningComponentBundle>

This change is a source-level alteration of the component’s configuration file. It’s saved when you deploy the component back to
Salesforce. If you manage your components with external version control, you’ll want to preserve the change there, too.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: API Versioning (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: XML Configuration File Elements (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Internal DOM Structure Is Changing for Base Lightning Components

To enhance performance and comply with web components standards, Salesforce is preparing the base Lightning components to adopt
native shadow DOM. These updates change the internal DOM structure. Ensure that your tests don’t rely on the previous internal structure
of these components.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.
Why: Since the Spring ’23 release, 79 components have been adapted to prepare for native shadow DOM.
In Spring ’25, these additional components have been adapted to prepare for native shadow DOM.
• lightning-carousel
• lightning-carousel-image
• lightning-click-to-dial
• lightning-datatable

168
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

• lightning-file-upload
• lightning-input-field
• lightning-output-field
• lightning-record-form
• lightning-record-edit-form
• lightning-record-view-form
• lightning-tree
These modules have been adapted to prepare for native shadow DOM.
• lightning/logger
• lightning/pageReferenceUtils
• lightning/platformShowToastEvent
Changes to some LWC base components also affect their Aura counterparts. The affected base components are:
• lightning:carouselImage
• lightning:clickToDial
• lightning:datatable
• lightning:fileUpload
• lightning:inputField
• lightning:outputField
• lightning:recordForm
• lightning:tree
Salesforce documented that the internal component structure is protected. Salesforce may at any time redesign the internals of our
components to improve performance, enhance functionality, and support accessibility. See Anti-Patterns for Styling Components.

Important: If your tests rely on this protected internal DOM structure, rewrite your tests as soon as possible.

How: To ensure that your tests are ready for the internal DOM structure changes, review your integration tests and Selenium-based
tests. Additionally, make sure that your component CSS follows best practices. For supported integration tests, use the UI Test Automation
Model (UTAM) and UTAM Page Objects, which stay up to date with changes in component structure. For supported Selenium-based
tests, see How to Automate Shadow DOM in Selenium WebDriver. For supported CSS styling, see Style Components with Lightning
Design System in the Lightning Web Components Developer Guide.

Lightning Web Security Applies Stricter Restrictions on iframes

Previously, LWS allowed access to content in iframe elements that have the same origin as the parent page. Now, all iframes that have
an explicit src attribute are subject to cross-origin restrictions regardless of whether their source is same-origin or cross-origin.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and all versions of the mobile app in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and
Developer editions if LWS is enabled. The change also applies to LWR, Aura, and Visualforce sites accessed through Lightning Experience
if LWS is enabled.
How: For an example of how this new restriction works, consider a Lightning component that loads a static HTML file in an iframe
element. If the HTML file contains a script that relies on direct access to the window.parent or window.top properties, the
script fails. The failure occurs because the iframe is subject to cross-origin restrictions, which include blocking access to these properties.

169
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

Instead, to communicate between the host page and iframe content, use the window.postMessage() method from the
MessageEvent interface.

SEE ALSO:
Security for Lightning Components: Access to iframe Content in Lightning Web Security (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Find Lightning Components Security Documentation in One Place

We moved the documentation about building secure Aura components and Lightning web components (LWC) to the new Security for
Lightning Components developer guide. Previously, documentation for Lightning Web Security (LWS) and Lightning Locker was divided
between the Lightning Aura Components Developer Guide and the LWC Developer Guide, even though these security architectures apply
to both component frameworks. With this change, all documentation for Lightning components security is available in one place, making
it easier to find the information you need. Requests to the old documentation redirect to the equivalent page in the new guide.
How: The new Security for Lightning Components developer guide is available at
https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/lightning-components-security/guide (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview).

API Distortion Changes in Lightning Web Security

Lightning Web Security includes new security protections with additional distortions for web APIs. ESLint rules matching the distortions
are also available.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions, LWR-based Experience Cloud sites, and Lightning web components
in Aura sites when LWS is enabled.
How: These APIs have new distortions documented in the LWS Distortion Viewer (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview).
Corresponding ESLint rules are included in the ESLint package.
• AbstractRange.prototype.endContainer getter
• AbstractRange.prototype.startContainer getter
• Document.prototype.requestStorageAccess
• Element.prototype.setHTMLUnsafe
• HTMLIFrameElement.prototype.sandbox getter
• HTMLIFrameElement.prototype.sandbox setter
These distortions changed.
• HTMLIFrameElement.prototype.src setter
• Window.open
• Window: securitypolicyviolation event

Develop Lightning Web Components Faster in a Real-Time Preview of Your Lightning

App (Generally Available)
Local Dev is now generally available for Lightning apps. We made some changes since the beta release. By using Local Dev, you can
develop your Lightning web components in a real-time preview of your Lightning app without deploying code or manually refreshing
your browser. Local Dev is in beta for Lightning Web Runtime sites.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and to all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in all editions.

170
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

How: To use this feature, first install Salesforce CLI. To turn on Local Dev for your org, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Local Dev
and then select Local Dev. To turn on Local Dev for all org users, select Enable Local Dev. Then, to install the Local Dev plug-in, run
the CLI command:
sf plugins install @salesforce/plugin-lightning-dev

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Preview Components with Local Dev
Salesforce Developers Blog: Develop LWC at Lightning Speed with the New Local Dev Experience

Base Lightning Components Support for SLDS 2 (Beta)

The base Lightning components support Salesforce Lightning Design System 2 (Beta), which enables advanced theming and branding
capabilities. To achieve these advanced capabilities, SLDS 2 (Beta) doesn't yet support some customization features of the
previous-generation SLDS architecture, such as component-specific styling hooks.
Where: This change applies to custom components in Lightning Experience and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.

Important: SLDS 2 is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified
Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is
at the Customer's sole discretion.
Why: This is an interim step in the development of our SLDS 2 (Beta) architecture. Visit Prepare Customizations for SLDS Architecture
Updates first to enable your components to migrate to SLDS 2 (Beta) in a future release.
How: When you switch an org to the SLDS 2 standard Salesforce Cosmos theme (Beta), base components used in your custom components
exhibit the new theme if they use the default styling.

Note: SLDS component-specific styling hooks can cause unexpected behavior in SLDS 2. Component styling hooks use the
--slds-c-* prefix and change styling for specific elements or properties of a component. If you use component styling hooks,
limit the components to SLDS themes until SLDS 2 and the Salesforce Cosmos theme become generally available.

SEE ALSO:
Introducing Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) 2 (Beta)
Lightning Design System: Best Practices
Enhanced Lightning User Interface

Resolve Errors Related to Accessing Referenced Lightning Components

Salesforce performs strict access checks when Aura components and Lightning web components (LWC) import or reference other
components or modules. If you receive a No {COMPONENT or MODULE} named {component or module name}
found error, check your imports before deploying to an org. If you’re an ISV partner, confirm that the Lightning components and
modules in your managed packages are exposed to subscribers.
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning Aura components, custom Lightning apps, and custom Lightning web components
in Lightning Experience, Experience Sites, and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in all editions.
How: If your Lightning component triggers a No {COMPONENT or MODULE} named {name of the component or
module name} found error, then your component doesn’t have access to the component or module specified in the error message.
• If the specified component or module is Salesforce-provided, then remove references to that component or module from your code.
Salesforce owns certain components that you can’t directly access.

171
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Design System

• If the referenced component or module is from a managed package, contact the package owner and follow their guidance.
If you’re an ISV partner, confirm that the Lightning components and modules in your managed packages are properly exposed to
subscribers. Review Component Access Control for Aura components and Add Components to Managed Packages for Lightning web
components.

Lightning Design System

The Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) and the SLDS 2 (Beta) include the resources to create user interfaces consistent with
Salesforce Lightning principles, design language, and best practices.

IN THIS SECTION:
Introducing Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) 2 (Beta)
Now available in Spring ’25, SLDS 2 is the latest design system for Salesforce products on the Lightning Platform. Use SLDS 2 to build
scalable and flexible user interfaces with themes that adapt to future changes, ensuring your code remains efficient and modern.
The new design of SLDS 2 is achieved through CSS updates and the implementation of styling hooks, without changing the markup
or structure of components. This approach allows for seamless UI changes while preserving the Lightning Experience.
Validate Your SLDS and SLDS 2 Code and Get Improvement Recommendations
Use SLDS Validator to scan your UI code, validate it against a set of Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) rules, and receive
recommendations to improve your SLDS and SLDS 2 code. SLDS Validator now provides SLDS and SLDS 2 linting support, validation
with recommended SLDS tokens, SLDS 2 styling hooks, and utility classes. These changes apply to SLDS Validator version 2.0 and
later.
Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates
Get more out of SLDS component blueprints and utilities with these enhancements and bug fixes.

Introducing Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) 2 (Beta)

Now available in Spring ’25, SLDS 2 is the latest design system for Salesforce products on the Lightning Platform. Use SLDS 2 to build
scalable and flexible user interfaces with themes that adapt to future changes, ensuring your code remains efficient and modern. The
new design of SLDS 2 is achieved through CSS updates and the implementation of styling hooks, without changing the markup or
structure of components. This approach allows for seamless UI changes while preserving the Lightning Experience.
Where:

Note: Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) 2 is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements
- Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
SLDS 2 is enabled in new and existing Starter and Pro Suite orgs by default. It’s enabled in new Sales orgs across all editions and select
new Service orgs. Starting in Spring ’25, SLDS 2 is available to new and existing orgs that opt in to Salesforce Cosmos. For information
about when you can opt in to SLDS 2 in a new or existing org, read Salesforce Cosmos Theme Availability in Salesforce Help.
How: If your components are built using SLDS development best practices, your existing org’s transition from SLDS to SLDS 2 is simple.
As a developer, transition your org to SLDS 2 using SLDS Validator to audit your code. SLDS Validator analyzes your code, validates it
against SLDS 2 guidelines, and identifies custom components that need updates. SLDS Validator also provides automated fixes and
suggests improvements to ensure compliance with SLDS 2 standards. To learn how to support your custom components in SLDS 2, use
Figma Kit: Components for Web | Lightning Design System v2 and Figma Kit: Style Guide - SLDS Web Components v2.
As an admin, use Themes and Branding to create a custom theme or use Salesforce Cosmos, a new SLDS 2 theme. To turn on the Cosmos
theme, follow the directions in Explore Salesforce's Refreshed Visual Style with Themes for SLDS 2 (Beta).

172
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Lightning Design System

SLDS 2 doesn’t yet support component-level styling hooks. If you use --slds-c-* styling hooks to customize the styling of your
components built from SLDS blueprints or base Lightning components, they might not work as expected when you use the Cosmos
theme.

SEE ALSO:
Enjoy Salesforce’s Refreshed Visual Style with Themes for SLDS 2 (Beta)
Figma Kit: Components for Web | Lightning Design System v2
Figma Kit: Style Guide—SLDS Web Components v2
SLDS: Salesforce Lightning Design System
SLDS: SLDS Development Best Practices
SLDS: SLDS Validator for VS Code

Validate Your SLDS and SLDS 2 Code and Get Improvement Recommendations
Use SLDS Validator to scan your UI code, validate it against a set of Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) rules, and receive
recommendations to improve your SLDS and SLDS 2 code. SLDS Validator now provides SLDS and SLDS 2 linting support, validation
with recommended SLDS tokens, SLDS 2 styling hooks, and utility classes. These changes apply to SLDS Validator version 2.0 and later.
Where: We release new versions of SLDS Validator on Visual Studio Marketplace throughout the year. To learn about recent updates,
read the changelog.
How: Install the SLDS Validator extension in Visual Studio Code.

SEE ALSO:
Visual Studio Code Marketplace: SLDS Validator

Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates

Get more out of SLDS component blueprints and utilities with these enhancements and bug fixes.
Where: These changes apply to Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) and Lightning Experience.
When: These changes are in Spring ’25. We improve SLDS frequently. For the latest changes, see What’s New in Lightning Design System
documentation. That page lists the changes by the date that we completed the change. The changes are rolled up into the next major
Salesforce release.
Why: Improve your UI with these recent updates to SLDS component blueprints.
• We removed the slds-truncate class from the combobox and menu blueprints to address an issue with obscured text. The
label text of list items can now wrap in combobox and menu components.
• We also updated the modals blueprint in Winter '25 to display a white background for the close button (X), which improves
visibility for people with low vision. Specifically, we changed the close button color from white to gray by removing the

173
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Apex

slds-button_icon-inverse class. To display the modal close button correctly, don't use the
slds-button_icon-inverse class in your close button markup.

SEE ALSO:
Known Issue: Modal close button is not visible with the new white background
SLDS: Salesforce Lightning Design System
W3C: Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG)

Apex
Compressing and extracting Zip files and evaluating dynamic formulas in Apex are now generally available. The concurrent long-running
Apex requests limit now depends on the type and number of org licenses. Pause and resume Apex scheduled jobs by using new methods
in the System class.
For more information on these enhancements, see the Apex Developer Guide and the Apex Reference Guide.

IN THIS SECTION:
Delivered Idea: Compress and Extract Zip Files in Apex (Generally Available)
Use the Compression namespace and take advantage of a native Apex Zip library to compress and extract files. Easily compress
files into a Zip file from blobs and directly decompress files stored in a Zip file to blobs. Optimize compression by specifying the
compression method and level. You can compress multiple attachments or documents as an Apex blob in a Zip archive. You can
also specify the data to extract from the Zip archive without uncompressing the entire Zip archive. We delivered this feature thanks
to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Delivered Idea: Evaluate Dynamic Formulas in Apex (Generally Available)
Dynamic formulas in Apex support SObjects and Apex objects as context objects. Use the class methods in the FormulaEval
namespace to build and evaluate dynamic formulas. This feature, now generally available, supports accessing polymorphic relationship
fields. You can also reference standard lookups and custom lookups in formula fields. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas
on IdeaExchange.
Scale Your Concurrent Long-Running Apex Requests Limit Based on Number of Org Licenses
The default limit for the number of synchronous concurrent transactions for long-running Apex requests now depends on the type
and number of licenses in your org. Scaled license-based limits can avoid service disruptions caused by the limit, increase system
stability with minimal risk to performance, and improve resource allocation. To ensure fair usage, the limit is capped at a maximum
of 50 Apex requests. The minimum number of long-running concurrent Apex requests remains at 10.
Pause and Resume Scheduled Jobs by Using Apex
With new methods in the System class, you can programmatically pause and resume Apex scheduled jobs. This feature complements
the ability to monitor scheduled jobs from the Setup UI, which was introduced in Summer ’24. To pause or resume a scheduled job,
you specify the job's name or cronTriggerId. Calling the pause and resume methods counts towards the DML statement limit.
Enforce Reparenting Restrictions for Master-Detail Relationships in Apex
In API version 63.0 and later, an attempt to reparent a child record in Apex throws a System.DmlException exception if the
option to allow reparenting isn’t selected in the master-detail definition. This behavior is versioned. In API 62.0 and earlier, reparenting
such child records could succeed and not result in an exception, depending on the sequence in which the fields were set.

174
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Apex

JSON Serialization for Exception Types Has Changed

In API version 63.0 and later, Apex doesn’t support JSON serialization of custom exception types and most built-in exceptions.
Attempting to serialize an exception type throws an error: Type unsupported in JSON: MyException. This behavior
is versioned. In API 62.0 and earlier, exception types could be serialized, but the serialization was incomplete and triggered unexpected
exception errors.
Accept Header Default Value for Apex Callouts Has Changed
If you don't set the Accept header in an HTTP request of an Apex callout, the default value for the Accept header is now */*.
Previously, it was text/html, image/gif, image/jpeg, *; q=.2, */*; q=.2.

SEE ALSO:
Apex: New and Changed Items

Compress and Extract Zip Files in Apex (Generally Available)

Use the Compression namespace and take advantage of a native Apex Zip library to compress and extract files. Easily compress
files into a Zip file from blobs and directly decompress files stored in a Zip file to blobs. Optimize compression by specifying the compression
method and level. You can compress multiple attachments or documents as an Apex blob in a Zip archive. You can also specify the data
to extract from the Zip archive without uncompressing the entire Zip archive. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on
IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to all editions.
How: To add zip entry details, such as an entry name, comment, and compression method, use the addEntry(String name,
Blob data), addEntry(compression.ZipEntry prototype), and setMethod(compression.Method
method) methods in the ZipWriter class. To generate a zipped archive and return the result as an Apex blob, use the
getArchive() method. This code sample compresses email attachments into a single file.

Compression.ZipWriter writer = new Compression.ZipWriter();

List<id> contentDocumentIds = new List<id>();

// Add IDs of documents to be compressed to contentDocumentIds

for ( ContentVersion cv : [SELECT PathOnClient, Versiondata

FROM ContentVersion
WHERE ContentDocumentId IN :contentDocumentIds])
{
writer.addEntry(cv.PathOnClient, cv.versiondata);
}

blob zipAttachment = writer.getArchive();

Messaging.EmailFileAttachment efa = new Messaging.EmailFileAttachment();

efa.setFileName('attachments.zip');
efa.setBody(zipAttachment);

List<Messaging.EmailFileAttachment> fileAttachments = new

List<Messaging.EmailFileAttachment>();
fileAttachments.add(efa);

175
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Apex

Messaging.SingleEmailMessage email = new Messaging.SingleEmailMessage();

// Set all the other email fields, such as addresses, subject, and body

email.setFileAttachments(fileAttachments);

Messaging.sendEmail(new Messaging.SingleEmailMessage[] { email });

Get zip entry details and extract the Zip file’s contents by using the getEntries(), getEntry(String name),
extract(ZipEntry entry), and other methods in the ZipReader class. This code sample extracts the translation from a
callout response.
HttpRequest request = new HttpRequest();
request.setEndpoint('callout:My_Named_Credential/translationService');
request.setMethod('POST');

// Set translation service request payload for input to translate

// The translation endpoint will return translations to the requested languages as JSON
in a Zip archive

HttpResponse response = new Http().send(request);

Blob translationZip = response.getBodyAsBlob();

Compression.ZipReader reader = new Compression.ZipReader(translationZip);

ZipEntry frTranslation = reader.getEntry('translations/fr.json');
Blob frTranslationData = reader.extractEntry(frTranslation);

SEE ALSO:
Apex Reference Guide: Compression Namespace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
IdeaExchange: Apex or API - Zip file creation in Salesforce

Evaluate Dynamic Formulas in Apex (Generally Available)

Dynamic formulas in Apex support SObjects and Apex objects as context objects. Use the class methods in the FormulaEval
namespace to build and evaluate dynamic formulas. This feature, now generally available, supports accessing polymorphic relationship
fields. You can also reference standard lookups and custom lookups in formula fields. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on
IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to all editions.
How: This example uses the build() and evaluate() methods to validate a formula instance, calculate the formula expression,
and return the result.
Account myAcc = new Account(Name='123');
FormulaEval.FormulaInstance ff = Formula.builder()
.withType(Schema.Account.class)
.withReturnType(FormulaEval.FormulaReturnType.STRING)
.withFormula('name & " (" & website & ")"')
.build();

//Use the list of field names returned by the getReferenced method to generate dynamic
soql

176
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Apex

String fieldNameList = String.join(ff.getReferencedFields(),',');

String queryStr = 'select ' + fieldNameList + ' from Account LIMIT 1'; //select
name, website from Account
Account s = Database.query(queryStr);
system.debug(ff.evaluate(s));

SEE ALSO:
Apex Reference Guide: FormulaEval Namespace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
IdeaExchange: Evaluate Dynamic Formula with Apex

Scale Your Concurrent Long-Running Apex Requests Limit Based on Number of Org
Licenses
The default limit for the number of synchronous concurrent transactions for long-running Apex requests now depends on the type and
number of licenses in your org. Scaled license-based limits can avoid service disruptions caused by the limit, increase system stability
with minimal risk to performance, and improve resource allocation. To ensure fair usage, the limit is capped at a maximum of 50 Apex
requests. The minimum number of long-running concurrent Apex requests remains at 10.
Where: The license types that count toward this limit include full Salesforce and Salesforce Platform user licenses, App Subscription user
licenses, Chatter Only users, Identity users, and Company Communities users.
How: For orgs with 1,000 to 5,000 licenses, the limit is calculated based on the ratio of 100 licenses to one concurrent long-running
Apex request. For example, if your org has 4,000 licenses, the concurrent long-running Apex requests limit is set at 40. If your org has
5,000 or more licenses, the concurrent long-running Apex requests limit is set at 50, which is the maximum capped limit. If your org has
1,000 or fewer licenses, the concurrent long-running Apex requests limit is set at 10 due to the minimum floor limit.

Pause and Resume Scheduled Jobs by Using Apex

With new methods in the System class, you can programmatically pause and resume Apex scheduled jobs. This feature complements
the ability to monitor scheduled jobs from the Setup UI, which was introduced in Summer ’24. To pause or resume a scheduled job, you
specify the job's name or cronTriggerId. Calling the pause and resume methods counts towards the DML statement limit.
Where: This change applies to all editions.
How: Use the new pauseJobByName(), pauseJobById(), resumeJobByName(), and resumeJobById() System
methods. This example code pauses all Apex scheduled jobs for a specific class.
// Scheduled class to be paused
Id apexClassIdToPause = '01p4u000000dVf7AAE';
List<AsyncApexJob> jobsToPause = [SELECT CronTriggerId FROM AsyncApexJob WHERE ApexClassId
= :apexClassIdToPause];
for(AsyncApexJob jobToPause : jobsToPause) {
System.pauseJobById(jobToPause.CronTriggerId);
}

Enforce Reparenting Restrictions for Master-Detail Relationships in Apex

In API version 63.0 and later, an attempt to reparent a child record in Apex throws a System.DmlException exception if the
option to allow reparenting isn’t selected in the master-detail definition. This behavior is versioned. In API 62.0 and earlier, reparenting
such child records could succeed and not result in an exception, depending on the sequence in which the fields were set.
Where: This change applies to all editions.

177
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes API

JSON Serialization for Exception Types Has Changed

In API version 63.0 and later, Apex doesn’t support JSON serialization of custom exception types and most built-in exceptions. Attempting
to serialize an exception type throws an error: Type unsupported in JSON: MyException. This behavior is versioned. In
API 62.0 and earlier, exception types could be serialized, but the serialization was incomplete and triggered unexpected exception errors.
Where: This change applies to all editions.
Why: This example includes JSON serialization that fails in API version 63.0 and later.
MyException e = new MyException();
String js = JSON.serialize(e);

Accept Header Default Value for Apex Callouts Has Changed

If you don't set the Accept header in an HTTP request of an Apex callout, the default value for the Accept header is now */*.
Previously, it was text/html, image/gif, image/jpeg, *; q=.2, */*; q=.2.
Where: This change applies to Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Apex Developer Guide: HTTP Classes
Apex Reference Guide: HttpRequest Class
Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Semantics and Content: Accept

API
Get standard platform event for Bulk API V2 query jobs. Update instanced URLs in API calls to prevent service interruptions.

IN THIS SECTION:
Service Protection Changes for Metadata API Read and Retrieve Endpoints
To avoid putting the health of the service at risk, readMetadata() and retrieve() requests to the Metadata API may
return an error in new orgs created in Winter ‘25 and later. The API returns an error when the server receives more requests than it
can handle.
Update API Requests to Use Your My Domain Login URL (Release Update)
If you’re using an instance-specific URL for API traffic, you must replace it with your My Domain URL. Salesforce is decommissioning
the service that supports hard-coded references to an instance name in API application traffic routing.
Other Improvements to Generating an OpenAPI Document for sObjects REST API (Beta)
With the latest version of the OpenAPI Specification, you can generate an OpenAPI document. Also, return a list of updated sObjects,
use a shorter base URI, and more.
Service Protection Changes for Metadata API Read and Retrieve Endpoints
To avoid putting the health of the service at risk, readMetadata() and retrieve() requests to the Metadata API may
return an error in new orgs created in Winter ‘25 and later. The API returns an error when the server receives more requests than it
can handle.
Get Notified About Bulk API V2 Query Jobs with Platform Events (Beta)
Subscribe to the BulkApi2JobEvent platform event to get notified about the progress and completion of Bulk API V2 query jobs. By
subscribing to the platform event, you avoid polling the API or waiting for job completion before downloading results.

178
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes API

Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0 Through 30.0 Retirement (Release Update)
The retirement of versions 21.0 through 30.0 of the Salesforce Platform API was first scheduled for Summer ’23. The retirement is
now postponed to Summer ’25. You can continue to use these API versions but they’re not supported and won’t be available starting
in Summer ’25. Applications consuming them are then disrupted. Requests fail with an error message indicating that the endpoint
is deactivated. Upgrade all applications that use a legacy API version to a current version before this breaking change occurs.

Service Protection Changes for Metadata API Read and Retrieve Endpoints
To avoid putting the health of the service at risk, readMetadata() and retrieve() requests to the Metadata API may return
an error in new orgs created in Winter ‘25 and later. The API returns an error when the server receives more requests than it can handle.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.

Update API Requests to Use Your My Domain Login URL (Release Update)
If you’re using an instance-specific URL for API traffic, you must replace it with your My Domain URL. Salesforce is decommissioning the
service that supports hard-coded references to an instance name in API application traffic routing.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
When: This decommission occurs on April 1, 2025 for sandbox environments and June 14, 2025 for production environments.
How: For example, if your API traffic is pointing to the URL
https://na44.salesforce.com/services/Soap/class/AcmeDemoService, you must change it to
https://acme.my.salesforce.com/services/Soap/class/AcmeDemoService.
To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For Update
API Requests to Use Your My Domain Login URL, follow the testing and activation steps.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Update API Calls to Use Your My Domain Login URL
Salesforce Help: Updating Hard-Coded References

Other Improvements to Generating an OpenAPI Document for sObjects REST API (Beta)
With the latest version of the OpenAPI Specification, you can generate an OpenAPI document. Also, return a list of updated sObjects,
use a shorter base URI, and more.
Where: This change affects API version 63.0 and later. This beta feature is available in all Salesforce editions, sandboxes, and scratch orgs
that have API Enabled.

Note: OpenAPI document generation for sObjectds REST API is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms
at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product
Terms Diretctory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Why: The sObjects REST API OpenAPI document generation feature (beta) now:
• Includes the /sobjects/{sObject}/updated, /sobjects/{sObject}/query, and
/sobjects/{sObject}/query/queryLocator resources
• Supports OAS version 3.1.0 only
• Supports all Salesforce editions that have API Enabled

179
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes API

• Uses a shorter base URI

• Removes 6-hour limit on requests in queue per org
• Uses a parameterized sObjects spec

Service Protection Changes for Metadata API Read and Retrieve Endpoints
To avoid putting the health of the service at risk, readMetadata() and retrieve() requests to the Metadata API may return
an error in new orgs created in Winter ‘25 and later. The API returns an error when the server receives more requests than it can handle.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.

Get Notified About Bulk API V2 Query Jobs with Platform Events (Beta)
Subscribe to the BulkApi2JobEvent platform event to get notified about the progress and completion of Bulk API V2 query jobs. By
subscribing to the platform event, you avoid polling the API or waiting for job completion before downloading results.
Where: This change affects API version 63.0 and later. This beta feature is available in all Salesforce editions, sandboxes, and scratch orgs
that have API Enabled.

Note: OpenAPI document generation for sObjectds REST API is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms
at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product
Terms Diretctory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter User Interface, and then select User Interface. On the User Interface page, select
Enable Salesforce Platform Bulk API 2.0 Query Partial Download and Job Completion Events (Beta). Then subscribe to
BulkApi2JobEvent using one of the subscription methods. See Subscribing to Platform Events in the Platform Events Developer Guide.

Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0 Through 30.0 Retirement (Release Update)
The retirement of versions 21.0 through 30.0 of the Salesforce Platform API was first scheduled for Summer ’23. The retirement is now
postponed to Summer ’25. You can continue to use these API versions but they’re not supported and won’t be available starting in
Summer ’25. Applications consuming them are then disrupted. Requests fail with an error message indicating that the endpoint is
deactivated. Upgrade all applications that use a legacy API version to a current version before this breaking change occurs.
Where: This change affects these API versions.
Bulk API
21.0, 22.0, 23.0, 24.0, 25.0, 26.0, 27.0, 28.0, 29.0, 30.0
SOAP API
21.0, 22.0, 23.0, 24.0, 25.0, 26.0, 27.0, 28.0, 29.0, 30.0
REST API
v21.0, v22.0, v23.0, v24.0, v25.0, v26.0, v27.0, v28.0, v29.0, v30.0

Note: This change affects all REST APIs that use URIs beneath /services/data/vXX.X/, including:
• Bulk API
• Connect REST API
• IoT REST API
• Lightning Platform REST API
• Metadata API

180
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Development Environments

• Place Order REST API

• Reports and Dashboards REST API
• Tableau CRM REST API
• Tooling API

This change applies to Professional (with API access enabled), Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. It affects all
API-enabled orgs, including sandboxes and scratch orgs.
How: Before the Summer ’25 release, modify or upgrade all applications to function with current API versions. Newer API versions offer
more capabilities and improved security and performance.
Identify requests made from older or unsupported API versions of SOAP API, REST API, and Bulk API by using the API Total Usage event.
You can enforce the retirement of these API versions ahead of Summer ‘25. In Setup, in Release Updates, find Salesforce Platform API
Versions 21.0 Through 30.0 Retirement, and then click Get Started. To reject calls to the API versions scheduled for retirement, click
Enable Test Run. To disable the enforcement, click Disable Test Run.

Development Environments
Development environments are full-featured Salesforce environments that you use to develop and test existing or new features and
custom applications. They include Developer Edition orgs, sandboxes, and scratch orgs.

IN THIS SECTION:
Data Mask
Let Einstein do the heavy lifting and create your custom libraries. Automatically run masking configurations each time you refresh
your sandbox.

Data Mask
Let Einstein do the heavy lifting and create your custom libraries. Automatically run masking configurations each time you refresh your
sandbox.

IN THIS SECTION:
Use Einstein to Generate Data Mask Custom Libraries
Ask Einstein to generate values for a custom Data Mask library in a sandbox. Describe the type of values that you want for masking
sensitive data, and let Einstein do the rest.
Set Your Configurations to Automatically Run Each Time You Refresh a Sandbox
With Run on Refresh, there’s no downtime between when new data enters your sandbox and when the next masking configuration
is scheduled to run.

Use Einstein to Generate Data Mask Custom Libraries

Ask Einstein to generate values for a custom Data Mask library in a sandbox. Describe the type of values that you want for masking
sensitive data, and let Einstein do the rest.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and
Developer editions where Data Mask is installed.

181
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

How: In Data Mask, from the Custom Libraries tab, create and save a new custom library. Then click Create with Einstein.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create Custom Libraries

Set Your Configurations to Automatically Run Each Time You Refresh a Sandbox
With Run on Refresh, there’s no downtime between when new data enters your sandbox and when the next masking configuration is
scheduled to run.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and
Developer editions where Data Mask is installed.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Run a Data Mask Job

Platform Development Tools

Build applications collaboratively and deliver continuously with Salesforce Developer Experience (DX), the open and integrated experience
for custom app development on Salesforce.

IN THIS SECTION:
Salesforce CLI
Use Salesforce CLI to create environments for development and testing, synchronize source code, run tests, and control your
application lifecycle.
Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code
The Salesforce Extension pack includes tools for developing on the Salesforce platform in the lightweight, extensible VS Code editor.
These tools provide features for working with development orgs (scratch orgs, sandboxes, and DE orgs), Apex, Lightning web
components, Aura components, and Visualforce.
Code Builder
Code Builder is a web-based integrated development environment that has all the power and flexibility of Visual Studio Code,
Salesforce Extensions for VS Code, and Salesforce CLI in your web browser.
Agentforce for Developers
Agentforce for Developers is an AI-powered developer tool that’s available as a Visual Studio Code extension in VS Code desktop
and Code Builder. Agentforce for Developers is built using CodeGen and xGen-Code, secure and custom AI models from
Salesforce. It's enabled by default in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Partner Developer, and Developer editions.
Scalability
Optimize and test your implementations. Troubleshoot errors, identify issues with application performance, and improve how you
scale.
Remove Shift_JIS to Windows-31J Character Mapping
The system property sun.nio.cs.map for Japanese character mapping from Shift_JIS to Windows-31J is no longer available.

182
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

Salesforce CLI
Use Salesforce CLI to create environments for development and testing, synchronize source code, run tests, and control your application
lifecycle.
We release new versions of Salesforce CLI weekly. Read the weekly release notes to learn about recent updates.

IN THIS SECTION:
Keep Up with the Latest Salesforce CLI Enhancements
Stay up to date with recent Salesforce CLI enhancements so that you can learn about better ways to work with your Salesforce DX
projects.

Keep Up with the Latest Salesforce CLI Enhancements

Stay up to date with recent Salesforce CLI enhancements so that you can learn about better ways to work with your Salesforce DX
projects.
Where: These changes apply to Salesforce CLI version 2.53.6 and later.
How: Read the Salesforce CLI weekly release notes for detailed information about all the new and changed features and bug fixes in
recent releases. This topic provides just a taste of some of the features that we recently delivered.

Do More with Data

We made a number of improvements and additions to the commands in the data topic.
Tree Commands
You can now specify multiple --query flags to the data export tree command. As a result, you can now easily export
records from junction objects and their parents so that their many-to-many relationships are preserved when you specify the
generated CSV file to the data import tree command. An example of a junction object is AccountContactRelation.
Bulk Commands
• We added these new commands that work with large datasets.
– data export|resume bulk
– data import|resume bulk
– data update|resume bulk
Together with the existing data delete|upsert bulk, you can now use Salesforce CLI commands to run any of the
ingest operations of Bulk API 2.0.

• Get the results of a completed bulk import, update, upsert, or delete with the new data bulk results command. The
command works for jobs executed with a CLI command such as data import bulk or an external tool like Data Loader.
Query Commands
• Execute a SOSL search in your org from the command line with the new data search command.
• Write the CSV or JSON results of a SOQL query to a file with the new --output-file flag of data query.
We also improved the documentation in the Salesforce DX Developer Guide about working with data. Check it out!

Execute GraphQL and REST APIs Directly (Beta)

Use the new api request rest CLI command to make an authenticated HTTP request to your org by using the Salesforce REST
API. This example lists information about limits in the org with the alias my-org.

183
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

Note: This feature is a Beta Service. Customers may opt to try such Beta Service in its sole discretion. Any use of the Beta Service
is subject to the applicable Beta Services Terms provided at Agreements and Terms
(https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/).
sf api request rest 'services/data/v63.0/limits' --target-org my-org

Use the new api request graphql CLI command to execute a GraphQL statement. The command uses the GraphQL API to
query or modify Salesforce objects. This example executes a GraphQL query on the Account object in your default org by specifying the
query directly to the --body flag.
sf api request graphql --body "query accounts { uiapi { query { Account { edges { node {
Id \n Name { value } } } } } } }"

Install on Windows ARM64 Computers

You can now install Salesforce CLI on Windows ARM64 computers with our new sf-arm64.exe installer.

Get Detailed Coverage Information from Apex Tests

Get detailed coverage results about a previously run Apex test by specifying the new --detailed-coverage flag of the apex
get test command. Detailed coverage results are available for only human-readable results. For example:

sf apex get test --test-run-id <ID> --code-coverage --detailed-coverage

Open an Agent in Your Org’s Agent Builder

Open an agent in your org’s Agent Builder UI with the new open org agent command. Use the --name flag to specify its API
name. For example:
sf org open agent --name Coral_Cloud_Agent

To find the agent’s API name, go to Setup in your org and navigate to the agent’s details page.

Customize New Sandboxes with More Options

When you create a sandbox with the org create sandbox command, you can now configure the public group of Salesforce
users that can access the sandbox. Include either the activationUserGroupId or activationUserGroupName option
(but not both) in the sandbox definition file. In this example, the ExpertUsers Salesforce public user group can access the sandbox
after it’s created.
{
"sandboxName": "dev1",
"licenseType": "Developer",
"activationUserGroupName": "ExpertUsers"
}

We also made these improvements to sandbox creation and cloning.

• Specify the name of the Apex class that runs after each copy of the sandbox with the new apexClassName definition file option.
Previously, you could specify it only with an ID (apexClassId).
• Specify the ID of the sandbox that you want to clone with the new --source-id flag or sourceId definition file option.
Previously, you could specify it only with its name (--source-sandbox-name).

184
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

View the Stages of a Running Command

Get a behind-the-scenes look at what happens when you execute certain CLI commands with the new multi-stage output feature. For
example, when you execute org create scratch, you now see this output while the command is executing.
$ sf org create scratch --edition developer --alias my-scratch-org

────────────── Creating Scratch Org ──────────────

Prepare Request 37ms

Send Request 14.61s
Wait For Org - Skipped
Available 5ms
Authenticate 1.46s
Deploy Settings
Done

Request Id: 2SRWs000002aOttOAE

OrgId: 00DOv00000C6RbJ
Username: [email protected]
Alias: my-scratch-org
Elapsed Time: 16.21s

Other commands that display this multi-stage output include project deploy start and project deploy retrieve.
We also added two environment variables for you to control how this new output behaves in a continuous integration (CI) environment.
• SF_CI_UPDATE_FREQUENCY_MS
• SF_CI_HEARTBEAT_FREQUENCY_MS

Enjoy Better Table Output

Commands that display tabular output, such as org list limits, now display tables that are more visually appealing and easier
to read.
You can customize how the new table output looks like with these new environment variables.
• SF_NO_TABLE_STYLE
• SF_TABLE_OVERFLOW
• SF_TABLE_BORDER_STYLE

SEE ALSO:
GitHub: Salesforce CLI Release Notes
Salesforce DX Developer Guide: Working with Data
Salesforce CLI Command Reference: data Commands
Salesforce CLI Setup Guide: Environment Variables
Salesforce CLI Download Page
Salesforce CLI Command Reference: api request Commands

185
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code

The Salesforce Extension pack includes tools for developing on the Salesforce platform in the lightweight, extensible VS Code editor.
These tools provide features for working with development orgs (scratch orgs, sandboxes, and DE orgs), Apex, Lightning web components,
Aura components, and Visualforce.
We release new versions of the extensions weekly. Read the weekly release notes to learn about recent updates.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code

Code Builder
Code Builder is a web-based integrated development environment that has all the power and flexibility of Visual Studio Code, Salesforce
Extensions for VS Code, and Salesforce CLI in your web browser.
We release new versions of Code Builder, as needed.
See the off-cycle Code Builder release notes on GitHub.

SEE ALSO:
Code Builder Developer Guide

Agentforce for Developers

Agentforce for Developers is an AI-powered developer tool that’s available as a Visual Studio Code extension in VS Code desktop and
Code Builder. Agentforce for Developers is built using CodeGen and xGen-Code, secure and custom AI models from Salesforce. It's
enabled by default in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Partner Developer, and Developer editions.
Read the weekly release notes to learn about recent updates.

SEE ALSO:
Agentforce for Developers

Scalability
Optimize and test your implementations. Troubleshoot errors, identify issues with application performance, and improve how you scale.

IN THIS SECTION:
Book Sandbox Slots for Peak Load Testing with Scale Test
Book a slot on your sandbox instance calendar and test at production peak load by using Scale Test. Business metrics, use cases, and
flows now have more input options. Use Trial Accuracy Checker to create a sandbox trial run by using the same code from production.
The Test Execution page now includes a link to Scale Center on the Compare Tests tab.
Identify Slow Reports, View Decrypted URLs, and Access Scale Center Deep Links
The Report Insights feature shows you which reports were slow over the last week. Fully decrypted URLs appear in the Callout
summary of the Integrations analysis. Signature Customers see Scale Center deep linking in the Technical Health Score (THS) on the
CSS Portal.

186
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Functions

Optimize Code with ApexGuru

Antipattern detection features optimize Apex code and improve performance. View SOQL queries in loops, identify inefficient query
filters and operations, and get recommendations for reducing expensive string operations and debug statements.

Book Sandbox Slots for Peak Load Testing with Scale Test
Book a slot on your sandbox instance calendar and test at production peak load by using Scale Test. Business metrics, use cases, and
flows now have more input options. Use Trial Accuracy Checker to create a sandbox trial run by using the same code from production.
The Test Execution page now includes a link to Scale Center on the Compare Tests tab.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions. Scale Test is available for customers with a Full sandbox in all
Hyperforce regions, except Singapore. To get access, contact your customer success representative or account executive.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale, and then click Scale Test.

Identify Slow Reports, View Decrypted URLs, and Access Scale Center Deep Links
The Report Insights feature shows you which reports were slow over the last week. Fully decrypted URLs appear in the Callout summary
of the Integrations analysis. Signature Customers see Scale Center deep linking in the Technical Health Score (THS) on the CSS Portal.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited Edition. Scale Center isn’t supported in Government Cloud Plus. Scale
Center is generally available at no additional cost for all Unlimited Edition Full sandbox, Signature, and Scale Test customers. You can
enable Scale Center for five Standard (non-SysAdmin) users per org.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale, and then click Scale Center.

Optimize Code with ApexGuru

Antipattern detection features optimize Apex code and improve performance. View SOQL queries in loops, identify inefficient query
filters and operations, and get recommendations for reducing expensive string operations and debug statements.
Where: These updates apply to Full sandbox and production environments with ApexGuru enabled. ApexGuru is generally available at
no additional cost for all Unlimited Edition Full Sandbox, Signature, and Scale Test customers.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale, and then click Scale Center. Navigate to Scale Insights, and then click ApexGuru
Insights.

Remove Shift_JIS to Windows-31J Character Mapping

The system property sun.nio.cs.map for Japanese character mapping from Shift_JIS to Windows-31J is no longer available.
Where: This change applies to Java environments.
Why: The system property sun.nio.cs.map was originally added in JDK 1.4.1 to assist with application migration from the old
definition of Shift_JIS (equivalent to Microsoft Windows code page 932) to the set defined by IANA.
How: Stagger the removal of the sun.nio.cs.map system property from customer environments, beginning with sandboxes.

Salesforce Functions
Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. Learn about the retirement plan for Salesforce Functions.

187
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes AppExchange Partners

IN THIS SECTION:
Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired
Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. You can continue using your subscription through your existing
order term. To preserve the capabilities that Salesforce Functions provided to your org, deploy an alternative solution before your
existing order term ends.

Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired

Salesforce Functions is no longer available for purchase or renewal. You can continue using your subscription through your existing
order term. To preserve the capabilities that Salesforce Functions provided to your org, deploy an alternative solution before your existing
order term ends.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the Salesforce mobile
app in Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
For the end-of-life timeline and more information on migrating your functions, see Salesforce Functions Retirement on the Heroku Dev
Center.

SEE ALSO:
Developer Doc: Salesforce Functions Release Notes

AppExchange Partners
This release introduces improved guidance for navigating security reviews and publishing listings.

IN THIS SECTION:
AppExchange Developer Documentation Has Been Updated
The revamped security and publishing sections in the ISVforce Guide provide improved guidance for passing a security review and
managing your AppExchange listings.

AppExchange Developer Documentation Has Been Updated

The revamped security and publishing sections in the ISVforce Guide provide improved guidance for passing a security review and
managing your AppExchange listings.
Where: This change applies to the ISVforce Guide.
When: The updated documentation is available in early January 2025.

SEE ALSO:
ISVforce Guide: Manage Your Security Reviews
ISVforce Guide: Manage Your AppExchange Listings

Change Data Capture

Receive change event notifications for more Salesforce objects.

188
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Change Data Capture

IN THIS SECTION:
Receive Change Event Notifications for More Objects
With Change Data Capture, you can now receive notifications of record changes for more objects.

Receive Change Event Notifications for More Objects

With Change Data Capture, you can now receive notifications of record changes for more objects.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Select the objects that you want to get notifications for on the Change Data Capture page in Setup, or create a custom channel.
You can now receive change events for these objects.

Commerce
• CustomFieldDisplayValue

Industries
Net Zero Cloud
• AirTravelEnrgyUse
• AnnualEmssnInventory
• AntiCorruptionInitSum
• DisclsReportingPeriod
• DivrsEquityInclSum
• EconomicPerformanceSum
• EmpBenefitSummary
• EmployeeDemographicSum
• EmployeeDevelopmentSum
• FrgtHaulingEnrgyUse
• GeneratedWaste
• GovtFinancialAsstSum
• GroundTravelEnrgyUse
• HotelStayEnrgyUse
• OrgIncidentSummary
• RentalCarEnrgyUse
• Scope3CrbnFtprnt
• Scope3EmssnSrc
• Scope3PcmtItem
• Scope3PcmtSummary
• SocialContributionSum
• StnryAssetCrbnFtprnt
• StnryAssetCrbnFtprntItm
• StnryAssetEnrgyUse

189
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Platform Events

• StnryAssetEnvrSrc
• StnryAssetWaterActvty
• StnryAssetWaterFtprnt
• StnryAssetWtrFtprntItm
• TaxDisclosureSummary
• VehicleAssetCrbnFtprnt
• VehicleAssetEmssnSrc
• VehicleAssetEnrgyUse
• WasteFootprint
• WasteFootprintItem

Loyalty Management
• GameReward
• GameParticipant
• TransactionJournal

Salesforce Flow
• FlowOrchestration
• FlowOrchestrationVersion

Platform Events
View more information about event allocations in Setup. Prepare for the retirement of the legacy standard-volume platform events.

IN THIS SECTION:
Discover the Grace Allocation for Daily Delivered Events for Salesforce Orgs with an Add-On License
The Event Allocations section now displays the grace allocation for daily event delivery on the Platform Events page in Setup. Also,
to flag overages, usage is now marked in red. The grace allocation isn't new but you can now more easily discover it in Setup.
Salesforce reserves the right to adjust grace allocations at any time. The grace allocation for daily event delivery, which is higher than
the allocation that you get through the add-on, helps prevent disruption to your subscribers due to usage spikes. As long as the
daily event delivery usage is within the grace allocation, your subscribers aren’t stopped and continue to receive events.
Standard-Volume Platform Events Are Being Retired
Standard-volume platform events are legacy custom events and are scheduled for retirement in Summer ’25. As of Spring ’19 (API
version 45.0), you can define only high-volume platform events, and you can’t define standard-volume platform events. If you still
have legacy standard-volume events, replace them with high-volume platform events. After retirement, you can no longer publish
or subscribe to standard-volume platform events.

190
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Event Bus

Discover the Grace Allocation for Daily Delivered Events for Salesforce Orgs with an
Add-On License
The Event Allocations section now displays the grace allocation for daily event delivery on the Platform Events page in Setup. Also, to
flag overages, usage is now marked in red. The grace allocation isn't new but you can now more easily discover it in Setup. Salesforce
reserves the right to adjust grace allocations at any time. The grace allocation for daily event delivery, which is higher than the allocation
that you get through the add-on, helps prevent disruption to your subscribers due to usage spikes. As long as the daily event delivery
usage is within the grace allocation, your subscribers aren’t stopped and continue to receive events.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: Salesforce provides the grace allocation for orgs that have the add-on license for additional platform events or change events.
This image shows the Event Allocations table with the new Grace Allocation column.

SEE ALSO:
Platform Events Developer Guide: Platform Event Allocations

Standard-Volume Platform Events Are Being Retired

Standard-volume platform events are legacy custom events and are scheduled for retirement in Summer ’25. As of Spring ’19 (API version
45.0), you can define only high-volume platform events, and you can’t define standard-volume platform events. If you still have legacy
standard-volume events, replace them with high-volume platform events. After retirement, you can no longer publish or subscribe to
standard-volume platform events.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Migrate Standard-Volume Platform Events to High-Volume Platform Events Before Retirement

Event Bus
Package and distribute event relays.

IN THIS SECTION:
Package and Distribute Event Relays
Event relays are now available in second-generation managed packages, unlocked packages, and first-generation managed packages.
Previously, event relays were available only in unmanaged packages. To use an event relay from a managed package, customers
can install the managed package from AppExchange.

191
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Package and Distribute Event Relays

Event relays are now available in second-generation managed packages, unlocked packages, and first-generation managed packages.
Previously, event relays were available only in unmanaged packages. To use an event relay from a managed package, customers can
install the managed package from AppExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce DX Developer Guide: Build and Release Your App

New and Changed Items for Developers

Here is where you can find new and changed objects, calls, classes, components, commands, and more that help you customize Salesforce
features.

IN THIS SECTION:
Lightning Components: New and Changed Items
Build UI easily with these new and changed resources.
Apex: New and Changed Items
These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.
ConnectApi (Connect in Apex): New and Changed Classes and Enums
Create custom experiences in Salesforce using Connect in Apex.
API: New and Changed Items
Access more data objects and metadata types in API version 63.0.

Lightning Components: New and Changed Items

Build UI easily with these new and changed resources.

IN THIS SECTION:
New and Changed Lightning Web Components
Build UI easily with these new and changed components.
Changed Targets for Lightning Web Components
Use Lightning web components in builders such as Lightning App Builder, Experience Builder, Flow Builder, and more.
New and Changed Aura Components
Build UI easily with these new and changed components.

New and Changed Lightning Web Components

Build UI easily with these new and changed components.

Changed Lightning Web Components

These components have changed.

192
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

lightning-button-menu
This attribute has changed.
• variant—The bare variant no longer displays with a border.
This accessibility behavior is new.
• The button menu with the role="menu" attribute renders with aria-labelledby to reference the assistive text Show
menu.
• The button menu renders with the role="menu" attribute and aria-labelledby to reference the assistive text Show
menu.
lightning-combobox
These accessibility behaviors are new.
• For options that specify aria-checked="true", the aria-selected attribute specifies a value of true.
• When an option label is too long to fit in a single line, the label wraps and continues in a new line. If a long word in an option
label isn't fully visible, scroll horizontally on the dropdown list to reveal the whole word.
lightning-input
These attributes are new.
• date-aria-error-message—A space-separated list of element IDs that provide error messages for the date input when
type="datetime".
• time-aria-error-message—A space-separated list of element IDs that provide error messages for the time input when
type='datetime'.
This attribute has changed.
• max-length—When the maximum number of characters is reached, the role="alert" attribute is appended to an
error message, which is then announced by screen readers.
These accessibility behaviors are new for the color type.
• The input field renders with the aria-label attribute set to Enter Hexadecimal value, which is announced by
screen readers to present the purpose of the field.
• The color picker panel renders with role="application", which enables you to choose a value on the panel using arrow
keys.
• When the input field is marked required, the aria-required attribute is passed down with the true value.
This accessibility behavior is new for the date, datetime, and time types.
• If you provide a value for aria-error-message or aria-errormessage, the input field renders with
aria-errormessage. Use the standard aria-errormessage HTML attribute to identify the element that provides
an error message for the input field. The aria-error-message attribute maps to aria-errormessage.
lightning-input-field
The lookup field type is appended with the slds-has-selection class and renders the selected object with a border.
When you pass an empty string or a string with only spaces to field-name, the component isn't rendered. A warning is returned
in the web console instead.
lightning-input-rich-text
These accessibility behaviors are new.
• For toolbar buttons that open a dialog, such as the link button, the button renders with aria-haspopup="dialog".
Toolbar buttons that open a dialog no longer render with aria-pressed="false".

193
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

• For the overall toolbar, the disabled state now uses Disabled Text Formatting in the aria-label attribute, or
Text Formatting otherwise. Previously, the disabled state used disabled on the aria-label attribute and an
empty string when the toolbar is active.
• For the color button, the color picker panel renders with role="application", which enables you to choose a value on
the panel using arrow keys.
• The remove formatting button no longer uses the aria-pressed attribute.
• The aria-describedby attribute is now associated with the element that renders with role="textbox" instead of
the wrapping element. This change lets screen readers announce error messages during user input.
• aria-describedby is appended only when the component is in an invalid state.
lightning-record-picker
A selected record is appended with the slds-has-selection class and renders with a border.
lightning-rich-text-toolbar-button
This attribute is new.
• aria-haspopup—Specifies the value of the aria-haspopup attribute for the rendered toolbar button. Use this attribute
to indicate the type of popup that your custom button opens.
lightning-tree-grid
This accessibility behavior is new.
• If the first column is type url and you pass in the label type attribute, the row toggle button now renders the title
attribute and assistive text with the label value instead of the URL. For example, if Account Name is the label value, the
assistive text is Expand Account Name instead of Expand https://example.com.

SEE ALSO:
Component Library

Changed Targets for Lightning Web Components

Use Lightning web components in builders such as Lightning App Builder, Experience Builder, Flow Builder, and more.
These targets have changed.
lightning__FlowScreen
Handle errors in a flow screen using setCustomValidity(externalErrorMessage: string) and
reportValidity() in Flow Builder. See Design Component Errors for a Better Experience

New and Changed Aura Components

Build UI easily with these new and changed components.

Changed Aura Components

This component has changed.
lightning:combobox
These accessibility behaviors are new.
• For options that specify aria-checked="true", the aria-selected attribute specifies a value of true.
• When an option label is too long to fit in a single line, the label wraps and continues in a new line. If a long word in an option
label isn't fully visible, scroll horizontally on the dropdown list to reveal the whole word.

194
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

lightning:input
These attributes are new.
• dateAriaErrorMessage—A space-separated list of element IDs that provide error messages for the date input when
type="datetime".
• timeAriaErrorMessage—A space-separated list of element IDs that provide error messages for the time input when
type='datetime'.
This attribute has changed.
• maxLength—When the maximum number of characters is reached, the role="alert" attribute is appended to an error
message, which is then announced by screen readers.
These accessibility behaviors are new for the color type.
• The input field renders with the aria-label attribute set to Enter Hexadecimal value, which is announced by
screen readers to present the purpose of the field.
• The color picker panel renders with role="application", which enables you to choose a value on the panel using arrow
keys.
• When the input field is marked required, the aria-required attribute is passed down with the true value.
This accessibility behavior is new for the date, datetime, and time types.
• If you provide a value for ariaErrorMessage, the input field renders with aria-errormessage. The
ariaErrorMessage attribute maps to the standard aria-errormessage HTML attribute.
lightning:inputField
The lookup field type is appended with the slds-has-selection class and renders the selected object with a border.
When you pass an empty string or a string with only spaces to fieldName, the component isn't rendered. A warning is returned
in the web console instead.
lightning:treeGrid
This accessibility behavior is new.
• If the first column is type url and you pass in the label type attribute, the row toggle button now renders the title
attribute and assistive text with the label value instead of the URL. For example, if Account Name is the label value, the
assistive text is Expand Account Name instead of Expand https://example.com.

SEE ALSO:
Component Library
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide
Lightning Aura Components Developer Guide
Lightning Components: New and Changed Items

Apex: New and Changed Items

These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.
For more information on these enhancements, see the Apex Developer Guide and the Apex Reference Guide.

IN THIS SECTION:
ConnectApi Namespace
The ConnectApi namespace (Connect in Apex) has new or changed classes, methods, or enums.

195
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Messaging Namespace
The Messaging namespace has these new or changed classes.
QuickAction Namespace
The QuickActions namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions.
System Namespace
The System namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions.

SEE ALSO:
Apex: New Features

ConnectApi Namespace
The ConnectApi namespace (Connect in Apex) has new or changed classes, methods, or enums.
Many Connect REST API resource actions are exposed as static methods on Apex classes in the ConnectApi namespace. These
methods use other ConnectApi classes to input and return information. The ConnectApi namespace is referred to as Connect
in Apex.
For the new and changed ConnectApi classes, methods, and enums, see ConnectAPI (Connect in Apex): New and Changed Classes and
Enums.

Messaging Namespace
The Messaging namespace has these new or changed classes.

New or Changed Methods in Existing Classes

Learn if an unsubscription mechanism is defined
Use the new method getOneClickPost in the SingleEmailMessage class to retrieve the value set in the setOneClickPost
method.
Configure emails sent from Salesforce to contain unsubscribe functionality
Use the new method setOneClickPost in the SingleEmailMessage class to support unsubscribe functionality in emails sent
from Salesforce. This method adds a List-Unsubscribe-Post header to emails.
Capture comments in the List-Unsubscribe email header
Use the new method setUnsubscribeComment in the SingleEmailMessage class to provide context for unsubscribing from
email.
Configure HTTP addresses for unsubscribing recipients of email sent from Salesforce
Use the new method setUnsubscribeUrls in the SingleEmailMessage class to define the location of a mechanism to
unsubscribe email recipients.

QuickAction Namespace
The QuickActions namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions.

196
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

New Classes
Store user utterances for use in agent quick actions
These are highlights of some methods in the new DescribeQuickActionParameter class. Use the getParameterName
and getParameterType methods to retrieve user utterances, for use only in agent quick actions.

New or Changed Methods in Existing Classes

System Namespace
The System namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions.

New or Changed Methods in Existing Classes

Block client-side JavaScript from accessing a cookie
Use the new isHttpOnly parameter in the constructor Cookie(name, value, path, maxAge, isSecure,
SameSite, isHttpOnly) for the existing Cookie class. Return the value of this attribute with the new
Cookie.isHttpOnly() method.
Pause scheduled Apex jobs
Use the new System.pauseJobByName(JobName) and System.pauseJobByJobId(JobId) methods to pause
a scheduled Apex job by specifying the job's name or cronTriggerId.
Resume scheduled Apex jobs
Use the new System.resumeJobByName(JobName) and System.resumeJobByJobId(JobId) methods to
resume a scheduled Apex job by specifying the job's name or cronTriggerId.

ConnectApi (Connect in Apex): New and Changed Classes and Enums

Create custom experiences in Salesforce using Connect in Apex.
Many Connect REST API resource actions are exposed as static methods on Apex classes in the ConnectApi namespace. These
methods use other ConnectApi classes to input and return information. The ConnectApi namespace is referred to as Connect
in Apex.

IN THIS SECTION:
ConnectApi Rate Limit Changes
To avoid potentially restrictive per user, per namespace, per hour ConnectApi rate limits, we’re migrating orgs to the per org, per
24-hour Salesforce Platform API rate limit. Orgs created in Summer ’24 and later are already using the Salesforce Platform API rate
limit. For migrated and new orgs, only method calls that require Chatter are subject to the per user, per namespace, per hour rate
limit.
New Connect in Apex Classes
These classes are new.
Changed Connect in Apex Input Classes
These input classes have changes.
Changed Connect in Apex Output Classes
These output classes have changes.

197
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Changed Connect in Apex Enums

These enums have changes.

SEE ALSO:
Connect REST API
Apex Reference Guide: ConnectApi Namespace
Connect REST API Developer Guide

ConnectApi Rate Limit Changes

To avoid potentially restrictive per user, per namespace, per hour ConnectApi rate limits, we’re migrating orgs to the per org, per 24-hour
Salesforce Platform API rate limit. Orgs created in Summer ’24 and later are already using the Salesforce Platform API rate limit. For
migrated and new orgs, only method calls that require Chatter are subject to the per user, per namespace, per hour rate limit.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in all editions in
all API versions.
When: Org migrations to the Salesforce Platform API rate limit continue on a rolling basis. Migrations occur in the background without
notification.

New Connect in Apex Classes

These classes are new.

Commerce
These new methods are in the ConnectApi.CommerceCart class.
Perform a complete cart calculation with custom fields
• calculateCart(webstoreId, activeCartOrId, effectiveAccountId, calculateCartInput)
New input class: ConnectApi.CalculateCartInput
Calculate shipping costs for a cart
• evaluateShipping(webstoreId, activeCartOrId, effectiveAccountId,
cartEvaluateShippingInput)
New input class: ConnectApi.CartEvaluateShippingInput
Calculate taxes for a cart
• evaluateTaxes(webstoreId, activeCartOrId, effectiveAccountId, cartEvaluateTaxInput)
New input class: ConnectApi.CartEvaluateTaxInput

Salesforce CMS
These new methods are in the ConnectApi.ManagedContent class.
Get targets that a managed content space folder is shared with
• getMCSFolderShares(folderId)
New output class: ConnectApi.MCSFolderShareCollection

198
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Update targets that a managed content space folder is shared with

• patchMCSFolderShares(folderId, mcsFolderShareCollectionUpdateInput)
New input class: ConnectApi.MCSFolderShareCollectionUpdateInput
New output class: ConnectApi.MCSFolderShareCollection
Get targets that a managed content space folder can be shared with
• getMCSFolderShareTargets(folderId)
New output class: ConnectApi.MCSFolderShareTargetCollection
These new methods are in the ConnectApi.ManagedContentDelivery class.
Get a page of collection items for a channel
• getCollectionItemsForChannel(channelId, collectionKeyOrId, language, pageToken,
pageSize)
Get a page of collection items for an Experience Cloud site
• getCollectionItemsForSite(siteId, collectionKeyOrId, language, pageToken, pageSize)

Salesforce Flow
This new method is in the ConnectApi.Orchestration class.
Get details for an orchestration instance
• getOrchestrationInstance(instanceId)

Changed Connect in Apex Input Classes

These input classes have changes.

Commerce
ConnectApi.ProductSearchGroupingInput
This input class has these changed properties.
• groupingOption—This property now supports BestMatch, which groups search results by the best-match product of
the variation group.
• topProductType—This property is no longer available.

Named Credentials
ConnectApi.ExternalAuthIdentityProviderInput
This input class has these new properties.
• clientAuthentication—Client authentication method that describes how credentials are sent to the authorization
server.
• parameters—List of custom request parameters to customize and extend requests to the identity provider’s token endpoint.
• standardExternalIdentityProvider—Reference to a standard external auth identity provider.

199
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Salesforce CMS
ConnectApi.ManagedContentChannelCreateRepresentation
This input class has this new property.
• isDedicatedContentDelivery—Specifies whether the channel has off-core dedicated content delivery enabled.
ConnectApi.ManagedContentChannelUpdateRepresentation
This input class has this new property.
• isDedicatedContentDelivery—Specifies whether the channel has off-core dedicated content delivery enabled.
ConnectApi.ManagedContentVariantUpdateInput
This input class has this new property.
• apiName—API name of the managed content variant.

Changed Connect in Apex Output Classes

These output classes have changes.

Chatter
ConnectApi.EmailMessageCapability
This output class has this new property.
• automationType—Automation type of the email message.

Commerce
ConnectApi.CommerceProductSummary
This output class has this new property.
• productVariationInfo—Product variation attributes, metadata, and mappings of attribute combinations to variation
product IDs.
ConnectApi.ProductAttributeInfo
This output class has these new properties.
• options—List of product attribute value metadata.
• viewType—View type for product attributes.

Named Credentials
ConnectApi.ExternalAuthIdentityProvider
This output class has these new properties.
• clientAuthentication—Client authentication method that describes how credentials are sent to the authorization
server.
• parameters—List of custom request parameters to customize and extend requests to the identity provider’s token endpoint.
• standardExternalIdentityProvider—Reference to a standard external auth identity provider.

Salesforce CMS
ConnectApi.ManagedContentChannel
This output class has this new property.

200
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

• isDedicatedContentDelivery—Specifies whether the channel has off-core dedicated content delivery enabled.
ConnectApi.ManagedContentCollectionItems
This output class has these new properties.
• currentPageUrl—URL to the current page.
• nextPageUrl—URL to the next page.
• previousPageUrl—URL to the previous page.
ConnectApi.ManagedContentDeliveryChannelRepresentation
This output class has this new property.
• isDedicatedContentDelivery—Specifies whether the channel has off-core dedicated content delivery enabled.
ConnectApi.ManagedContentSpace
This output class has this new property.
• fullyQualifiedName—Fully qualified name of the managed content space.
ConnectApi.ManagedContentVariant
This output class has this new property.
• apiName—API name of the managed content variant.

Salesforce Flow
ConnectApi.OrchestrationStageInstance
This output class has this new property.
• completionTime—The duration of the stage in seconds.
ConnectApi.OrchestrationStepInstance
This output class has these new properties.
• assignedTo—The ID of the user, group, or queue that’s assigned to a work item.
• assigneeType—The assignee type associated with a work item.
• comments—The string stored in an output variable with the API name of Comments from a flow called by a completed
orchestration step.
• completedBy—The ID of the user who completed the work item.
• completionTime—The duration of the step in seconds.
• description—The description associated with the orchestration step.

Changed Connect in Apex Enums

These enums have changes.
For information about these enums, see ConnectApi Enums in the Apex Reference Guide.
ConnectApi.CommerceSearchGroupingOption
This enum has this new value.
• BestMatch—Search results are grouped by the best-match product of the variation group.

API: New and Changed Items

Access more data objects and metadata types in API version 63.0.

201
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

IN THIS SECTION:
New and Changed Objects
Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.
New and Changed Standard Platform Events
Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new and changed standard platform events.
Bulk API 2.0
These calls are new, changed, or deprecated in API version 63.0.
Connect REST API
Integrate mobile apps, intranet sites, and third-party web applications with Salesforce using Connect REST API.
CRM Analytics REST API
Using the CRM Analytics REST API, bulk add items to your analytics collections and specify tooltip styles in your dashboards.
Invocable Actions
Invocable Actions represent the actions that can be accomplished on Salesforce with APIs.
Metadata API
Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.
SOAP API
These calls are new, changed, or deprecated in REST API version 63.0.
Tooling API New and Changed Objects
Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects.
User Interface API
Sort list views by multiple columns, and User Interface API supports more objects.

New and Changed Objects

Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.

Commerce
Store variation details for the product attribute item view
Use the new CustomFieldDisplayValue object.
Use a lookup for hierarchical bundle relationships
Use the new MainFulfillmentOrderLineItemId field on the existing FulfillmentOrderLineItem object.
Track the originating application and record for each payment
Use the new PaymentIntitiationSource object.
Determine the origin of the payment made from a payment link
Use the new PaymentIntitiationSource field on the existing PaymentLink object.
Get notified of Salesforce Payments platform events
Use the new PaymentInitiationSourceApplication, PaymentInitiationSourceChannel,
PaymentInitiationSourceId, PaymentInitiationSourceProcess, PaymentIntentGuid, and
PaymentLinkId fields on the existing PaymentGateway object.
Skip creating payment schedules and payment schedule items for subscription invoices
Use the new ShouldExcludePayment and PaymentExclusionReason fields on the Invoice object.

202
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Specify the tax engine type and ID of the tax provider account for subscriptions
Use the new Type and TaxPrvdAccountIndentifier fields on the existing TaxEngine object.
BEHAVIOR CHANGE: Store a meta tag for a product category page
The RecordId field on the existing ObjectMetadataTag object is a polymorphic relationship field. It supports both Product2 and
ProductCategory objects.
View the delivery service provisioning region
Use the new ServiceRegion field on the existing DeliveryEstimationSetup object.
BEHAVIOR CHANGE: Cart object fields are editable
Customize fields on these existing objects.
• CartDeliveryGroup
• CartItem
• CartItemPriceAdjustment
• CartTax
• CartValidationOutput
• WebCart
• WebCartAdjustmentBasis
• WebCartAdjustmentGroup

Customization
Enable the View All Fields object permission in a permission set
Use the new PermissionsViewAllFields field on the existing ObjectPermissions object.
Query more information about users
Use the new EndDay, HasUserVerifiedEmail, HasUserVerifiedPhone, PasswordExpirationDate, and
StartDay fields on the existing User object.

Development
Create custom libraries for masking data in Data Mask
Use the new DataMaskCustomValueLibrary object.

Event Monitoring
Analyze API operational logs using human-readable names on the EventLogFile event
Use the new CONNECTED_APP_NAME and USER_NAME fields on the API Total Usage event type.
Monitor content security policy (CSP) violations
Use the new CSP Violation event type.
Get details about blocked redirections
Use the new Blocked Redirect event type.
DEPRECATED: The Insecure External Assets event type is deprecated
Because HTTPS connections are required to load external assets, Insecure External Assets events no longer apply. In Spring ’25 and
later, the Insecure External Assets event type captures no data.
Surface event data stored in standard objects
Use Event Log Objects, now generally available.

203
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Experience Cloud
Create a content taxonomy or a hierarchy of terms that can be used to classify and organize content from Salesforce CMS
Use these new objects.
• ContentTaxonomy
• ContentTaxonomyTerm
• ContentTaxonomyRelatedTerm
• ContentTaxonomyTermRelatedTerm
Get information about the possible types of relationships between terms in a content taxonomy
Use the new ContentTaxonomyTermRelationshipType object.

Field Service
Identify and Manage Empty Appointment Bundles
Use the new DoesDeleteEmptyBundles and EmptyBundleStatus fields on the existing ApptBundleConfig object.
Build Data Capture Forms
Use the new DynamicDataCapture object.

Revenue
Get inventory levels for associated fulfillment order items and set the scaling method
Use the new AssociatedFoItemInventory and AssociatedQuanScaleMethod fields on the existing
FulfillmentLineRel object.

Sales
Indicate the position of a forecasting dimension and the forecast type of the forecasting group
Use the new DisplayPosition and ForecastingTypeId fields on the existing ForecastingGroup object.
BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The SourceObject field on the ForecastingGroup object supports the Nillable
The SourceObject field on the ForecastingGroup object now supports the Nillable property.
BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The BuyerAttributes field on the Contact object supports the restricted picklist
The BuyerAttributes field on the Contact object now supports the Restricted picklist property.
Calculate the progress that a sales team makes toward an account plan objective’s measurable goal
Use the new AccountPlanObjMeasCalcDef object.
Specify criteria for determining which records count toward completing an account plan objective’s measurable goal
Use the new AccountPlanObjMeasCalcCond object.
Associate a calculation definition with an account plan objective's measurable goal
Use the new AccountPlanObjMeasCalcDefId field on the existing AccountPlanObjectiveMeasure object.
Track the date and time that the current value of an account plan objective's measurable goal was last updated
Use the new CurrentValueTimestamp field on the existing AccountPlanObjectiveMeasure object.
Specify that an action plan is a sales action plan
Use the new supported value Sales in the existing ActionPlanType field on the ActionPlan and ActionPlanTemplate objects.
Indicate the object that an action plan item is for
Use the new ItemEntityType field on the ActionPlanItem object.

204
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Specify that an action plan template item is an event

Use the new supported value Event in the existing ItemEntityType field on the ActionPlanTemplateItem and
ActionPlanTemplateItemValue objects.
Specify that a value on an action plan template item is for an event field
Use the new supported Event values in the existing ItemEntityFieldName field on the ActionPlanTemplateItemValue
object.
Capture the details of the total contract value
Use the new FrcstCustmCatgRampRateSrc object.
Designate team members to administer specific territories
Use the new TerritoryAdminAssignment object to designate team members for administering territories and their descendants.
Specify whether these team members can create, update, and delete territories. Also let designated team members assign other
team members to descendant territories, and manage record assignments and rules.
View an instance of conversation data analyzed by AI, a group of analyzed insights aggregated into a topic, and an instance
of call data from an analyzed set of insights.
Use the new ConvAnalysisSummary, ConvAnalysisTopic, and ConvAnalysisTopicEntry objects.

Salesforce Flow
DEPRECATED: The Environments field on the FlowDefinitionView object is being deprecated.
Instead, use the SupportedEnvironments field on the FlowDefinition object.
Get information about which environments a flow can run in.
Use the SupportedEnvironments field, which is on the FlowDefinitionView object. Introduced in API version 63.0, this field
has been added to the Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform.
View the label of an orchestration instance
Use the new OrchestrationLabel field on the existing FlowOrchestrationInstance object.
View the description of an orchestration step
Use the new Description field on the existing FlowOrchestrationStepInstance object.
View the number of seconds that have passed since an assigned orchestration work item was created
Use the new ElapsedTimeSinceCreationInSec field on the existing FlowOrchestrationWorkItem object. This field has
a value when the work item status is Assigned. When the orchestration work item status is Completed, this field has a null
value.
View the number of seconds that have passed since an assigned orchestration work item was last assigned
Use the new ElapsedTimeSinceAsgntInSec field on the existing FlowOrchestrationWorkItem object. This field has a value
when the work item status is Assigned. When the orchestration work item status is Completed, this field has a null value.
Determine whether flow metrics are logged to Data Cloud
Use the new AreMetricsLoggedToDataCloud field on the existing FlowDefinitionView, FlowRecord, FlowRecordVersion,
and FlowVersionView objects.
Identity flows triggered by a change to a Data Cloud data graph
Use the new DataGraphDataChange value on the existing TriggerType field of the FlowDefinitionView object, the
existing Type field of the FlowRecord object, and the FlowType field of the FlowRecordVersion object.
View the error description of the recurring flow interview
Use the new ErrorDetail field on the existing FlowDefinitionView, FlowVersionView, FlowRecord, and FlowRecordVersion
objects.

205
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

View the running status of the recurring flow interview

Use the ProgressStatus field on the existing FlowRecordVersionOccurrence object. Introduced in API version 60.0, this field
has been added to the Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform.
Track the progress of a record submitted for approval
Use the ApprovalSubmission object.
View the details of an approval submission
Use the ApprovalSubmissionDetail object.
View details about an approval work item associated with an approval step in a running approval orchestration
Use the ApprovalWorkItem object.

Security and Identity

Identify redirections that use a malformed URL
Use the new MalformedUrl value on the existing ViolationType field on the BrowserPolicyViolation object.
Trigger Flows with Privacy Job Sessions
Use the PrivacyJobSession object with Flow or Apex triggers.
Create and List Data Encryption Keys
Use the new DataEncryptionKey object to list data encryption keys (DEKs) and create new ones.
Configure headless user discovery for headless login flows
Use the new IsUserDisambiguationAllowedUsernamePwd field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings object.
Configure headless user discovery for headless forgot password flows
Use the new IsUserDisambiguationAllowedForgotPwd field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings object.
Store metric details related to public key certificate information
Use the new TenantSecurityCertificate object,
Store metric details related to Transaction Security Policy triggering events.
Use the new TenantSecurityTrigTransactionSecurityPol object.

Service
Route work items through a single system with Unified Routing for Voice (Beta)
Use the new CapabilitiesSupportsUnifiedRouting field on the existing ConversationVendorInfo object
to support unified routing.

Note: Unified routing is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a
written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Support typing indicators and read and delivery receipts for inbound messages in Bring Your Own Channel
Use the new IsInboundReceiptsEnabled and IsTypingIndicatorDisabled fields on the existing
ConversationChannelDefinition object.
Store admin choices for event-driven Messaging functionality in Bring Your Own Channel
Use the new CustomMsgChannel object.

New and Changed Standard Platform Events

Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new and changed standard platform events.

206
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Salesforce Overall
Be notified when an order is created or updated
Subscribe to PlaceOrderCompletedEvent to receive a notification when orders are created or updated by invoking the Place Order
API or the Place Sales Transaction API.

Commerce
Be notified when a shopper abandons their shopping cart
Subscribe to WebCartAbandonedEvent to receive notifications related to abandoned carts.
Be notified when a first billing payment for a subscription product is in the recovery stage after a failed billing schedule
creation
Use the new supported value FirstBillingRecovery in the existing ProcessingStage field on the
FirstBillPaymentSetupEvent object.
Track when invoices without payments are generated from billing schedules for subscriptions
Subscribe to InvoiceProcPymtExclEvent to receive notifications when the first invoice without a payment schedule is generated for
a subscription.

Sales
Notify subscribers whenever an Einstein Insight rule is triggered
Use the new ConversationInsightEvent platform event. Introduced in API version 60.0, this object has been added to the Platform
Events Developer Guide.

Bulk API 2.0

These calls are new, changed, or deprecated in API version 63.0.

Changed Calls
Use a consistent URI and naming scheme across Bulk API 2.0 parallel query results and events
Bulk API 2.0 parallel query results and events now use the same URIs. Also, we renamed resultLink to resultURL and
resultChunks to resultPages in Bulk API 2.0 parallel query results to match Bulk API 2.0 events.

Connect REST API

Integrate mobile apps, intranet sites, and third-party web applications with Salesforce using Connect REST API.

IN THIS SECTION:
Connect REST API Rate Limit Changes
To avoid potentially restrictive per user, per application, per hour Connect REST API rate limits, we’re migrating orgs to the per org,
per 24-hour Salesforce Platform API rate limit. Orgs created in Summer ’24 and later are already using the Salesforce Platform API
rate limit. For migrated and new orgs, only requests that require Chatter are subject to the per user, per application, per hour rate
limit.
New and Changed Connect REST API Resources
These resources are new or have changes.
Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies
These request bodies have changes.

207
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies

These response bodies have changes.

SEE ALSO:
ConnectApi (Connect in Apex): New and Changed Classes and Enums
Connect REST API Developer Guide
Apex Reference Guide: ConnectApi Namespace

Connect REST API Rate Limit Changes

To avoid potentially restrictive per user, per application, per hour Connect REST API rate limits, we’re migrating orgs to the per org, per
24-hour Salesforce Platform API rate limit. Orgs created in Summer ’24 and later are already using the Salesforce Platform API rate limit.
For migrated and new orgs, only requests that require Chatter are subject to the per user, per application, per hour rate limit.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in all editions in
all API versions.
When: Org migrations to the Salesforce Platform API rate limit continue on a rolling basis. Migrations occur in the background without
notification.

New and Changed Connect REST API Resources

These resources are new or have changes.

Commerce
Use asynchronous product import
The /commerce/management/webstores/webstoreId/product-import resource for synchronous product
imports has been removed in version 63.0. Use the asynchronous product import resource
/commerce/management/import/product/jobs instead.
Perform a complete cart calculation with custom fields
Make a POST request to the existing
/commerce/webstores/webstoreId/carts/activeCartOrId/actions/calculate resource.
New request body: Cart Calculate Input
Calculate shipping costs for a cart
Make a POST request to the new
/commerce/webstores/webstoreId/carts/activeCartOrId/actions/evaluate-shipping resource.
New request body: Cart Evaluate Shipping Input
Calculate taxes for a cart
Make a POST request to the new
/commerce/webstores/webstoreId/carts/activeCartOrId/actions/evaluate-taxes resource.
New request body: Cart Evaluate Tax Input
Get search results with product variation information
Make a GET request to the existing /commerce/webstores/webstoreId/search/products resource.
New request parameter: includeProductVariationInfo

208
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Delete empty delivery groups

Make a GET request to the existing
/commerce/webstores/webStoreId/carts/cartStateOrId/delivery-groups/actions/arrange-items
resource.
New request parameter: deleteEmptyDeliveryGroups
Capture an authorized payment
Make a POST request to the new /payments/payment-intents/paymentIntentId/capture resource.
New request body: Capture Service Input
New response body: Capture Service Output
Refund a payment
Make a POST request to the new /payments/payment-intents/paymentIntentId/refund resource.
New request body: Refund Service Input
New response body: Refund Service Output
Upload and retrieve the status of a CSV inventory data file
Make a POST request to the existing /commerce/oci/availability-records/uploads resource. Previously, you
could upload only JSON files.
Make a GET request to the existing /commerce/oci/availability-records/uploads/uploadId resource.
Previously, you could only retrieve the status of a JSON inventory availability upload job.
Create an invoice for an account, order, or a list of billing schedules for subscriptions
Make a POST request to the existing /commerce/invoicing/invoices/collection/actions/generate
resource.
New request body: Invoice Input
New response body: Revenue Async Response
Create an invocie for a subscription order without a payment
Make a POST request to the existing /commerce/invoicing/invoices/collection/actions/generate
resource.
New request parameter: configurationOverrides
Cancel an active Commerce subscription
Make a POST request to the new
/commerce/webstores/webstoreId/subscriptions/actions/initiate-cancellation resource.
New request body: Commerce Subscription Cancel Input
New response body: Commerce Subscription Cancel Output
Retrieve a list of Commerce subscriptions
Make a GET request to the new /commerce/webstores/webstoreId/subscriptions resource.
New response body: Commerce Subscription Collection
Update the saved payment method for a Commerce subscription
Make a PATCH request to the new
/commerce/webstores/webstoreId/subscriptions/subscriptionId/saved-payment-methods
resource.
New request body: Commerce Subscription Saved Payment Method Input
New response body: Commerce Subscription Detail

209
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Retrieve a list of child products associated with a parent product

Make a GET request to the existing /commerce/webstores/webstoreId/products/productId/children
resource.
New request parameter: includeProductSellingModels
Get a list of products for a specific web store
Make a GET request to the existing /commerce/webstores/webstoreId/products resource.
New request parameters: includeAttributeSetInfo, includegroupByAttributeVariationInfo,
includeProductSellingModels, and includeQuantityRule
View details of a specific order summary
Make a POST request to the existing /commerce/webstores/webstoreId/order-summaries/actions/lookup
resource.
New request parameter: excludePayments

Content Taxonomy
Get terms for a content taxonomy
Make a GET request to the new /connect/content-taxonomy/terms resource.
Required request parameters: depth, taxonomyId
New response body: Content Taxonomy Term Collection
Search content taxonomy terms
Make a GET request to the new /connect/content-taxonomy/terms/search resource.
Required request parameters: queryText, taxonomyIds
New response body: Content Taxonomy Term Collection
Create a term within a content taxonomy
Make a POST request to the new /connect/content-taxonomy/taxonomyId/terms resource.
New request body: Content Taxonomy Term Input
New response body: Content Taxonomy Term
Get a term within a content taxonomy
Make a GET request to the new /connect/content-taxonomy/taxonomyId/terms/termId resource.
New response body: Content Taxonomy Term
Update a term within a content taxonomy
Make a PATCH request to the new /connect/content-taxonomy/taxonomyId/terms/termId resource.
New request body: Content Taxonomy Term Input
New response body: Content Taxonomy Term
Delete a term within a content taxonomy
Make a DELETE request to the new /connect/content-taxonomy/taxonomyId/terms/termId resource.
Required request parameter: deleteChildren

Custom Domain
Get the ID for the custom domain associated with a domain name
Make a GET request to the new /connect/custom-domain/domains/domainName/domainId resource.

210
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

New response body: Custom Domain ID

Get values for the canonical name (CNAME) record that’s used to verify ownership of a custom domain
Make a GET request to the new /connect/custom-domain/domains/domainName/expected-cname resource.
New response body: Custom Domain CNAME for Domain Verification
Get values for the canonical name (CNAME) record that’s required for custom domains that use the Salesforce CDN
Make a GET request to the new /connect/custom-domain/domains/sites/storeOrSiteId/custom-urls
resource.
New response body: Custom Domain CNAME for the Salesforce CDN
Get a list of custom URLs for a custom domain associated with a site or store
Make a GET request to the new /connect/custom-domain/domains/sites/storeOrSiteId/custom-urls
resource.
Existing response body: Custom Domain Custom URL Collection

Data Cloud
Create an activation target
Make a POST request to the /ssot/activation-targets resource. This resource is available starting in December 2024.
New request body: Activation Target Input
Updated response body: Activation Target Output
Update an activation target
Make a PATCH request to the /ssot/activation-targets/activationTargetId resource. This resource is available
starting in December 2024.
New request body: Activation Target Input
Updated response body: Activation Target Output
Create an activation
Make a POST request to the /ssot/activations resource. This resource is available starting in December 2024.
New request body: Activation Definition Input
Updated response body: Activation Output
Update an activation
Make a PUT request to the /ssot/activations/activationId resource. This resource is available starting in December
2024.
New request body: Activation Definition Input
Updated response body: Activation Output
Validate your data transform logic before you create the transform
Make a POST request to the new /ssot/data-transforms-validation resource. This resource is available starting in
December 2024.
Updated request body: Data Transform Input
New response body: Data Transform Validation Output
Get the run history of a data transform, such as the number of records processed and any errors that occurred
Make a GET request to the new /ssot/data-transforms/dataTransformNameOrId/run-history resource.
This resource is available starting in December 2024.
New response body: Data Transform Run History Collection Representation

211
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Salesforce CMS
Get a page of collection items for a channel
Make a GET request to the existing
/connect/cms/delivery/channels/channelId/collections/collectionKeyOrId resource.
New optional request parameters: pageSize, pageToken
Get a page of collection items for an Experience Cloud site
Make a GET request to the existing /connect/sites/siteId/cms/delivery/collections/collectionKeyOrId
resource.
New optional request parameters: pageSize, pageToken
Get the targets that a managed content space folder is shared with
Make a GET request to the new /connect/cms/folders/folderId/shares resource.
New response body: MCS Folder Share Collection
Update the targets that a managed content space folder is shared with
Make a PATCH request to the new /connect/cms/folders/folderId/shares resource.
New request body: MCS Folder Share Collection Update Input
New response body: MCS Folder Share Collection
Get the targets that a managed content space folder can be shared with
Make a GET request to the new /connect/cms/folders/folderId/share-targets resource.
New response body: MCS Folder Share Target Collection
Get the taxonomy terms associated with managed content
Make a GET request to the new /connect/cms/contents/contentKeyOrId/taxonomy-terms resource.
New response body: Managed Content Taxonomy Term Collection
Add or remove taxonomy term associations from managed content
Make a PATCH request to the new /connect/cms/contents/contentKeyOrId/taxonomy-terms resource.
New request body: Managed Content Taxonomy Terms Input
New response body: Managed Content Taxonomy Term Collection

Salesforce Flow
Get orchestration instance details
Make a GET request to the new /connect/interaction/orchestration/instance/detail resource.
Required request parameter: instanceId

Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies

These request bodies have changes.

Commerce
Checkout Address Input
This request body has this new property.
• shipToPhoneNumber—Phone number of the contact.

212
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Contact Information Input

This request body has this new property.
• isoCountryCodeForPhoneNumber—ISO code of the phone number country.
Product Search Grouping Input
This request body has these changed properties.
• groupingOption—This property now supports BestMatch, which groups search results by the best-match product of
the variation group.
• topProductType—This property is no longer available.
Invoice Input
This request body has these changed properties.
• accountId—Specify invoice creation using an account record ID.
• billingTransactionId—Specify invoice creation using a billing transaction record ID.
• configurationOverrides—Specifies whether the generation of payment schedules and payment schedule items
should be skipped in the case of billing for subscription products.
Cart Coupon Input
This request body has this new property.
• customFields—Array of sObjects and their associated custom fields.
Payment Intent Input
This request body has this new property.
• applyDomainValidations—Specifies whether to apply domain-specific validations on the payment intent request.

Data Cloud
Data Transform Input
This request body has this new property.
• creationType—The creation type of the data transform.

Named Credentials
External AuthI dentity Provider Input
This request body has these new properties.
• clientAuthentication—Client authentication method that describes how credentials are sent to the authorization
server.
• parameters—List of custom request parameters to customize and extend requests to the identity provider’s token endpoint.
• standardExternalIdentityProvider—Reference to a standard external auth identity provider.

Salesforce CMS
Managed Content Channel Create
This request body has this new property.
• isDedicatedContentDelivery—Specifies whether the channel has off-core dedicated content delivery enabled.
Managed Content Channel Update
This request body has this new property.

213
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

• isDedicatedContentDelivery—Specifies whether the channel has off-core dedicated content delivery enabled.
Managed Content Variant Update Input
This request body has this new property.
• apiName—API name of the managed content variant.

Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies

These response bodies have changes.

Chatter
Email Message Capability
This response body has this new property.
• automationType—Automation type of the email message.

Commerce
Checkout Address
This response body has this new property.
• shipToPhoneNumber—Phone number of the contact.
Commerce Product Summary
This response body has this new property.
• productVariationInfo—Product variation attributes, metadata, and mappings of attribute combinations to variation
product IDs.
Delivery Group
This response body has this new property.
• totalCartItemCount—Number of cart items, including their quantities, of the type Product in the delivery group.
Product Attribute Info
This response body has these new properties.
• options—List of product attribute value metadata.
• viewType—View type for product attributes.
Application Context
This response body has this new property.
• subscriptionConfig—Commerce subscription configuration settings.
Cart Coupon
This response body has this new property.
• customFields—Array of sObjects and their associated custom fields.
Order Summary Lookup
This response body has these new properties.
• adjustments—Collection of adjustments for an order summary.
• owner—Buyer profile details for an order summary.
• payments—Payment details for an order summary.

214
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Order Item Summary Lookup

This response body has these new properties.
• processExceptions—Process exceptions information for an order item summary.
• productSellingModel—Product selling model information for an order item summary.
Product Overview
This response body has these new properties.
• name—Name of a product.
• productClass—Class of a product.
• productSellingModels—Product selling models information for a product.
• purchaseQuantityRule—Purchase quantity rule information for a product.
• urlName—URL name of a product.
• variationAttributeSet—Variation attribute set information for a product.
• variationInfo—Variation attributes information for a product.

Custom Domain
Custom Domain Detail
This response body has these new properties.
• domainStatus—Custom domain status.
• lastModifiedDate—Date when the custom domain was last modified.
Custom Domain Custom URL Collection
This property changed for this response body.
• CustomUrlList was renamed to CustomUrls.
Custom URL Detail
This response body has these new properties.
• lastModified—Date when the custom URL was last modified.
• status—Custom URL status.

Data Cloud
Activation Target Output
This response body has these new properties.
• connector—Details about the connector that is used for this activation target.
• isEnabled—Indicates whether the activation target is enabled (true) or not (false).
• platformPrivacyType—Platform privacy type for this activation target. Derived from Activation Platform.
• organizationId—Organization ID of the activation target.
Activation Output
This response body has these new properties.
• activationDefinitionId—ID of the activation definition.
• activationPlatformCustomerFileSourceEnum—Customer file source of the activation platform.
• activationTargetId—Activation target ID for the activation.
• activationTargetName—Activation target name for the activation.

215
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

• activationTargetObjectPath—Object path for the activation target.

• activationTargetSubject—Activation target subject for the activation.
• attributesConfig—Attributes for the activation.
• contactPointsConfig—Contact points for the activation.
• curatedEntityApiName—API name of the entity curated by the activation
• curatedEntityId—ID of the entity curated by the activation.
• curatedEntityName—Name of the entity curated by the activation.
• dataSourcesConfig—Data sources for the activation.
• dataSpaceName—Data space name for the activation.
• dataspaceId—Data space ID for the activation.
• developerName—Developer name for the activation.
• directDmoFiltersConfig—Direct DMO filters for the activation.
• enabled—Indicates if the activation is enabled (true) or not (false).
• relatedDmoFiltersConfig—Related DMO filters for the activation.
• segmentDefinitionId—Definition ID for the activation segment.

Named Credentials
External Auth Identity Provider
This response body has these new properties.
• clientAuthentication—Client authentication method that describes how credentials are sent to the authorization
server.
• parameters—List of custom request parameters to customize and extend requests to the identity provider’s token endpoint.
• standardExternalIdentityProvider—Reference to a standard external auth identity provider.

Salesforce CMS
Managed Content Channel
This response body has this new property.
• isDedicatedContentDelivery—Specifies whether the channel has off-core dedicated content delivery enabled.
Managed Content Collection Items
This response body has these new properties.
• currentPageUrl—URL to the current page.
• nextPageUrl—URL to the next page.
• previousPageUrl—URL to the previous page.
Managed Content Delivery Channel
This response body has this new property.
• isDedicatedContentDelivery—Specifies whether the channel has off-core dedicated content delivery enabled.
Managed Content Space
This response body has this new property.
• fullyQualifiedName—Fully qualified name of the managed content space.

216
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Managed Content Variant

This response body has this new property.
• apiName—API name of the managed content variant.

Salesforce Flow
Orchestration Stage Instance
This response body has this new property.
• completionTime—The duration of the stage in seconds.
Orchestration Step Instance
This response body has these new properties.
• assignedTo—The ID of the user, group, or queue that’s assigned to a work item.
• assigneeType—The assignee type associated with a work item.
• comments—The string stored in an output variable with the API name of Comments from a flow called by a completed
orchestration step.
• completedBy—The ID of the user who completed the work item.
• completionTime—The duration of the step in seconds.
• description—The description associated with the orchestration step.

CRM Analytics REST API

Using the CRM Analytics REST API, bulk add items to your analytics collections and specify tooltip styles in your dashboards.

IN THIS SECTION:
New and Changed CRM Analytics REST API Resources
These resources are new or have changes.
Changed CRM Analytics REST API Request Bodies
These request bodies have changes.
Changed CRM Analytics REST API Response Bodies
These response bodies have changes.

New and Changed CRM Analytics REST API Resources

These resources are new or have changes.
Add new items to an analytics collection in bulk
Make a POST request to the /analytics/collections/collectionId/bulk-items resource.
Request body includes the new Wave Collection Item Bulk Add Input representation.
Use the new tooltip style in dashboards
Make a GET request to the /wave/dashboards/dashboardIdOrApiName resource.
Response body includes the new Tooltip Style representation

Changed CRM Analytics REST API Request Bodies

These request bodies have changes.

217
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Grid Layout Widget Style Input

The request body has this new property.
• tooltipStyle—the tooltip style for the dashboard layout.

Changed CRM Analytics REST API Response Bodies

These response bodies have changes.
Grid Layout Widget Style
The response body has this new property.
• tooltipStyle—the tooltip style for the dashboard layout.

Invocable Actions
Invocable Actions represent the actions that can be accomplished on Salesforce with APIs.
Invocable actions are available through REST API. The following action has changed:
Create subscription records for subscription products included a Commerce order summary
Use the new createSubscriptionRecords action.
For more information on invocable actions, see the Actions Developer’s Guide.

Metadata API
Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.

Customization
Enable the View All Fields object permission in a permission set
Use the new viewAllFields field on the existing PermissionSet metadata type.
Enable the View All Fields object permission in a profile
Use the new viewAllFields field on the existing Profile metadata type.
Manage permission sets with an updated user interface
Use the new enhancedPermSetList field on the existing UserManagementSettings metadata type.
Manage roles with an updated user interface
Use the new enhancedUserRoleListView field on the existing UserManagementSettings metadata type.

Experience Cloud
DEPRECATED: The enableGuestRecordReassignOrgPref field on the CommunitySettings metadata type is deprecated
in API version 63.0
The preference is now always turned on.
DEPRECATED: The enableSitesRecordReassignOrgPref field on the SiteSettings metadata type is deprecated in
API version 63.0
The preference is now always turned on.

218
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Marketing Cloud
Retrieve and deploy branding for marketing workspaces
Use the existing DigitalExperienceBundle type to retrieve and deploy branding for marketing workspaces.

Salesforce CMS
Retrieve and deploy general workspaces
Use the existing DigitalExperienceBundle metadata type to retrieve and deploy general workspaces.
Specify whether content created from a custom content type is converted to metadata
Use the new isMetadataContent field on the existing ManagedContentType metadata type.
Move custom content types between orgs with second-generation managed packages
Use the existing ManagedContentType metadata type to package custom content types.

Salesforce Flow
Create subscription records for subscription products included a Commerce order summary
Use the new createSubscriptionRecords value in the existing actionType field, which is on the existing FlowActionCall
subtype of the Flow metadata type.
Create approval orchestrations with Flow Approval Processes
Use the new ApprovalWorkflow value in the processType field of the Flow metadata. For more information see Flow
Approval Processes.
Specify that an approval orchestration send no email notifications to approvers
Use the new SendNoApproverEmails value for the existing name field of the FlowMetadataValue type and set the value
field to a string that’s either true or false.
BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The requiresAsyncProcessing field on the existing FlowStageStep metadata type is no longer used.
Previously, this field indicated whether a background step called a flow that contained an asynchronous action or a Wait element,
requiring asynchronous processing. A background step now automatically detects whether its associated flow runs synchronously
or asynchronously.
Specify the translated label for a step in an orchestration
Use the new FlowOrchestrationStepTranslation subtype of the FlowTranslation type.
Trigger flows with more out-of-the-box automation events
Use these new values in the existing actionType field of the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type:
trgrOnWebCartAbandoned, processWebStoreUserRgstr, trgrOnWhatsAppSubscription,
trgrOnEmailOpenEngagement, trgrOnEmailLinkClickEngagement, trgrOnEmailBounceEngagement,
trgrOnSmsLinkClickEngagement, trgrOnSmsDeliveryFailureEngagement,
trgrOnSmsResponseEngagement, trgrOnWhatsAppResponseEngmt, trgrOnWhatsAppReadEngagement,
trgrOnWhatsAppDeliveredEngagement, trgrOnWhatsAppLinkClickEngmt, and
trgrOnWhatsAppDlvrFailureEngmt
Trigger a flow when a field in a data graph changes
Use the new DataGraphDataChange value in the existing triggerType field and the new triggeringDataGraph
and triggeringDataModelObjectPath fields in the existing FlowStart subtype of the Flow metadata type.
Reference an automation event in a Wait element
Use the new automationEventNameand automationEventType fields in the existing FlowWaitEvent subtype of the
Flow metadata type.
Specify the maximum number of records to store
Use the new limit field in the existing FlowRecordLookup subtype of the Flow metadata type.

219
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Specify a template for a screen component (generally available)

Use the new sourceTemplateApiName and sourceTemplateProviderType fields on the existing FlowScreenField
subtype, which is on the FlowScreen subtype of the Flow metadata type.
Show a progress indicator in a screen flow
Use the new customProperties field on the existing Flow metadata type.
Join source collections into a target collection in a flow
Use the new complexValue and complexValueType fields on the existing FlowElementReferenceOrValue subtype of the
Flow metadata type. And use the new InnerJoin value, which is in the existing transformType field on the
FlowTransformValueAction subtype of the Flow metadata type.

Security and Identity

Specify additional external auth identity provider types
Use these new values in the parameterType field to specify the type of external auth identity provider in the
ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParameter type.
• AuthorizeRequestQueryParameter
• ClientAuthentication
• IdentityProviderOptions
• RefreshRequestBodyParameter
• RefreshRequestHttpHeader
• RefreshRequestQueryParameter
• StandardExternalIdentityProvider
• TokenRequestBodyParameter
• TokenRequestHttpHeader
• TokenRequestQueryParameter
Set the order of parameters when an external auth identity provider has more than one parameter
Use the ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParameter sequenceNumber field to order the parameters when an external auth identity
provider has more than one parameter. Priority is from lower to higher numbers (for example, 1 is the highest priority).
Encrypt more data with manageable keys
Use the new canEncryptTransactionalDatabase, canManageDataCloudKeys, and
enableExternalKeyManagement fields on the existing EncryptionKeySettings type.
Configure Salesforce as a SAML single sign-on identity provider with the external client application framework
Use the new ExtlClntAppSamlConfigurablePolicies metadata type.
Configure headless user discovery for headless login flows
Use the new isUserDisambiguationAllowedUsernamePwd field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings subtype of
the Network metadata type.
Configure headless user discovery for headless forgot password flows
Use the new isUserDisambiguationAllowedForgotPwd field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings subtype of the
Network metadata type.
REMOVED: The Triple_Des value is removed
The Triple_Des value in the encryptionType field on the ConnectedAppSamlConfig subtype of the ConnectedApp
metadata type is removed. Instead, use the AES_128 or AES_256 values.

220
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Service
Build customer trust by supporting typing indicators and read and delivery receipts for inbound messages in Bring Your
Own Channel
Use the new IsInboundReceiptsEnabled and IsTypingIndicatorDisabled fields on the existing
ConversationChannelDefinition type.

SOAP API
These calls are new, changed, or deprecated in REST API version 63.0.

Changed Calls
describeLayout()
View a layout item's behavior (Edit, Required, or Readonly) with the new field uiBehavior under DescribeLayoutItem
in DescribeLayoutResult.
queryMore()
If blob objects are part of additional query results, queryMore() returns links to those objects. Previously, if a query had a blob
field in its select list, queryMore() returned one record at a time.
getDeleted()
Objects without a delete field flag or that aren’t written to the delete log now return an error even if they’ve been updated in the
specified time period.

Tooling API New and Changed Objects

Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects.

Commerce
Get information about the view type assigned to product attribute custom fields
Use the new CustomFieldDisplay object.

Security and Identity

Specify additional external auth identity provider types
Use these new values in the ParameterType field to specify the type of external auth identity provider in the
ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParameter type.
• AuthorizeRequestQueryParameter
• ClientAuthentication
• IdentityProviderOptions
• RefreshRequestBodyParameter
• RefreshRequestHttpHeader
• RefreshRequestQueryParameter
• StandardExternalIdentityProvider
• TokenRequestBodyParameter
• TokenRequestHttpHeader
• TokenRequestQueryParameter

221
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Set the order of parameters when an external auth identity provider has more than one parameter
Use the ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParameter SequenceNumber field to order the parameters when an external auth identity
provider has more than one parameter. Priority is from lower to higher numbers (for example, 1 is the highest priority).

Service
Build trust with customers by supporting typing indicators and read and delivery receipts for inbound messages in Bring
Your Own Channel
Use the new IsInboundReceiptsEnabled and IsTypingIndicatorDisabled fields on the existing
ConversationChannelDefinition object.

User Interface API

Sort list views by multiple columns, and User Interface API supports more objects.

IN THIS SECTION:
New and Changed User Interface API Resources
These resources are new or have changes.
Changed User Interface API Request Bodies
These request bodies have changes.
Changed User Interface API Response Bodies
These response bodies have changes.
Supported Objects
All new standard objects are auto-enabled for use with User Interface API.

SEE ALSO:
User Interface API Developer Guide

New and Changed User Interface API Resources

These resources are new or have changes.

Lists
Sort list views by multiple columns
These list view resources, with the specified request parameters or request body properties, support sorting by multiple fields.
• GET /ui-api/list-records/${listViewId}
sortBy request parameter

• POST /ui-api/list-records/${objectApiName}/${listViewApiName}
sortBy property in the List Records Input request body

• PATCH /ui-api/list-preferences/${objectApiName}/${listViewApiName}
orderedBy property in the List Preferences Input request body

• GET /ui-api/related-list-records/${parentRecordId}/${relatedListId}

222
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

sortBy request parameter

• POST /ui-api/related-list-records/${parentRecordId}/${relatedListId}
sortBy property in the Related List Records Input request body

• GET /ui-api/related-list-records/batch/${parentRecordId}/${relatedListIds}
sortBy request parameter

• POST /ui-api/related-list-records/batch/${parentRecordId}/${relatedListIds}
sortBy property in the Related List Records Batch Input request body

• PATCH /ui-api/related-list-info/${parentObjectApiName}/${relatedListId}
orderedByInfo property in the Related List User Preferences Input request body

Changed User Interface API Request Bodies

These request bodies have changes.

Lookups
Lookup Field Suggestion with POST
This request body has this new property.
• orderBy—Information describing how to order the results.

Changed User Interface API Response Bodies

These response bodies have changes.

Record Layouts
Record Layout Item
This response body has this new property.
• uiBehavior—Indicates the layout item behavior on the specified layout. The value doesn’t reflect user-level or profile-level
access. This property supports the Edit, Required, and Readonly values.
Record Layout Section
This response body has this new property.
• tabOrder—Indicates the tab order for the fields in the section in the edit view. This property supports the LeftRight
and TopDown values.

Supported Objects
All new standard objects are auto-enabled for use with User Interface API.
To view new objects that are auto-enabled for User Interface API, see New and Changed Objects.
These standard objects aren’t new to your org but are new for User Interface API.
• EmailTemplate
• ExpressionSetView
• LoyaltyProgramPartnerLedger

223
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

• Network
• PermissionSet
These standard objects are already supported in User Interface API. They’re newly supported for list views and most recently used list
views.
• AppointmentInvitation
• AppointmentInvitee
• AppointmentTopicTimeSlot
• AssignedResource
• AuthApplicationAsset
• AuthApplicationPlace
• AuthorizationFormConsent
• BenefitSchedule
• BenefitSession
• BillingTreatmentItem
• ContactPointAddress
• Coupon
• CreditMemoAddressGroup
• CreditMemoInvApplication
• CreditMemoLine
• LoyaltyPartnerProduct
• LoyaltyPgmPtnrPrepaidPack
• LoyaltyProgramMbrPromotion
• LoyaltyProgramMemberCase
• MemberBenefit
• NetworkReferencedObject
• PriceAdjustmentSchedule
• ProductQuantityRule
• ProductSellingModelOption
• PromotionLoyaltyPtnrProdt
• PromotionMarketSegment
• PurchaseQuantityRule
• RevRecogTreatmentItemGroup
• RevenueDistributionMethod
• RevenueElement
• RevenueElementDistribution
• RevenueRecogTreatmentItem
• RevenueRecognitionPolicy
• RevenueRecognitionTreatment
• TimeSlot
• UserRole

224
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein

• WorkTypeGroupMember
These standard objects are already supported in User Interface API and for list views. They’re newly supported for most recently used
list views.
• AssetStatePeriod
• TaxEngineProvider

SEE ALSO:
User Interface API Developer Guide: Supported Objects

Einstein
Supercharge your workforce efficiency with predictive and generative AI.
Rights of ALBERT EINSTEIN are used with permission of The Hebrew University of Jerusalem / CMGWorldwide.

IN THIS SECTION:
Einstein Features
Learn more about how Einstein can supercharge productivity across all Salesforce clouds. Einstein features are released as often as
monthly, so check back again soon for the latest AI solutions. Features included in the January monthly release generally become
available when Spring ’25 rolls out to your org.
Einstein Platform
Build smart solutions for your business cases with generative AI, predictive AI, and everything in between. Learn about functionality,
security, and performance improvements to AI at Salesforce. Einstein platform changes are released as often as monthly, so check
back again soon for the latest and greatest.

Einstein Features
Learn more about how Einstein can supercharge productivity across all Salesforce clouds. Einstein features are released as often as
monthly, so check back again soon for the latest AI solutions. Features included in the January monthly release generally become available
when Spring ’25 rolls out to your org.

Cloud Feature Release Note

January ’25

Automation & Integration Einstein for Flow: Formula Get Help Creating Flow Formulas with Einstein (Generally Available)
Creation

Automation & Integration Flow Creation with Einstein Get Help Building Flows Faster and More Accurately with Einstein
(Generally Available)

Automation & Integration Generate a Detailed Description of a Flow with Einstein

Commerce Coupons Create Coupons Using a Guided Workflow

Commerce Product Variations Create a Promotion Based on Specific Product Variations

Commerce Search Suggestions Offer Shoppers Relevant Search Suggestions

225
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Features

Cloud Feature Release Note

Communications Service Level Objective Analysis Track Service Level Objectives and Identify Potential Upsell
Assistant Opportunities

Education Cloud Data Cloud for Education: Gain Holistic Student Insights and Visualize Learner Progress
Holistic Student Insights

Education Cloud Philanthropic Research Agent Gain Meaningful Insights with the Philanthropic Research Agent

Education Cloud Student Recruitment Agent Autonomously Answer and Support Prospective Students

Einstein Search Einstein Search Filters Customize Explicit Filters in Search Manager

Energy and Utilities Einstein Summaries: Generate Einstein Generative AI for Energy and Utilities Cloud Enhancements
Case and Engagement on page 311
Summaries, Suggest Clean
Energy Programs for Service
Reps

Field Service Agentforce in the Field Service Get Solutions Easily from Agentforce by Including Images
Mobile App: Send images

Field Service Ask Field Service: Talk with Work Smarter by Using Siri to Communicate with Agentforce
Agentforce via Siri

Field Service Filling Gaps for Service Boost Productivity and Resource Utilization by Easily Filling
Resources Schedule Gaps

Field Service Pre-Work Brief: Read Aloud Listen Safely to Pre-Work Briefs with a Tap of a Button

Financial Services Cloud Boost Productivity with Financial Boost Productivity with Financial Services Cloud Embedded AI for
Services Cloud Embedded AI for Agents
Agents

Health Cloud Patient Services Agent Automate Patient Services with an AI Agent

Health Cloud Roster File Field Mapping with Automate Field Mapping with Einstein on page 329
Einstein

Industries Writeback Mapping Suggestions Automate Your Field Mapping With Einstein
with Einstein

Marketing Content Creation for Account Generate Account Engagement Content in More Languages
Engagement

Marketing Generate More Marketing Save Time with New AI Capabilities for Campaigns and Content
Content

Marketing Multi-Channel Campaign Create Campaigns with Agentforce Campaign Designer (Beta)
Designer

Platform Data Mask Use Einstein to Generate Data Mask Custom Libraries

Public Sector Solutions Household Overview Help Caseworkers Quickly Learn About a Household with Einstein

Revenue Cloud Update Context Tags Add Context Tags Automatically to Your Pricing Elements

226
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Cloud Feature Release Note

Sales Agentforce Sales Coach Enhance Agentforce Sales Coach Responses with a Data Library

Sales Einstein Conversation Insights Use Generative AI in All Languages Supported by Einstein
Conversation Insights

Sales Use Call Explorer in Flows

Service Agentforce for Service Manage Your Workforce More Efficiently with Agentforce

Service Agentforce Service Agent Monitor Real-time Conversations Between Agentforce Service
Agents and Customers (Release Update)

Service Flag Supervisors to Help with Agentforce Service Agent

Conversations

Service Chat with Agentforce Service Agent in Japanese (Beta)

Service Other Enhancements for Routing Work to Agentforce Service

Agents

Service Agentforce Service Planner Get Case Resolution Assistance at the Click of a Button (Generally
Available)

Service Conversation Intelligence Optimize Business Processes Based on the Sentiment and Intent
Service of Real-Time Conversations (Pilot)

Service Customer Experience Get a Comprehensive Summary of Customer Engagement,

Intelligence Experience, and Data

Service Einstein Article Empower Reps to Resolve Cases Faster with Einstein Article
Recommendations Recommendations (Pilot)

Service Einstein Conversation Mining, Einstein for Service

Einstein Service Replies

Service Einstein Work Summaries Get a Quick Overview of a Case and Ongoing Developments with
Case Summaries (Beta)

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI Features

Einstein Platform
Build smart solutions for your business cases with generative AI, predictive AI, and everything in between. Learn about functionality,
security, and performance improvements to AI at Salesforce. Einstein platform changes are released as often as monthly, so check back
again soon for the latest and greatest.

Feature Release Note

February ’25

227
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Feature Release Note

Agentforce Build, Test, and Troubleshoot Agents More Easily with Agent
Versions
Say Hello to Agent for Setup, Your Sidekick for Admin Tasks

January ’25

Agentforce Einstein Copilot for Salesforce is Now Agentforce

Chat with Agentforce in Your Preferred Language (Beta)

Einstein Bots Create Agentforce Service Agents Easily from Your Einstein Bots
(Beta)
Improve Bot Conversations with Disambiguation (Generally
Available)
Control Intent Recognition Enhancements for Enhanced Bots
(Generally Available)
Use Salesforce Records in Bot Conversations (Generally Available)
Set Bot Variables to Custom Values in Bot Builder
Get More Customer Responses to Static Option Messaging
Components
Einstein Bots Are Available in More Regions
Transition to Generative Knowledge Answers and Data Cloud
Get More Customer Responses to Static Option Messaging
Components
Control Session Timeout for Bot Conversations (Beta)
End Messaging for In-App and Web Conversations Thoughtfully
New Connect REST API Resources for Einstein Bots (Beta)
Input Recommender (Beta) Is Being Retired
Legacy Chat is Being Retired

Other Changes Add AI-Powered Quick Actions to Record Pages

Track Generated Content Quality and Feedback in Flow Builder
Try Out New Recipes for the LLM Open Connector

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI

Agentforce
Bring the power of assistive and autonomous AI to your business with Agentforce.

228
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

IN THIS SECTION:
Einstein Copilot for Salesforce is Now Agentforce
As we grow our team of Agentforce agents, we've renamed the Einstein Copilot for Salesforce agent type to Agentforce with no
changes in functionality. Permissions, UI elements, and Help documentation have been updated to reflect this change, with additional
minor updates in progress. In Setup, you'll see Agentforce or Agentforce (Default) for the agent name and type. This change won’t
impact your implementations. Your agent is still available to help your Salesforce users with everyday business interactions, embedded
right in the flow of work.
Chat with Agentforce in Your Preferred Language (Beta)
In addition to English, Agentforce (Default) now supports French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese, and Spanish in certain
locales.
Build, Test, and Troubleshoot Agents More Easily with Agent Versions
Now you can create multiple versions of an agent, so you can iterate on, test, and troubleshoot your agents while minimizing
downtime and risk. Create a version of an active agent to make and test changes without taking the active version out of production.
Or create a version to save as a backup, so you can quickly revert to a previous version if your business strategy changes or you need
to debug an issue. You can create up to 20 versions of a single agent. The number of concurrently active agents supported varies
by agent type. For example, you can only have one active version of type Agentforce (Default).
Say Hello to Agent for Setup, Your Sidekick for Admin Tasks
Until now, your sales and service reps have taken advantage of all that Agentforce has to offer. But what about you, the trusty admin?
Now, you, too, can use Agentforce-smarts in your everyday admin tasks. Use Agent for Setup to troubleshoot user access issues,
create report types, or find answers in Salesforce Help documentation, all from the agent panel in Setup. Agent for Setup helps you
maximize your time when setting up your org for users.
New and Changed Standard Agent Topics and Actions
Quickly add powerful functionality to an agent with new and changed standard agent actions and topics.

Einstein Copilot for Salesforce is Now Agentforce

As we grow our team of Agentforce agents, we've renamed the Einstein Copilot for Salesforce agent type to Agentforce with no changes
in functionality. Permissions, UI elements, and Help documentation have been updated to reflect this change, with additional minor
updates in progress. In Setup, you'll see Agentforce or Agentforce (Default) for the agent name and type. This change won’t impact your
implementations. Your agent is still available to help your Salesforce users with everyday business interactions, embedded right in the
flow of work.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, the Salesforce mobile app for Android and iOS, the Field Service mobile app for
Android and iOS, and Sales Cloud Everywhere in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Einstein for Sales,
Einstein for Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site.
When: This change is available starting January 2025.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Agentforce Agents

Chat with Agentforce in Your Preferred Language (Beta)

In addition to English, Agentforce (Default) now supports French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese, and Spanish in certain locales.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, the Salesforce mobile app, Salesforce Everywhere, Slack, the Field Service mobile
app for iOS and Android, and Sales Cloud Everywhere in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Einstein
for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. Setup for AI Agents is available on the desktop site.

229
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Note: Enhanced language support for Agentforce (Default) is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at
Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption,
Non-GA Gen AI, and the Non-GA Open AI LLM Provider terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is
at the Customer's sole discretion.
When: This change is available starting in January 2025.
How: In Agent Builder, on the Language Settings tab, specify a default language and select additional languages.
These language and locale codes are available.
• English (en_US, en_GB, en_AU)
• French (fr_FR, fr_CA)
• German (de_DE)
• Italian (it_IT)
• Japanese (ja_JA)
• Portuguese (pt_PT, pt_BR)
• Spanish (es_ES, es_MX)
Some LLMs generate responses that are close variants but not exact matches for the requested locale.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Update Language Settings

Build, Test, and Troubleshoot Agents More Easily with Agent Versions
Now you can create multiple versions of an agent, so you can iterate on, test, and troubleshoot your agents while minimizing downtime
and risk. Create a version of an active agent to make and test changes without taking the active version out of production. Or create a
version to save as a backup, so you can quickly revert to a previous version if your business strategy changes or you need to debug an
issue. You can create up to 20 versions of a single agent. The number of concurrently active agents supported varies by agent type. For
example, you can only have one active version of type Agentforce (Default).
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions for an additional
cost. Required add-on licenses vary by agent type. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site.
When: This change is available starting early February 2025.
How: To create a version of an agent, from the Agents Setup page, click the dropdown menu next to the agent you want to create a
new version of and select Save As New Version. You can also delete an agent version from the dropdown.
You can quickly switch between agent versions in the Agent Builder and on the Details page for your agent.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Agent Versions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Activate or Deactivate Your Agent (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Say Hello to Agent for Setup, Your Sidekick for Admin Tasks
Until now, your sales and service reps have taken advantage of all that Agentforce has to offer. But what about you, the trusty admin?
Now, you, too, can use Agentforce-smarts in your everyday admin tasks. Use Agent for Setup to troubleshoot user access issues, create
report types, or find answers in Salesforce Help documentation, all from the agent panel in Setup. Agent for Setup helps you maximize
your time when setting up your org for users.

230
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android in Enterprise, Performance, and
Unlimited editions.
When: This feature isn't part of the initial Spring '25 release and may be included at a later date.
How: When you enable Agentforce in your org, the Agent for Setup tile automatically shows up in Agent Builder. Customize your agent
in Agent Builder by adding topics, actions, and system messages, and then take it for a spin. Activate it and then get ready to use the
power of AI in setup.

New and Changed Standard Agent Topics and Actions

Quickly add powerful functionality to an agent with new and changed standard agent actions and topics.
Availability of standard agent topics, actions, and related prompt templates or flows can vary by edition and license.

February ’25
New Topic: Agent for Setup: Connected App Migration
This topic has two new actions for admins in Agent for Setup.
• Summarize OAuth in Connected App: Generates a summary of the OAuth configurations for a connected app, including general
information, OAuth configurations, and a description of OAuth Setting and Policy.
• Migrate Connected App: Identifies the configurations of a connected app and creates an external client app with identical
configurations to replace it.
New Topic: Agent for Setup: Fallback
This topic has one new action for admins in Agent for Setup.
• Answer Questions with Salesforce Documentation: Answers a question from a user based on information from relevant Salesforce
documentation, including links to source articles.
New Topic: Agent for Setup: Object Management
This topic has two new actions that enable admins to find objects and fields in Agent for Setup.
• Identify Object By Name: Interprets the user’s input to search for objects and returns a list of matching objects in the Object
Manager.
• Identify Field By Name: Interprets the user’s input to determine if a field exists within an object.

January ’25
New and changed agent topics and actions included in the January monthly release typically become available when Spring ’25 rolls
out to your org.
Updated Topic: Field Service Dispatcher Actions
This topic has two new actions to enable dispatchers to fill gaps in a service resource’s schedule.
• Get Appointments to Fill Gaps for Field Service: Searches for gaps for a specific service resource on a specific date and returns a
list of suitable appointments in ranked order, considering business rules and objectives.
• Assign Appointment to Service Resource for Field Service: Lets dispatchers select an appointment to fill the gap and assigns the
appointment to the service resource.
New Topic: Customer Experience Intelligence
This topic has three new actions that enable Customer Experience Intelligence users to search interaction records, summarize key
issues, and analyze feedback to identify top products and improve feature descriptions.
• Enhance Product Description: Analyzes product descriptions against customer reviews to identify discrepancies, align features
with customer experiences, and suggest improvements.

231
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

• Find Similar Interactions: Searches interaction records by channel or related terms for an issue, topic, or contact reason, and
creates an engagement summary for specified or all channels.
• Summarize Product Reviews: Summarizes customer reviews to identify top products from a specified list and displays sentiment
as positive, negative, mixed, or neutral, ideal for product summary queries.
New Action: Update Omni-Channel User Configuration
Use this agent action to add or remove queue or skill assignments for Omni-Channel users.

Einstein Bots
Create AI agents from Einstein bots, set bot variables to custom values in the Bot Builder, add the Disambiguation dialog and Object
Search action to your bots, and test your intent models with new Connect REST API resources. Also, Input Recommender (beta) is being
retired.

IN THIS SECTION:
Create Agentforce Service Agents Easily from Your Einstein Bots (Beta)
Quickly build an Agentforce Service agent based on an Einstein bot. Agentforce generates agent topics and actions based on the
bot’s intents and dialogs. And, to help you adopt AI agents at your own pace, your bot stays active after you create an agent.
Improve Bot Conversations with Disambiguation (Generally Available)
Help bots that use a cross-lingual intent model understand customers better by turning on Disambiguation. When a bot with
Disambiguation can’t recognize a chatting customer’s intent, it suggests the most probable dialogs to the customer. And, if the
customer selects a suggested dialog, you can use that data to improve the bot’s cross-lingual intent model. Previously, a bot moved
immediately to the Confused dialog when it couldn’t confidently determine an intent.
Control Intent Recognition Enhancements for Enhanced Bots (Generally Available)
Enhanced bots that use the cross-lingual intent model now recognize the intent of the first message a customer sends when you
turn on the First Message Intent Recognition setting. Previously, only standard bots recognized the intent of the first message.
Use Salesforce Records in Bot Conversations (Generally Available)
Manage Salesforce records during customer conversations with the Object Search action. For example, your bot can show a customer
their last three orders, update an upcoming appointment in a custom object, or create feedback records. Define the object search
with conditional logic, and send up to three records in a message with merge field syntax.
Set Bot Variables to Custom Values in Bot Builder
Quickly customize bot behavior without leaving the Bot Builder. You can now set a bot variable to a custom value or another bot
variable in the Bot Builder. Previously, you could set bot variables to a context variable with only flows or Apex.
Einstein Bots Are Available in More Regions
You can now use Einstein Bots in London, Montreal, São Paulo, Sydney, and Tokyo.
Transition to Generative Knowledge Answers and Data Cloud
Generative Knowledge Answers data sources and knowledge articles are now indexed in Data Cloud. To enable Generative Knowledge
Answers for a bot, or edit a bot that currently uses Generative Knowledge Answers, you must set up Data Cloud. Also, Article Answers
is now in maintenance mode. To ensure the best experience for your customers, consider transitioning your bots to Generative
Knowledge Answers.
Get More Customer Responses to Static Option Messaging Components
Capture critical data from bot conversations consistently and effectively. Enhanced bots can now identify important information,
such as dates, email addresses, and locations, in text responses to dialog steps that use static option messaging components.
Previously, enhanced bots didn’t process text responses to dialog steps that use static option messaging components. Bots now
use named entity recognition to gather and store information from text responses in the dialog step output variable.

232
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Control Session Timeout for Bot Conversations (Beta)

You can now specify the number of minutes that a bot waits for a customer response before ending a messaging session on an
enhanced Messaging channel.
End Messaging for In-App and Web Conversations Thoughtfully
Enhanced bots on Messaging for In-App and Web channels now send a response that you specify in the End Chat system dialog,
including post-chat URLs, and end the messaging session. Previously, the customer had to end the conversation to receive post-chat
URLs, and a service rep had to end the messaging session.
New Connect REST API Resources for Einstein Bots (Beta)
Test the accuracy of an intent model and optimize your utterances with the Utterance Prediction API resources available with Einstein
Bots.
Input Recommender (Beta) Is Being Retired
Input Recommender is retiring with Spring ’25, and you can no longer use it. Utterances that you created by using Input Recommender
and added to an intent model aren’t impacted. We recommend transitioning to the cross-lingual model. You can train the cross-lingual
model with just a minimum of one utterance per language.
Legacy Chat is Being Retired
Legacy Chat is scheduled for retirement as of Summer ’24. Starting in February 2026, legacy chat is removed and you can’t use
standard bots on legacy chat channels. To avoid service interruptions, migrate to Messaging for In-App and Web and enhanced bots
before that date.

Create Agentforce Service Agents Easily from Your Einstein Bots (Beta)
Quickly build an Agentforce Service agent based on an Einstein bot. Agentforce generates agent topics and actions based on the bot’s
intents and dialogs. And, to help you adopt AI agents at your own pace, your bot stays active after you create an agent.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Einstein for
Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein Platform add-on.

Note: Create Agent from Bot guided setup is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
When: This change is available starting in January 2025.
Who: This feature is available to users with an Agentforce Service Agent license.
How: To use the Create Agent from Bot guided setup, contact Salesforce Customer Support.
Before you get started, set up Einstein generative AI and enable Agentforce (Default). Then, click Create Agent from Bot (Beta) from
the bot’s dropdown on the Einstein Bot Setup page. After creating the AI agent, you’re taken to Agent Builder, where you can customize
the agent’s topics, actions, and other settings.

SEE ALSO:
Agentforce Service Agent
Salesforce Help: Create AI Agents From Einstein Bots (Beta)
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Generative AI

233
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Improve Bot Conversations with Disambiguation (Generally Available)

Help bots that use a cross-lingual intent model understand customers better by turning on Disambiguation. When a bot with
Disambiguation can’t recognize a chatting customer’s intent, it suggests the most probable dialogs to the customer. And, if the customer
selects a suggested dialog, you can use that data to improve the bot’s cross-lingual intent model. Previously, a bot moved immediately
to the Confused dialog when it couldn’t confidently determine an intent.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.
How: In the Bot Builder, go to the Overview page for your bot. In the Intent Enhancements section of Settings, enable Use the
Cross-Lingual Intent Model with this bot and Use Disambiguation with this bot. Save your changes and then rebuild your bot’s
model on the Model Management page.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Turn on Disambiguation

Control Intent Recognition Enhancements for Enhanced Bots (Generally Available)

Enhanced bots that use the cross-lingual intent model now recognize the intent of the first message a customer sends when you turn
on the First Message Intent Recognition setting. Previously, only standard bots recognized the intent of the first message.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.
How: In the Bot Builder, go to the Bot Overview page for your bot. In the Intent Enhancements section of Settings, enable Use First
Message Intent Recognition with this bot.
If you enabled First Message Intent Recognition before Spring ’25, the feature remains enabled for all enhanced bots. You can’t disable
first message intent recognition for individual bots.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Enhanced Bots

Use Salesforce Records in Bot Conversations (Generally Available)

Manage Salesforce records during customer conversations with the Object Search action. For example, your bot can show a customer
their last three orders, update an upcoming appointment in a custom object, or create feedback records. Define the object search with
conditional logic, and send up to three records in a message with merge field syntax.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.
How: In Bot Builder, add an Action dialog step and then select Object Search as the action type. Object Search supports these standard
objects: Account, Case, Contact, Contract, Knowledge, Lead, Opportunity, Order, Task.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add an Object Search Action

Set Bot Variables to Custom Values in Bot Builder

Quickly customize bot behavior without leaving the Bot Builder. You can now set a bot variable to a custom value or another bot variable
in the Bot Builder. Previously, you could set bot variables to a context variable with only flows or Apex.

234
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.
How: In the Step Properties panel for a Set Variable rule action, select Value or Variable from the Source dropdown. Then enter a
custom value or select a source variable.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up a Dialog Rule Step

Einstein Bots Are Available in More Regions

You can now use Einstein Bots in London, Montreal, São Paulo, Sydney, and Tokyo.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.

Transition to Generative Knowledge Answers and Data Cloud

Generative Knowledge Answers data sources and knowledge articles are now indexed in Data Cloud. To enable Generative Knowledge
Answers for a bot, or edit a bot that currently uses Generative Knowledge Answers, you must set up Data Cloud. Also, Article Answers
is now in maintenance mode. To ensure the best experience for your customers, consider transitioning your bots to Generative Knowledge
Answers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.
How: When you create a data library, the Einstein Data Library indexes the library’s data sources in Data Cloud. Then, Data Cloud creates
a search index and retriever for the library that your bot can use via the Generative Knowledge Answers feature.
When a customer asks a bot with Generative Knowledge Answers a question, the Agentforce generates a response using the assigned
data library’s search index and retriever and then sends that response to the bot.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Answer Questions with Generative Knowledge Answers
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud Features and Learning Path

Get More Customer Responses to Static Option Messaging Components

Capture critical data from bot conversations consistently and effectively. Enhanced bots can now identify important information, such
as dates, email addresses, and locations, in text responses to dialog steps that use static option messaging components. Previously,
enhanced bots didn’t process text responses to dialog steps that use static option messaging components. Bots now use named entity
recognition to gather and store information from text responses in the dialog step output variable.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Ask a Question with Static Options with an Enhanced Bot

235
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Control Session Timeout for Bot Conversations (Beta)

You can now specify the number of minutes that a bot waits for a customer response before ending a messaging session on an enhanced
Messaging channel.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.
How: To turn on this feature, contact Salesforce Customer Support.

End Messaging for In-App and Web Conversations Thoughtfully

Enhanced bots on Messaging for In-App and Web channels now send a response that you specify in the End Chat system dialog, including
post-chat URLs, and end the messaging session. Previously, the customer had to end the conversation to receive post-chat URLs, and a
service rep had to end the messaging session.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.
How: In Bot Bot Builder, in the Dialogs panel, edit the End Chat dialog.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Understand System Bot Dialogs

New Connect REST API Resources for Einstein Bots (Beta)

Test the accuracy of an intent model and optimize your utterances with the Utterance Prediction API resources available with Einstein
Bots.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.

Note: Utterance Prediction API resources are pilot or beta services that are subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of these pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Predict the associated intent of bot utterances
Make a POST request to the /connect/bots/utterance-prediction/intent resource.
New request bodies: Bot Utterance Collection Prediction Input, Utterance Prediction Input
New response bodies: Bot Utterance Collection Prediction, Utterance Prediction, Utterance Prediction Summary
Predict the associated intent of bot utterances based on the intent set and utterances
Make a POST request to the /connect/bots/utterance-prediction/intentFromSet resource.
New request body: Bot Utterance Collection Prediction From Set Input

Input Recommender (Beta) Is Being Retired

Input Recommender is retiring with Spring ’25, and you can no longer use it. Utterances that you created by using Input Recommender
and added to an intent model aren’t impacted. We recommend transitioning to the cross-lingual model. You can train the cross-lingual
model with just a minimum of one utterance per language.

236
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Turn on the Cross-Lingual Intent Model

Legacy Chat is Being Retired

Legacy Chat is scheduled for retirement as of Summer ’24. Starting in February 2026, legacy chat is removed and you can’t use standard
bots on legacy chat channels. To avoid service interruptions, migrate to Messaging for In-App and Web and enhanced bots before that
date.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Chat & Live Agent Retirement

Other Changes
Enjoy expanded Einstein generative AI support for locales, models, and more.

IN THIS SECTION:
Add AI-Powered Quick Actions to Record Pages
Make the power of AI work for you with agent quick actions. Create these actions just as you would any quick action in Setup, and
then add them to your record pages. With the addition of AI-backed quick actions on record pages, your users can quickly discover
how helpful an agent can be in their day-to-day tasks.
Track Generated Content Quality and Feedback in Flow Builder
Stay proactive with real-time alerts when toxicity or negative feedback for any generative AI feature exceeds your set threshold, and
keep an eye on retrieval augmented generation faithfulness scores that fall below the acceptable value. Use this feedback to continually
enhance the quality of your content and refine generative AI responses across your features.
Try Out New Recipes for the LLM Open Connector
The new recipes on the Einstein Platform Cookbook site enable customers to extend Salesforce AI features with their own custom,
pretrained models. The site features recipes for connecting model endpoints through platforms like Hugging Face and Mulesoft.
The Hugging Face recipe covers the Serverless Inference API for all LLMs that support Chat Completion, as well as deploying the
service to a Heroku app. The Mulesoft recipes cover connecting and deploying model endpoints to Mulesoft via Anypoint Studio
and Anypoint Code Builder.

Add AI-Powered Quick Actions to Record Pages

Make the power of AI work for you with agent quick actions. Create these actions just as you would any quick action in Setup, and then
add them to your record pages. With the addition of AI-backed quick actions on record pages, your users can quickly discover how
helpful an agent can be in their day-to-day tasks.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android in Enterprise, Performance, and
Unlimited editions. On mobile, agent quick actions are available on the record home page.
When: This feature isn't part of the initial Spring '25 release and may be included at a later date.

237
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

How: Create a quick action for an object in Object Manager in Setup, and select Agent Action as the action type. Add an utterance for
what you want the action to do. For example, if your action is meant to summarize a contact, use “Summarize this contact” as the
utterance and name the action Summarize. Then, add the action to your Lightning record page using the page layout editor. Users see
an icon to show that the action is AI-powered. After a user clicks the AI-enhanced quick action, the action triggers the agent and works
as though the user had typed the utterance in the agent panel. Expanding on the previous example, clicking a Summarize button works
the same way as having a user enter “summarize this contact” in the agent panel.

Track Generated Content Quality and Feedback in Flow Builder

Stay proactive with real-time alerts when toxicity or negative feedback for any generative AI feature exceeds your set threshold, and
keep an eye on retrieval augmented generation faithfulness scores that fall below the acceptable value. Use this feedback to continually
enhance the quality of your content and refine generative AI responses across your features.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein Platform
add-on. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. To purchase the Einstein Platform add-on, contact your Salesforce
account executive.
Who: To use these flows, users must turn on Einstein Generative AI. For Send Faithfulness Score Email flow, you must enable Einstein
Monitoring and Observability.
How: In Flow Builder, select and clone a flow: Send Content Quality Email, Send Toxic Content Category Email, Send Negative Feedback
Email, Send Negative Feedback Email for Feature, and Send Faithfulness Score Email.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Flow Action: Generated Content Quality and Feedback

Try Out New Recipes for the LLM Open Connector

The new recipes on the Einstein Platform Cookbook site enable customers to extend Salesforce AI features with their own custom,
pretrained models. The site features recipes for connecting model endpoints through platforms like Hugging Face and Mulesoft. The
Hugging Face recipe covers the Serverless Inference API for all LLMs that support Chat Completion, as well as deploying the service to
a Heroku app. The Mulesoft recipes cover connecting and deploying model endpoints to Mulesoft via Anypoint Studio and Anypoint
Code Builder.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Einstein for Sales, Einstein
for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. To purchase the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on, contact
your Salesforce account executive.
When: This change is in effect starting the week of December 16, 2024.
Who: The LLM Open Connector is available to users with Data Cloud and Einstein Generative AI enabled.
Why: The LLM Open Connector is a developer option for connecting customer and partner LLMs using our existing Bring Your Own
Large Language Model (BYOLLM) feature in Einstein Studio Model Builder.
How: Create an HTTP REST service with the LLM Open Connector OpenAPI specification and use the connection in Model Builder.

SEE ALSO:
External: LLM Open Connector + Hugging Face
External: LLM Open Connector + MuleSoft + Cerebras
External: LLM Open Connector + MuleSoft + Ollama

238
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Experience Cloud

Experience Cloud
Enhanced LWR sites are now generally available. Create enhanced LWR sites and CMS workspaces, or upgrade existing sites to the
enhanced framework. You can also customize your site URLs to remove the /s at the end. In security updates, use trusted sites while the
content security provider is in strict mode, switch to single domain certificates for Salesforce CDN, and enjoy improvements to the identity
experience. Upgrade your Aura record components to the LWR framework to see improved performance and style, and provide a
seamless experience between apps by linking files from your LWR site to Salesforce.

IN THIS SECTION:
Aura and LWR Sites
Elevate the scalability and performance of your LWR site with Experience Delivery. A session timeout notification on LWR sites helps
your authenticated users avoid unexpected logouts and gives them time to save their work. Work efficiently in Experience Builder
with new user interface features.
Components in Experience Builder
Show data from Salesforce objects in a list view on your LWR site with the new Record List component (beta). Offer your LWR site
visitors more intuitive picklist behavior with the updated Record Detail component. Upgrade the record components on your Aura
site for improved accessibility and style updates. Use the new Biometric Login Button component to let users log in to your mobile
publisher for Experience Cloud apps with one tap.
Developer Productivity
Upload files from your LWR site to Salesforce with the File Upload Lightning web component, now generally available. Develop
Lightning web components for your LWR site more easily with local dev (beta).
Mobile for Experience Cloud
Good things have come to Mobile Publisher, and you can enjoy them in Experience Cloud. Here are a few of the changes to keep
an eye on.
Security and Sharing
Add trusted sites and turn off Lightning Locker while CSP is in strict mode. Improve site security by switching to single domain
certifications for Salesforce CDN. Enjoy new options for managing external users, and explore upgrades to your customer identity
implementation.

Aura and LWR Sites

Elevate the scalability and performance of your LWR site with Experience Delivery. A session timeout notification on LWR sites helps your
authenticated users avoid unexpected logouts and gives them time to save their work. Work efficiently in Experience Builder with new
user interface features.

IN THIS SECTION:
Upgrade to Enhanced LWR Sites (Generally Available) (Release Update)
Upgrade existing LWR sites to enhanced LWR sites to take advantage of the latest features, including partial deployment, enhanced
CMS workspaces and channels, expression-based visibility, and more. This feature, now generally available, includes some changes
since the last release, and is available as an update starting in Spring ’25.
Update the URL of Your LWR Site
Some older LWR sites include /s at the end of the site’s base URL, making it difficult to achieve a completely custom site URL. Now,
you can remove this unwanted element and switch from https://mycustomdomain.com/s to a clutter-free
https://mycustomdomain.com. Removing /s is also a prerequisite when upgrading to an enhanced LWR site.

239
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Aura and LWR Sites

Improve LWR Site Performance with Experience Delivery (Beta)

Use Experience Delivery, a powerful new infrastructure for hosting LWR sites, to boost the scalability and performance of sites created
with the Build Your Own (LWR) template. Along with subsecond page load times, this new infrastructure provides improved security
and search engine optimization. Experience Delivery includes some changes since the previous pilot release.
Work More Efficiently in Experience Builder with Usability Updates
Set the font family for all the text on your LWR site at one time with the Base Font Family field. Keep a record of the changes that
you make to your Aura and LWR site each time that you publish, and see these details in your Change History panel. Dock the
component property panel when you work on your Aura or LWR site so that you can see the entire site on the canvas. Find all the
LWR components that are related to site headers in the new Site Headers section of the component palette.

Upgrade to Enhanced LWR Sites (Generally Available) (Release Update)

Upgrade existing LWR sites to enhanced LWR sites to take advantage of the latest features, including partial deployment, enhanced CMS
workspaces and channels, expression-based visibility, and more. This feature, now generally available, includes some changes since the
last release, and is available as an update starting in Spring ’25.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this release update in Spring ’26. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status,
search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: The enhanced sites and content platform is a flexible system that brings together Salesforce CMS and LWR sites. Since Winter ’23,
enhanced LWR sites and enhanced CMS workspaces that you create are hosted together on this redesigned platform. Now, as part of
the continued move to the enhanced platform, you can upgrade existing LWR sites to access features that are available only with
enhanced LWR sites, including:
• Expression-based visibility and variations: Create several versions of the same component, and then use visibility rules to determine
who sees what.
• Component-specific Style tab: Apply custom CSS from a component’s Style tab for more granular control over the look of each
component.
• Site content search: Use the Search Bar and Results Layout components to add search functionality that includes content results
from enhanced CMS workspaces.
• Data Cloud integration: Connect enhanced LWR sites to Data Cloud for a complete understanding of who’s visiting your site and
how you can best engage with them.
• Enhanced CMS workspaces: Avail of role-based workflows and approvals, content variations, collections, and workspace sharing.
How: Previously, admins couldn’t upgrade LWR sites that included /s in the site URL. Now you can update the site URL to remove /s
before upgrading to an enhanced LWR site.
To upgrade an LWR site, in Experience Builder, select Settings > Updates, and click Upgrade. After you upgrade your site to an enhanced
LWR site, the site’s metadata changes. Unlike non-enhanced LWR sites, which use the ExperienceBundle metadata type, enhanced LWR
sites use the DigitalExperienceBundle and the DigitalExperienceConfig types.

240
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Aura and LWR Sites

Note: Upgrading to an enhanced LWR site introduces new features, changes the metadata of your site, and affects the site
deployment process. Before you upgrade the site, we recommend creating a backup copy of your non-enhanced LWR site and
working in a sandbox environment to test any changes.

SEE ALSO:
Update the URL of Your LWR Site

Update the URL of Your LWR Site

Some older LWR sites include /s at the end of the site’s base URL, making it difficult to achieve a completely custom site URL. Now,
you can remove this unwanted element and switch from https://mycustomdomain.com/s to a clutter-free
https://mycustomdomain.com. Removing /s is also a prerequisite when upgrading to an enhanced LWR site.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: You can update the URL in the URL Update area of the site’s Administration workspace. When you update the URL, the change
takes immediate effect on the live site. We automatically redirect the site's pages and update any custom URLs. However, if you use
hard-coded URLs as part of your site implementation, you must update these references manually.

SEE ALSO:
Upgrade to Enhanced LWR Sites (Generally Available) (Release Update)

Improve LWR Site Performance with Experience Delivery (Beta)

Use Experience Delivery, a powerful new infrastructure for hosting LWR sites, to boost the scalability and performance of sites created
with the Build Your Own (LWR) template. Along with subsecond page load times, this new infrastructure provides improved security
and search engine optimization. Experience Delivery includes some changes since the previous pilot release.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, and
Unlimited editions. Developer Edition isn’t supported.

241
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Aura and LWR Sites

Note: For sites created with the Build Your Own (LWR) template, Experience Delivery is a pilot or beta service that is subject to
the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and
applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
Why: Existing LWR sites use client-side rendering (CSR), meaning that all the HTML, JavaScript, CSS, and assets that make up the page
are downloaded to the client before being rendered in the browser.
By contrast, Experience Delivery uses server-side rendering (SSR) and a dedicated content delivery network (CDN) to render the page
on the server and then cache it in the CDN. This approach provides optimal site performance with page load times up to 60% faster,
which leads to increased conversions and lower bounce rates.
This release provides:
• Improved load-time performance for authenticated pages.
• Support for testing in sandbox before moving to production. Now you can create a custom domain in production that points to
your sandbox.
• Access to customizable availability pages, such as the Too Many Requests and the Down for Maintenance pages.
• SSR support for additional components and various bug fixes.
How: Experience Delivery is supported in new and existing LWR and enhanced LWR sites that use the Build Your Own (LWR) template.
This beta is for developers who are familiar with:
• Building LWR or enhanced LWR sites with Experience Builder
• Developing custom Lightning web components that are server-side ready
• Working with Salesforce DX
You can enable Experience Delivery at the site level in the Settings tab of the site’s Administration workspace.

Note: In D2C Commerce, Experience Delivery is generally available for new stores created by using the D2C Store template.

242
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Aura and LWR Sites

Work More Efficiently in Experience Builder with Usability Updates

Set the font family for all the text on your LWR site at one time with the Base Font Family field. Keep a record of the changes that you
make to your Aura and LWR site each time that you publish, and see these details in your Change History panel. Dock the component
property panel when you work on your Aura or LWR site so that you can see the entire site on the canvas. Find all the LWR components
that are related to site headers in the new Site Headers section of the component palette.
Where: This change applies to Aura and LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions. You must have at least one active community license in your org to use this feature.
How: For LWR sites, in the Text section of the Theme panel, select a font family from the Base Font Family dropdown list.
• In LWR sites created in Spring ’25 and later, the Base Font Family property defaults to Visitor’s Native System Font. The Font Family
picklist for each text element in the Text panel defaults to Use Base Font Family.
• For all LWR sites, the Font Family dropdown list for each individual text element now includes choices for Use Base Font Family and
Visitor’s Native System Font.
With the addition of the Base Font Family property for LWR sites, the Salesforce Sans font is no longer available on LWR sites created in
Winter ’25 and later.

For Aura and LWR sites, the confirmation window for publishing the site now includes a Publication Description field where you can
detail the changes that you’re making to your site with that publication. These details appear in the Change History panel in Experience
Builder Settings, keeping your site updates visible over time.

243
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Aura and LWR Sites

On Aura and LWR sites, click the pushpin icon (1) in any component property panel to dock the panel and ensure that the entire site
page is visible on the canvas. Updates to the property panels for the Section component on Aura and LWR sites, and the Columns
component for LWR sites, make the Column Layout and Column Distribution properties easier to see (2). The thumbnail layout images
for Column Layout are a darker gray, and in the Column Distribution property, deselected columns are now gray. On Aura sites, the
Section component is visible only on pages with a flexible page layout.

Also on LWR sites, the components related to site headers, such as Navigation Menu and Site Logo, are now gathered in the Site Headers
section of the component palette.

244
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Components in Experience Builder

Components in Experience Builder

Show data from Salesforce objects in a list view on your LWR site with the new Record List component (beta). Offer your LWR site visitors
more intuitive picklist behavior with the updated Record Detail component. Upgrade the record components on your Aura site for
improved accessibility and style updates. Use the new Biometric Login Button component to let users log in to your mobile publisher
for Experience Cloud apps with one tap.

IN THIS SECTION:
Enable a Modernized Record Experience in Aura Sites (Release Update)
Starting in Winter ’25, you can upgrade record components in your Aura sites and see improved accessibility and stylistic changes.
Upgraded Create Record Form, Record Banner, and Record Detail components run on Lightning Web Component technology, which
improves accessibility and performance. In Summer ’25, the upgrade is enforced for all orgs. We strongly recommend that you test
all customized record components before the update.
Help Your Site Visitors View Records More Easily with the New Record List Component (Beta)
The Record List component (beta) for LWR sites helps you to easily view data through list views for different objects. Select your
desired object and list view in the property panel, and view live previews of records such as Accounts, Cases on the canvas. A built-in
search feature makes it easy to navigate your data for your site visitors. New styling options include customizable header settings,
record configuration, and pagination controls. New layout customization and component visibility options offer greater flexibility,
allowing you to refine the look and feel of your website.
Give Experience Cloud App Users the Ability to Log In with One Tap
Use the new Biometric Login Button component to let your users securely log in to your Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud app
with face or fingerprint recognition. The component creates a button that brings up the face or fingerprint login prompt. App users
can tap the button to retry biometric login if they initially dismiss the prompt, or if their previous attempt to log in with face or
fingerprint recognition fails.

245
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Components in Experience Builder

Enable a Modernized Record Experience in Aura Sites (Release Update)

Starting in Winter ’25, you can upgrade record components in your Aura sites and see improved accessibility and stylistic changes.
Upgraded Create Record Form, Record Banner, and Record Detail components run on Lightning Web Component technology, which
improves accessibility and performance. In Summer ’25, the upgrade is enforced for all orgs. We strongly recommend that you test all
customized record components before the update.
Where: This change applies to Aura sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Summer ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: When the Use Lightning web components on your record pages in Aura sites setting is enabled, the Create Record Form, Record
Banner, and Record Detail components show minor style changes. New Aura sites created after Summer ’24 automatically include
upgraded record components. Here are some potential changes.
• Buttons are center-aligned. Previously, they were right-aligned.
• Text in the record window is indented compared to the title. Previously, the text and title were aligned with one another.
• If a form includes required fields, there’s now an explanation that an asterisk indicates a required field. Previously, there was no
explanation.
• If a required field is left blank, users now see a red outline around the required field and an inline error message telling them to
complete the field.
• Error messages are displayed at the bottom of the record form. Previously, errors were displayed at the top.
• Field focus is highlighted with a yellow background.
• Page headers scroll with the page rather than remaining frozen at the top.
• Success toast messages can refer to Salesforce IDs.
• New icons appear next to various fields and certain icons remain visible without mouseover.
• Links appear in various places where they were previously not included.
How: From Experience Builder, open Settings > Experience Management Settings and select Use Lightning web components
on your record pages in Aura sites to upgrade your components.

Help Your Site Visitors View Records More Easily with the New Record List Component
(Beta)
The Record List component (beta) for LWR sites helps you to easily view data through list views for different objects. Select your desired
object and list view in the property panel, and view live previews of records such as Accounts, Cases on the canvas. A built-in search
feature makes it easy to navigate your data for your site visitors. New styling options include customizable header settings, record
configuration, and pagination controls. New layout customization and component visibility options offer greater flexibility, allowing you
to refine the look and feel of your website.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions with active Experience Cloud licenses.

Note: Record List component (beta) for LWR sites is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements
- Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: In Experience Builder, drag the Record List (beta) component to the canvas. Select your object and list view, and configure your
settings. Create record detail pages to enable navigation within objects.

246
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Developer Productivity

Give Experience Cloud App Users the Ability to Log In with One Tap
Use the new Biometric Login Button component to let your users securely log in to your Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud app with
face or fingerprint recognition. The component creates a button that brings up the face or fingerprint login prompt. App users can tap
the button to retry biometric login if they initially dismiss the prompt, or if their previous attempt to log in with face or fingerprint
recognition fails.
Where: This change applies to apps created with Mobile Publisher for Aura and LWR sites in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and
Developer editions. You must have at least one active community license in your org to use this feature. The Biometric Login Button
component is supported only on Experience Cloud apps configured with User Opt-In Biometric Login.
How: Configure User Opt-In Biometric Login through your Experience Cloud app's connected app custom attributes. In Experience
Builder, drag the Biometric Login Button component to your app's login screen and configure the button's properties.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: User Opt-In Biometric Login (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable User Opt-In Biometric Login (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Standard Components for LWR Templates (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Which Components Can I Use with Each Aura Template (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Developer Productivity
Upload files from your LWR site to Salesforce with the File Upload Lightning web component, now generally available. Develop Lightning
web components for your LWR site more easily with local dev (beta).

IN THIS SECTION:
Link Files from Your LWR Site to Salesforce is Generally Available
Now you can use the File Upload Lightning web component setting to upload files from an LWR site or an enhanced LWR site to
your Salesforce org. Previously, the File Upload component was available only for Aura sites.
Develop Lightning Web Components Faster in a Real-Time Preview of Your LWR Site (Beta)
Use Local Dev to develop Lightning web components in a real-time preview of your Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) site. Local Dev
is beta for LWR sites in Spring ’25. It detects changes in your source code and automatically updates your site preview so you don’t
have to redeploy code or manually refresh your browser.

Link Files from Your LWR Site to Salesforce is Generally Available

Now you can use the File Upload Lightning web component setting to upload files from an LWR site or an enhanced LWR site to your
Salesforce org. Previously, the File Upload component was available only for Aura sites.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: This feature is on by default for all orgs, with the user setting Use the File Upload Lightning web component for LWR sites enabled
by default for all orgs.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Component Reference: File Upload (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

247
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Mobile for Experience Cloud

Develop Lightning Web Components Faster in a Real-Time Preview of Your LWR Site
(Beta)
Use Local Dev to develop Lightning web components in a real-time preview of your Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) site. Local Dev is
beta for LWR sites in Spring ’25. It detects changes in your source code and automatically updates your site preview so you don’t have
to redeploy code or manually refresh your browser.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. You must have at least one active community license in your org to use this
feature.

Note: Local Dev is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: To use this feature, first install Salesforce CLI. To turn on Local Dev for your org, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Local
Dev and then select Local Dev. To turn on Local Dev for all org users, select Enable Local Dev. Then, to install the Local Dev plug-in,
run the CLI command:
sf plugins install @salesforce/plugin-lightning-dev

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Preview Components with Local Dev
Salesforce Developers Blog: Develop LWC at Lightning Speed with the New Local Dev Experience

Mobile for Experience Cloud

Good things have come to Mobile Publisher, and you can enjoy them in Experience Cloud. Here are a few of the changes to keep an
eye on.

IN THIS SECTION:
Improve Your Experience Cloud App with the Latest Features from Mobile Publisher
With User Opt-In Biometric Login, which is now generally available, your app users can opt in to face or fingerprint recognition to
log in easily and securely. Upgrade your app’s biometric login experience with the new Biometric Login Button component in
Experience Builder, which creates a button that brings up the face or fingerprint prompt. Customize the style of your app’s Enhanced
Mobile App Security alerts with new color and font settings in Setup for Mobile Publisher. Boost your app’s download offerings with
newly supported methods, including unauthenticated downloads and dynamic, third-party, Base64, or custom or standard object
download links.

Improve Your Experience Cloud App with the Latest Features from Mobile Publisher
With User Opt-In Biometric Login, which is now generally available, your app users can opt in to face or fingerprint recognition to log
in easily and securely. Upgrade your app’s biometric login experience with the new Biometric Login Button component in Experience
Builder, which creates a button that brings up the face or fingerprint prompt. Customize the style of your app’s Enhanced Mobile App
Security alerts with new color and font settings in Setup for Mobile Publisher. Boost your app’s download offerings with newly supported
methods, including unauthenticated downloads and dynamic, third-party, Base64, or custom or standard object download links.

248
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Security and Sharing

Where: These changes apply to apps created with Mobile Publisher for Aura and LWR sites in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and
Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Give Experience Cloud Users the Ability to Log In with One Tap

Security and Sharing

Add trusted sites and turn off Lightning Locker while CSP is in strict mode. Improve site security by switching to single domain certifications
for Salesforce CDN. Enjoy new options for managing external users, and explore upgrades to your customer identity implementation.

IN THIS SECTION:
Use Trusted Sites and Disable Lightning Locker When CSP Is in Strict Mode
Site security is now more flexible with the ability to decouple Lightning Locker from your content security policy (CSP) settings and
allow trusted sites. You can add trusted sites regardless of mode, and choose whether you want to use Lightning Locker. Previously,
you could only add trusted sites when the (CSP) was in relaxed mode. In strict mode, you were required to have Lightning Locker
turned on.
Salesforce No Longer Supports Shared Domain Certificates for the Salesforce CDN
For improved security, all newly created Salesforce content delivery network (CDN) domains use single domain certificates. Salesforce
no longer supports shared domain certificates for the Salesforce CDN. If you’re using a shared certificate, update to a single certificate
immediately to avoid site disruptions.
Increase the Security of Your Site with When Managing External Users
Assign the Manage External Users (Limited) permission, instead of the Manage External Users permission, for greater security when
you grant users the ability to manage external users. Users with the Manage External Users (Limited) permission can manage only
external users that they have read and write access to. The Manage External Users permission allows them to manage all external
users.
Strengthen Your Customer Identity Implementation with New Features and Security Updates
Give users the ability to log in to headless apps with more options than just their username. Set up SAML single sign-on with the
external client apps framework, the new generation of the connected apps framework. To avoid potential service interruptions,
review security changes for integrations that use the services/oauth2/singleaccess endpoint. Also, the Triple DES
SAML encryption algorithm is being deprecated.

Use Trusted Sites and Disable Lightning Locker When CSP Is in Strict Mode
Site security is now more flexible with the ability to decouple Lightning Locker from your content security policy (CSP) settings and allow
trusted sites. You can add trusted sites regardless of mode, and choose whether you want to use Lightning Locker. Previously, you could
only add trusted sites when the (CSP) was in relaxed mode. In strict mode, you were required to have Lightning Locker turned on.
Where: This change applies to Aura and LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: With these enhancements, you can isolate your site from third-party components and custom code when Lightning Locker is
turned on. Or, allow third-party components and custom code to communicate with your site when Lightning Locker is off, all in strict
CSP mode. And with the added ability to trust sites while in CSP strict mode, you can choose exactly which sites you want to allow while
keeping your site secure.
How: To change your CSP settings, go to Experience Builder and open Settings > Security & Privacy. Then select Strict CSP: Block
Access to Inline Scripts and Permit Access to Allowed Hosts and individually allow any trusted sites.

249
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service

Salesforce No Longer Supports Shared Domain Certificates for the Salesforce CDN
For improved security, all newly created Salesforce content delivery network (CDN) domains use single domain certificates. Salesforce
no longer supports shared domain certificates for the Salesforce CDN. If you’re using a shared certificate, update to a single certificate
immediately to avoid site disruptions.
Where: This change applies to Aura and LWR, sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Domains, and then select Domains. For each domain with a shared certificate, select
the domain and click Edit a Domain. To update your certificate selection for the CDN, select Single certificate for Content Delivery
Network (CDN). This option appears only on domains that are using shared domain certificates. If you don’t have the option to switch
domains, your domain is using a single certificate.

Increase the Security of Your Site with When Managing External Users
Assign the Manage External Users (Limited) permission, instead of the Manage External Users permission, for greater security when you
grant users the ability to manage external users. Users with the Manage External Users (Limited) permission can manage only external
users that they have read and write access to. The Manage External Users permission allows them to manage all external users.
Where: This change applies to Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise,
Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Strengthen Your Customer Identity Implementation with New Features and Security
Updates
Give users the ability to log in to headless apps with more options than just their username. Set up SAML single sign-on with the external
client apps framework, the new generation of the connected apps framework. To avoid potential service interruptions, review security
changes for integrations that use the services/oauth2/singleaccess endpoint. Also, the Triple DES SAML encryption
algorithm is being deprecated.
Where: These changes apply to LWR, Aura, and Visualforce sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not
available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: For more information about these changes, see these release notes.
• Give Headless App Users More Ways to Log In
• Integrate Single Sign-On Service Providers with the External Client Apps Framework
• GET Requests with Access Tokens in the URL Query String Are Blocked for the Single Access Endpoint
• Triple DES Encryption Is No Longer Supported for SAML Single Sign-On

Field Service
See what’s new in Field Service to help your team deliver on performance and customer service.

IN THIS SECTION:
Field Service Einstein
Discover innovative, AI-based features to help your teams deliver exceptional service.
Field Service Setup Home
Streamline, extend, and customize your Field Service setup.

250
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Einstein

Field Service Scheduling and Optimization

Explore the latest features to help dispatchers create, manage, and optimize your team’s schedule.
Field Service Asset Management
Discover what’s new to take asset management to the next level.
Field Service Operations
Optimize, expand, and personalize your Field Service operations.
Field Service Customer Engagement
Enhance and elevate your customer interactions with these new features.
Field Service Mobile
Explore what’s new in Field Service mobile, designed to help mobile workers provide outstanding service.
Spotlight on Field Service Content
Discover high-impact content to help you get your Field Service work done.

Field Service Einstein

Discover innovative, AI-based features to help your teams deliver exceptional service.

IN THIS SECTION:
Boost Productivity and Resource Utilization by Easily Filling Schedule Gaps with Agentforce
Let dispatchers focus on strategic tasks by using Agentforce Field Service Actions to fill schedule gaps. Agentforce uses your business
rules and objectives to recommend appointments for the gaps, and then schedules the appointment selected by the dispatcher.
Listen Safely to Pre-Work Briefs with a Tap of a Button
Take care of your mobile workers’ safety by keeping their eyes away from their phones. In the Einstein generative AI Pre-Work Brief,
mobile workers can now get the brief read aloud to them. For example, if a worker is at a busy job site and they want to prepare for
the job while remaining aware of what’s going on around them, they can listen to the brief.
Get Solutions Easily from Agentforce by Including Images
Mobile workers can now add images to their conversation with their AI agent in the Field Service mobile app. Agentforce analyzes
the images to assist the mobile worker. Workers can add images from their gallery or take a picture directly with their camera. For
example, instead of workers explaining an error code on an oven, they can add an image that shows the information.
Work Smarter by Using Siri to Communicate with Agentforce
Mobile workers can talk to Siri and have her request Agentforce to do something for them in the Field Service mobile app. When a
mobile worker says to Siri, “Ask Field Service,” followed by their request, the AI agent starts working its magic in the app. The AI agent
can quickly complete any request it’s been set up to do. For example, mobile workers can ask to draft a post-work summary, get
information from knowledge articles, or schedule a follow-up appointment.

Boost Productivity and Resource Utilization by Easily Filling Schedule Gaps with
Agentforce
Let dispatchers focus on strategic tasks by using Agentforce Field Service Actions to fill schedule gaps. Agentforce uses your business
rules and objectives to recommend appointments for the gaps, and then schedules the appointment selected by the dispatcher.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Field
Service add-on. This feature is also available in Lightning Experience in Einstein 1 Field Service edition. This feature requires the Field
Service managed package. Setup for Agentforce is available on the desktop site.

251
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Einstein

To purchase the Einstein for Field Service add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: Agentforce is available to users with the Use Agentforce Default Agent for Salesforce user permission. Field Service agent topics
and actions are available to users with the Access Agent Topics and Actions for Field Service user permission.
Why: Here's an example of how this feature works.
Sally, a dispatcher, just got a call from a customer who wants to cancel an appointment that was scheduled for tomorrow and assigned
to Rob. She then receives another call asking to reschedule an appointment that was assigned to Rob for tomorrow. Rob now has some
schedule gaps. Sally decides to use Agentforce to help her quickly find the best appointments to fill these gaps. She asks the agent to
“Fill the gaps in Rob’s schedule tomorrow.”
Agentforce uses that utterance and the actions from the Field Service Dispatcher Actions topic to suggest the best appointments to fill
the first gap. Sally selects the appointment that she thinks is the best fit and lets the agent schedule it for her. She can then click Show
Next Gap to repeat the process.
How: This feature works in Agentforce through the Field Service Dispatcher Actions topic. Add the Field Service Dispatcher Actions topic
from the asset library. Instruct your dispatchers to engage with the AI agent in the dispatcher console.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Agentforce for Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Fill Gaps in a Service Resource’s Schedule (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Agent Topic: Field Service Dispatcher Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Listen Safely to Pre-Work Briefs with a Tap of a Button

Take care of your mobile workers’ safety by keeping their eyes away from their phones. In the Einstein generative AI Pre-Work Brief,
mobile workers can now get the brief read aloud to them. For example, if a worker is at a busy job site and they want to prepare for the
job while remaining aware of what’s going on around them, they can listen to the brief.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Field Service
add-on. This change also applies to Lightning Experience in Einstein 1 Field Service edition. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning
Experience. The feature is available in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.
To purchase the Einstein for Field Service add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
How: Instruct mobile workers to tap Read Aloud on the pre-work brief.

252
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Einstein

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Pre-Work Brief for Field Service Mobile Workers (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get Solutions Easily from Agentforce by Including Images

Mobile workers can now add images to their conversation with their AI agent in the Field Service mobile app. Agentforce analyzes the
images to assist the mobile worker. Workers can add images from their gallery or take a picture directly with their camera. For example,
instead of workers explaining an error code on an oven, they can add an image that shows the information.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Field Service
add-on. This change also applies to Lightning Experience in Einstein 1 Field Service edition. The feature is available in the Field Service
mobile app for Android and iOS. Setup for Agentforce is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Field Service add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
When: This feature is available later in Spring ‘25.
Who: Agentforce is available to users with the Use Agentforce Default Agent user permission. Field Service agent actions are available
to users with the Access Field Service Agent Actions user permission.
To use agent actions that execute prompt templates, users must have the Execute Prompt Templates user permission.
How: In a conversation with the AI agent, tap the + icon and add an image.

253
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Einstein

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Field Service Mobile App (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Work Smarter by Using Siri to Communicate with Agentforce

Mobile workers can talk to Siri and have her request Agentforce to do something for them in the Field Service mobile app. When a
mobile worker says to Siri, “Ask Field Service,” followed by their request, the AI agent starts working its magic in the app. The AI agent
can quickly complete any request it’s been set up to do. For example, mobile workers can ask to draft a post-work summary, get
information from knowledge articles, or schedule a follow-up appointment.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Field
Service add-on. This feature is also available in Lightning Experience in Einstein 1 Field Service edition. The feature is available in the
Field Service mobile app for iOS only. Setup for Agentforce is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Field Service add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: Agentforce is available to users with the Use Agentforce Default Agent user permission. Field Service agent actions are available
to users with the Access Field Service Agent Actions user permission.
To use agent actions that execute prompt templates, users must have the Execute Prompt Templates user permission.
How: Instruct your iOS mobile workers to say, “Hey Siri, ask Field Service” or “Hey Siri, tell Field Service.” Siri replies, “What’s the request?”
and the mobile worker states the request. The iOS shortcut opens your AI agent in the Field Service mobile app, and the conversation
carries on from there. Mobile workers can also run the shortcut with the action button or add the shortcut to their home screen.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Agentforce Agents (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Field Service Mobile App (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Apple Help: Run shortcuts with the Action button
Apple Help: Add a shortcut to the Home Screen on iPhone or iPad

254
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Setup Home

Field Service Setup Home

Streamline, extend, and customize your Field Service setup.

IN THIS SECTION:
Accelerate Time to Value with Field Service Setup (Beta)
Get your Field Service solution up and running in a snap with our streamlined setup experience. With one click, you can activate
Field Service, install the managed package, and create and assign the necessary permissions and profiles. Then you can use four
wizards to create the key data required to start scheduling your first appointment. You can also discover features and see how Field
Service delivers value to your business. The feature cards are enriched with dynamic videos, useful links, handy tips, and expert
recommendations that aid in transformational guidance, such as creating maintenance plans and setting up the mobile application.
This engaging, new experience is the first step in simplifying setup and tailoring your Field Service implementation to meet your
needs.

Accelerate Time to Value with Field Service Setup (Beta)

Get your Field Service solution up and running in a snap with our streamlined setup experience. With one click, you can activate Field
Service, install the managed package, and create and assign the necessary permissions and profiles. Then you can use four wizards to
create the key data required to start scheduling your first appointment. You can also discover features and see how Field Service delivers
value to your business. The feature cards are enriched with dynamic videos, useful links, handy tips, and expert recommendations that
aid in transformational guidance, such as creating maintenance plans and setting up the mobile application. This engaging, new
experience is the first step in simplifying setup and tailoring your Field Service implementation to meet your needs.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Note: Field Service Setup Home is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com
or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: In Setup, go to Field Service Setup Home and click Turn On.

255
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Scheduling and Optimization

Field Service Scheduling and Optimization

Explore the latest features to help dispatchers create, manage, and optimize your team’s schedule.

IN THIS SECTION:
Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization
Benefit from advanced features and better schedule quality with Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization.
Gain Visibility into the Scheduling History of Service Appointments
Track information on changes made to a service appointment and quickly resolve any related issues. Service Appointment Lifecycle
captures changes to key service appointment properties related to scheduling, such as service resource, duration, and scheduled
start and end times. This information shows on the service appointment record page, where dispatchers and Salesforce admins can
easily spot and review issues. Each change is also saved to the new Field Service object change record page. From the object list
view, Salesforce admins can identify and analyze patterns and trends and create reports to better manage the scheduling process.
Previously, only the current scheduling information for service appointments was available.
Renamed Field Service Agent Permission Set Name and Agent Persona
We’ve updated the Field Service Agent permission set name and changed the persona name to Field Service Call Center Rep. This
renaming makes it easy to distinguish between live experts and AI-powered assistants.
Quickly Identify and Manage Empty Appointment Bundles
Assign a dedicated status to appointment bundles with no remaining bundle members. Use the empty bundle status to keep track
of these empty bundles for monitoring or reporting purposes.

Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization

Benefit from advanced features and better schedule quality with Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization.

256
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Scheduling and Optimization

IN THIS SECTION:
Increase Coverage with 24-Hour Availability for All Service Resources
Enable continuous round-the-clock availability for individual service resources to allow assigning appointments in specific scenarios,
such as emergencies during on-call shifts. This enhancement supports scheduling across standard and extended working hours for
a period that spans beyond 24 hours without breaking or requiring artificial gaps. Previously, only capacity-based resources were
always available.
Enhance Scheduling Flexibility by Assigning Service Appointments to Individuals or Crews
Get more options when scheduling service appointments that require a crew size of one by assigning them to either an individual
service resource or a crew. Previously, this functionality was available by default only when you're not using Enhanced Scheduling
and Optimization. Now, with Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization, you can turn this functionality on or off with the Assign Service
Appointments to Individuals and Crews checkbox.
Reduce Labor Costs and Increase Resource Productivity with Consecutive Appointment Scheduling
Avoid financial penalties from failing to comply with labor laws and improve resource efficiency by preferring to schedule service
appointments continuously to prevent schedule gaps. Use the Minimize Gaps service objective for schedule, bulk schedule, in-day,
and global optimization operations to make sure service resources have a continuous block of appointments rather than multiple
idle times throughout the day. This objective, which targets mainly healthcare companies that have part-time employees, lets
customers better manage employee schedules with back-to-back appointments for improved productivity and profitability.

Increase Coverage with 24-Hour Availability for All Service Resources

Enable continuous round-the-clock availability for individual service resources to allow assigning appointments in specific scenarios,
such as emergencies during on-call shifts. This enhancement supports scheduling across standard and extended working hours for a
period that spans beyond 24 hours without breaking or requiring artificial gaps. Previously, only capacity-based resources were always
available.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.
How: In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. To enable
continuous 24-hour availability for specific scenarios like emergencies, use operating hours or shifts and set a recordset filter criteria to
define the conditions. In the Service Resource Availability work rule, select Overtime to schedule service appointments during time
slots or shifts of the Extended type.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable 24-Hour Continuous Resource Availability for All Service Resources (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create Operating Hours for Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create Flexible Work Shifts (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enhance Scheduling Flexibility by Assigning Service Appointments to Individuals or Crews

Get more options when scheduling service appointments that require a crew size of one by assigning them to either an individual service
resource or a crew. Previously, this functionality was available by default only when you're not using Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization.
Now, with Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization, you can turn this functionality on or off with the Assign Service Appointments to
Individuals and Crews checkbox.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.

257
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Scheduling and Optimization

How: In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. Then, select
Scheduling, and under the Crews section enable Assign Service Appointments to individuals and crews.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Work Rule Type: Service Crew Resources Availability (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Work Type Fields for Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Reduce Labor Costs and Increase Resource Productivity with Consecutive Appointment Scheduling
Avoid financial penalties from failing to comply with labor laws and improve resource efficiency by preferring to schedule service
appointments continuously to prevent schedule gaps. Use the Minimize Gaps service objective for schedule, bulk schedule, in-day, and
global optimization operations to make sure service resources have a continuous block of appointments rather than multiple idle times
throughout the day. This objective, which targets mainly healthcare companies that have part-time employees, lets customers better
manage employee schedules with back-to-back appointments for improved productivity and profitability.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.
How: In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. Add the
Minimize Gaps service objective to your scheduling policy from the Customize Scheduling Policies page in Guided Setup or the Scheduling
Policy Objectives related list on a policy.

258
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Scheduling and Optimization

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Minimize Gaps Service Objective (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create and Manage Field Service Scheduling Policies (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Gain Visibility into the Scheduling History of Service Appointments

Track information on changes made to a service appointment and quickly resolve any related issues. Service Appointment Lifecycle
captures changes to key service appointment properties related to scheduling, such as service resource, duration, and scheduled start
and end times. This information shows on the service appointment record page, where dispatchers and Salesforce admins can easily
spot and review issues. Each change is also saved to the new Field Service object change record page. From the object list view, Salesforce
admins can identify and analyze patterns and trends and create reports to better manage the scheduling process. Previously, only the
current scheduling information for service appointments was available.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed
package installed.
When: The Service Appointment Lifecycle feature is available starting on January 20, 2025.
How: From the object management settings for service appointments, use the Lightning App Builder to add the Service Appointment
Lifecycle Lightning web component to the service appointment record page. If you customized the layout of the service appointment
record page, you must add the Service Appointment Lifecycle component. If you didn’t customize the layout, the component is available
by default.

259
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Scheduling and Optimization

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Monitor Scheduling History in Field Service with Service Appointment Lifecycle (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)

Renamed Field Service Agent Permission Set Name and Agent Persona
We’ve updated the Field Service Agent permission set name and changed the persona name to Field Service Call Center Rep. This
renaming makes it easy to distinguish between live experts and AI-powered assistants.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.
How: This change is reflected under Field Service Settings, in the Getting Started section.

260
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Asset Management

Quickly Identify and Manage Empty Appointment Bundles

Assign a dedicated status to appointment bundles with no remaining bundle members. Use the empty bundle status to keep track of
these empty bundles for monitoring or reporting purposes.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed
package installed.
When: This feature is available later in Spring ‘25.
How: In Appointment Bundle Config, deselect Delete empty bundles. Then, in Empty Bundle Status, select a status from the Canceled
category. A bundle service appointment changes to this status if it has no remaining bundle members but still appears in the appointment
list.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create an Appointment Bundle Config (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Field Service Asset Management

Discover what’s new to take asset management to the next level.

IN THIS SECTION:
View and Manage Asset Components in Real Time with the Asset Service Lifecycle Management Add-On
Get oriented with key asset information, troubleshoot effectively, and replace and relocate assets in one place. Asset Interactive
Hierarchy gives a real-time view of current, installed, and maintained views, including installation date, maintenance history, and
current status. Detailed asset information helps technicians efficiently manage and maintain assets during field operations.
Foresee Future Fixes with the Connected Assets Add-On
Say goodbye to uncertainty about future maintenance needs. Asset Service Prediction (ASP) analyzes your field service repairs and
finds patterns of work completed for a group of assets. Based on how often repairs are done together, ASP predicts the likelihood
of future work for the asset. The result is actionable insights that empower technicians to fix current and expected problems in one
visit. This one-and-done approach to maintenance reduces truck rolls, improves customer experience, and makes sure your assets
are always up and running.
Migrate from Maintenance Plan Frequency Fields to Maintenance Work Rules (Release Update)
The Frequency and Frequency Type fields on the Maintenance Plan are being retired. To prepare for this retirement and take advantage
of updated features, migrate your Frequency and Frequency Type data to maintenance work rules. This update was first available
in Summer ’22 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ‘22, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ‘26.

View and Manage Asset Components in Real Time with the Asset Service Lifecycle
Management Add-On
Get oriented with key asset information, troubleshoot effectively, and replace and relocate assets in one place. Asset Interactive Hierarchy
gives a real-time view of current, installed, and maintained views, including installation date, maintenance history, and current status.
Detailed asset information helps technicians efficiently manage and maintain assets during field operations.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Asset Service Lifecycle Management with Field Service enabled. The feature
is available in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. To purchase the Asset Service Lifecycle Management add-on license,
contact your Salesforce account executive.
How: Go to the asset hierarchy from the asset or work order page. Click the Current, As Installed, or As Maintained view for asset
information.

261
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Asset Management

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Asset Interactive Hierarchy (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Foresee Future Fixes with the Connected Assets Add-On

Say goodbye to uncertainty about future maintenance needs. Asset Service Prediction (ASP) analyzes your field service repairs and finds
patterns of work completed for a group of assets. Based on how often repairs are done together, ASP predicts the likelihood of future
work for the asset. The result is actionable insights that empower technicians to fix current and expected problems in one visit. This
one-and-done approach to maintenance reduces truck rolls, improves customer experience, and makes sure your assets are always up
and running.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience Lightning Experience in Connected Assets with Field Service enabled. The feature
is available in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. To purchase the Connected Assets add-on license, contact your Salesforce
account executive.
How: In Setup, go to Field Service, and then select Asset Service Prediction.

Migrate from Maintenance Plan Frequency Fields to Maintenance Work Rules (Release
Update)
The Frequency and Frequency Type fields on the Maintenance Plan are being retired. To prepare for this retirement and take advantage
of updated features, migrate your Frequency and Frequency Type data to maintenance work rules. This update was first available in
Summer ’22 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ‘22, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ‘26.
Where: This change is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

262
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Operations

When: This release update is enforced in Winter ’26. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: Recent changes to Maintenance Work Rules replace and improve the functionality provided by the frequency fields. In Winter
’26, the retired fields will impact work order generation.
How: Find the release update in Setup. For Migration from Frequency Fields, follow the testing and activation steps.
For all impacted maintenance plans, select a maintenance plan that uses the frequency fields without the maintenance work rules.
Update the selected maintenance plan to use maintenance work rules instead, and click Enable Test Run. To hide the frequency fields
after the migration, go to Setup, turn off Field Service, and then turn it on again.

Field Service Operations

Optimize, expand, and personalize your Field Service operations.

IN THIS SECTION:
Monitor Field Service Operations with New Dashboards (Beta)
Determine if you’re meeting your field service goals with the new Field Service Intelligence dashboards. The new dashboards help
your field service team improve operations and reduce costs with customer data, easy-to-understand visualizations, and key
performance indicators enhanced with Einstein. This app includes Work Order dashboards to help you understand where your orders
come from, and Service Appointment dashboards that help you understand trends, such as appointment duration and the first-time
fix rate.

Monitor Field Service Operations with New Dashboards (Beta)

Determine if you’re meeting your field service goals with the new Field Service Intelligence dashboards. The new dashboards help your
field service team improve operations and reduce costs with customer data, easy-to-understand visualizations, and key performance
indicators enhanced with Einstein. This app includes Work Order dashboards to help you understand where your orders come from, and
Service Appointment dashboards that help you understand trends, such as appointment duration and the first-time fix rate.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in the Unlimited Edition with the Einstein for Field Service add-on. This feature
is also available in Lightning Experience in Einstein 1 Field Service edition. To purchase the Einstein for Field Service add-on, contact your
Salesforce account executive.

Note: Field Service Intelligence is a beta service that’s subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a
written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Who: To use the Field Service Intelligence dashboards, you need the Tableau Einstein Included App Business User permission set. To
manage the Field Service Intelligence dashboards, you need the Tableau Included App Manager permission set.
How: To enable Field Service Intelligence, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Field Service Intelligence, and then
select Field Service Intelligence Setup. Follow the setup steps and enable Tableau Einstein.

Field Service Customer Engagement

Enhance and elevate your customer interactions with these new features.

263
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

IN THIS SECTION:
Promote Your Brand During Visual Remote Assistant Sessions
Create a personalized customer experience by customizing the mobile web browser screens shown before, during, and after each
Visual Remote Assistant session. Upload and integrate your brand assets to align each customer interaction with your brand identity
for enhanced recognition, trust, and engagement.
Find Available Slots More Efficiently When Booking Appointments with Appointment Assistant
Booking appointments is easier than ever with the simplified Appointment Assistant experience. Customers can now see a more
focused single-day view of available appointment slots, making it easier to find a time that works for them. No more sifting through
a list of the full-week’s schedule. If no slots are available for the selected week, customers can tap the option to move to the next
week and continue their search.

Promote Your Brand During Visual Remote Assistant Sessions

Create a personalized customer experience by customizing the mobile web browser screens shown before, during, and after each Visual
Remote Assistant session. Upload and integrate your brand assets to align each customer interaction with your brand identity for
enhanced recognition, trust, and engagement.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed
package installed.
How: Go to App Launcher and search for Visual Remote Assistant Configuration. In the Mobile Web Branding section, upload your brand
assets, such as a logo and spinner.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Visual Remote Assistant for Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Find Available Slots More Efficiently When Booking Appointments with Appointment
Assistant
Booking appointments is easier than ever with the simplified Appointment Assistant experience. Customers can now see a more focused
single-day view of available appointment slots, making it easier to find a time that works for them. No more sifting through a list of the
full-week’s schedule. If no slots are available for the selected week, customers can tap the option to move to the next week and continue
their search.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package and the Field Service Appointment Assistant managed package installed.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Field Service Appointment Assistant (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Field Service Mobile

Explore what’s new in Field Service mobile, designed to help mobile workers provide outstanding service.

IN THIS SECTION:
Field Service Mobile App Device Deprecations
As of the Winter ‘25 release, the following devices are deprecated: Android 9 and any devices using iOS 16.

264
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

Data Capture
Discover what’s new for Data Capture and Discovery Framework Based Data Capture.
Automatically Unlock a Suite of Advanced Features with Lightning Data Service
Experience the power of Salesforce with the auto-enablement of Lightning Data Service for all new orgs and sandbox environments.
Features include Data Capture and Document Builder, which leverage the capabilities of Lightning Web Components. By integrating
these tools, your organization can streamline data collection, enhance document management, and ultimately drive greater business
efficiency and productivity.
Address Asset Issues Proactively with Asset Service Predictions (Generally Available)
Boost uptime and lower costs with asset service predictions. These predictions use the asset's service history while predicting about
a service appointment to help mobile workers plan for maintenance and repairs before a problem occurs.
Manage Service Records Automatically On the Go
Manage service records offline when mobile workers arrive or leave an area. Geolocation-based actions with mobile screen flows
run in the background as workers engage with the app. Previously, mobile workers had to go back online for the action’s data to be
synced and for the record-triggered flow to launch.
Get Notified When Mobile Workers Arrive at the Office or Pass by a Work Facility
To monitor mobile worker safety and automate check-ins, use geolocation-based actions with new support for service territory and
service territory members. You can trigger actions when mobile workers come in, out, or through the area. These enhancements
lead to streamlined operations, better resource management, and ultimately, higher customer satisfaction by making sure that
services are delivered more efficiently and safely. Previously, only service appointments were supported, not the service territory and
service territory members.
Update Field Service Records Quickly and Easily
Update record pages in the Field Service mobile app with improved performance. Update records faster and get a more intuitive
user experience.
Minimize Work Disruptions with Seamless Updates
Keep users current with essential Lightning web component (LWC) updates while avoiding disruptions to their workflow. Users
receive a notification when an important update is available. They can stay productive and update at their convenience, without
logging out or worrying about unstable connections. Previously, users had to log out or clear their cache to update LWC.
Update Service Appointment's En Route Status On the Go
Customize the service appointment's en route status value used by the Field Service mobile widget. When the mobile worker taps
the option that indicates they're on the way, the service appointment status is updated. Previously, the mobile worker had to select
a status manually.

Field Service Mobile App Device Deprecations

As of the Winter ‘25 release, the following devices are deprecated: Android 9 and any devices using iOS 16.
Where: This feature is available in the Field Service mobile app in iOS and Android.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Field Service Mobile App Requirements (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Data Capture
Discover what’s new for Data Capture and Discovery Framework Based Data Capture.

265
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

IN THIS SECTION:
Simplify Mobile Forms with Data Capture Flow (Generally Available)
Create dynamic, responsive forms in Flow Builder with the Data Capture flow type. Data Capture is the Salesforce Field Service
solution for forms for everything from pre-work tasks like safety protocol to environmental assessments. With Data Capture, build
forms that use conditional logic to simplify the mobile experience, respond to mobile users’ input, and reduce task completion time.
Previously, you had to integrate external apps to create forms that launch from the mobile app. With the Data Capture flow, forms
are seamlessly integrated with the Salesforce platform and are tailored to the task.
Empower Mobile Workers with Data Capture Forms (Generally Available)
Get the job done faster, online or offline, with smart, dynamic Data Capture forms. Launch Data Capture forms from the Forms tab
on Work Order Overview or directly from a service appointment or work order line item from the Forms related list. Navigate freely
throughout Data Capture forms without missing a beat. Data Capture flows are auto-saved, so you don’t have to worry about losing
your work. From asset maintenance to environmental assessment, the conditional logic of Data Capture tailors data collection to
the task at hand, freeing mobile workers to focus on what matters and complete work faster.
Build Dynamic Forms with Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow (Generally Available)
Create dynamic, responsive forms in Flow Builder with the Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow type. Use Discovery Framework’s
assessment questions to build mobile-friendly forms that work even in poor connectivity areas. Add conditional logic and parent-child
questions to ensure that your mobile workers see only the necessary questions. Maintain a clear audit trail by reusing and versioning
questions across multiple forms.
Improve Mobile Worker Productivity with Discovery Framework Data Capture Forms (Generally Available)
Your Field Service mobile workers can collect information quickly, online or offline, with Discovery Framework Based Data Capture
forms. Launch the forms directly from a service appointment or work order line item from the Forms related list. From onboarding
new customers to capturing information during site visits, responses to the form questions are automatically saved in both online
and offline connectivity scenarios. Help your workers focus on important work and complete their tasks faster without worrying
about losing their work.
Gather All the Answers with the Assessment Variable for Discovery Framework Data Capture
Collect responses to all questions within a Discovery Framework Data Capture flow more easily. Create the new assessment variable
available in a Discovery Framework Data Capture flow. When the flow generates responses to assessment questions, this record
variable stores values to create the parent assessment for those responses. Previously, you created a variable and added logic in the
flow to store values for the parent assessment.

Simplify Mobile Forms with Data Capture Flow (Generally Available)

Create dynamic, responsive forms in Flow Builder with the Data Capture flow type. Data Capture is the Salesforce Field Service solution
for forms for everything from pre-work tasks like safety protocol to environmental assessments. With Data Capture, build forms that use
conditional logic to simplify the mobile experience, respond to mobile users’ input, and reduce task completion time. Previously, you
had to integrate external apps to create forms that launch from the mobile app. With the Data Capture flow, forms are seamlessly
integrated with the Salesforce platform and are tailored to the task.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Select the new Data Capture flow type in Flow Builder.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Capture (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Flow Builder Tour (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

266
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

Empower Mobile Workers with Data Capture Forms (Generally Available)

Get the job done faster, online or offline, with smart, dynamic Data Capture forms. Launch Data Capture forms from the Forms tab on
Work Order Overview or directly from a service appointment or work order line item from the Forms related list. Navigate freely throughout
Data Capture forms without missing a beat. Data Capture flows are auto-saved, so you don’t have to worry about losing your work. From
asset maintenance to environmental assessment, the conditional logic of Data Capture tailors data collection to the task at hand, freeing
mobile workers to focus on what matters and complete work faster.
Where: This feature is available in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Capture (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Build Dynamic Forms with Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow (Generally Available)
Create dynamic, responsive forms in Flow Builder with the Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow type. Use Discovery Framework’s
assessment questions to build mobile-friendly forms that work even in poor connectivity areas. Add conditional logic and parent-child
questions to ensure that your mobile workers see only the necessary questions. Maintain a clear audit trail by reusing and versioning
questions across multiple forms.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Field Service, Discovery
Framework, Discovery Framework Import or Export, and Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow are enabled.
How: In Flow Builder, select the Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow process type.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Build a Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow (Generally Available) (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Improve Mobile Worker Productivity with Discovery Framework Data Capture Forms (Generally
Available)
Your Field Service mobile workers can collect information quickly, online or offline, with Discovery Framework Based Data Capture forms.
Launch the forms directly from a service appointment or work order line item from the Forms related list. From onboarding new customers
to capturing information during site visits, responses to the form questions are automatically saved in both online and offline connectivity
scenarios. Help your workers focus on important work and complete their tasks faster without worrying about losing their work.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Field Service, Discovery
Framework, Discovery Framework Import or Export, and Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow are enabled.
How: Create assessment questions in Discovery Framework, then create a flow by using the Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow
process type in Flow Builder, and then add the necessary assessment questions to the flow.

267
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

Next, create a service appointment record for the field service agent. On the Related tab of the service appointment record, create a
form.
For the form’s Action Definition, select the Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow that you created.

As a Field Service mobile worker, in the Field Service mobile app, launch the Discovery Framework Data Capture form from the Related
tab on a service appointment record.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: About Discovery Framework Based Data Capture with Field Service Mobile App (Generally Available) (can be outdated
or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Discovery Framework and Assessments
Salesforce Help: Create Questions

Gather All the Answers with the Assessment Variable for Discovery Framework Data Capture
Collect responses to all questions within a Discovery Framework Data Capture flow more easily. Create the new assessment variable
available in a Discovery Framework Data Capture flow. When the flow generates responses to assessment questions, this record variable
stores values to create the parent assessment for those responses. Previously, you created a variable and added logic in the flow to store
values for the parent assessment.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and
Developer editions.
How: In a Discovery Framework flow, create a collection variable that uses the assessment API name, the Record data type, and the
Assessment object.

SEE ALSO:
Build Dynamic Forms with Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow (Generally Available)
Salesforce Help: Manage Every Aspect of Questionnaire-Driven Information Collection (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

268
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

Automatically Unlock a Suite of Advanced Features with Lightning Data Service

Experience the power of Salesforce with the auto-enablement of Lightning Data Service for all new orgs and sandbox environments.
Features include Data Capture and Document Builder, which leverage the capabilities of Lightning Web Components. By integrating
these tools, your organization can streamline data collection, enhance document management, and ultimately drive greater business
efficiency and productivity.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions .
When: As of November 4, 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Move to Lightning Data Service for Field Service ((can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Address Asset Issues Proactively with Asset Service Predictions (Generally Available)
Boost uptime and lower costs with asset service predictions. These predictions use the asset's service history while predicting about a
service appointment to help mobile workers plan for maintenance and repairs before a problem occurs.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Connected Assets with Field Service installed. The feature is available in the
Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS. To purchase the Connected Assets add-on license, contact your Salesforce account
executive.

SEE ALSO:
Foresee Future Fixes with Asset Service Prediction with the Connected Assets Add-On (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Manage Service Records Automatically On the Go

Manage service records offline when mobile workers arrive or leave an area. Geolocation-based actions with mobile screen flows run in
the background as workers engage with the app. Previously, mobile workers had to go back online for the action’s data to be synced
and for the record-triggered flow to launch.
Where: This change applies to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.
How: Create a quick action that triggers a mobile screen flow without a screen element. Create a geolocation-based action. For Action
Type, select Platform Alert. For Action Data, enter the quick action in json format. For example,{"quickAction":
"Global.LogACall"}.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Geolocation-Based Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get Notified When Mobile Workers Arrive at the Office or Pass by a Work Facility
To monitor mobile worker safety and automate check-ins, use geolocation-based actions with new support for service territory and
service territory members. You can trigger actions when mobile workers come in, out, or through the area. These enhancements lead
to streamlined operations, better resource management, and ultimately, higher customer satisfaction by making sure that services are
delivered more efficiently and safely. Previously, only service appointments were supported, not the service territory and service territory
members.
Where: This change applies to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.

269
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

How: For example, first, they arrive at headquarters, and the app clocks them in. Next, they're near a warehouse, so they’re notified about
missing spare parts. Then, the shift manager is notified when they arrive at the gathering area. Lastly, a message notifies the manager
after the worker returns from servicing a high-risk area.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Geolocation-Based Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Update Field Service Records Quickly and Easily

Update record pages in the Field Service mobile app with improved performance. Update records faster and get a more intuitive user
experience.
Where: This change applies to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Custom Actions in the Field Service Mobile App (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Minimize Work Disruptions with Seamless Updates

Keep users current with essential Lightning web component (LWC) updates while avoiding disruptions to their workflow. Users receive
a notification when an important update is available. They can stay productive and update at their convenience, without logging out
or worrying about unstable connections. Previously, users had to log out or clear their cache to update LWC.
Where: This feature is available in the Field Servcie Mobile app for Android and iOS.
How: The mobile worker is notified that an update is available. They can click Update Now or Remind Me Later.

Update Service Appointment's En Route Status On the Go

Customize the service appointment's en route status value used by the Field Service mobile widget. When the mobile worker taps the
option that indicates they're on the way, the service appointment status is updated. Previously, the mobile worker had to select a status
manually.
Where: This change applies to the Field Service mobile app for iOS.

270
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Spotlight on Field Service Content

How: Go to Field Service Settings in Setup, and in the Mobile Widget section, select the status that indicates that the mobile worker is
en route.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add the Field Service Mobile Widget (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Set Up the Field Service Mobile Widget (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Spotlight on Field Service Content

Discover high-impact content to help you get your Field Service work done.

IN THIS SECTION:
Improve Your Scheduling and Optimization Proficiency with Revamped Salesforce Help Content
Explore updated documentation that boosts your self-sufficiency, enhances user engagement, and facilitates the adoption of our
automated features, maximizing your ROI. We enriched the Salesforce Help content on scheduling and optimization to simplify the
implementation process. For example, you get insights into feature configurations, capabilities, and limitations. You also get more
details about tools for scheduling automation and optimization, such as how to manage your service objectives and how to optimize
appointments by using priorities. Learn about the differences between the optimization engines and the advantages of transitioning
to Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization.

Improve Your Scheduling and Optimization Proficiency with Revamped Salesforce

Help Content
Explore updated documentation that boosts your self-sufficiency, enhances user engagement, and facilitates the adoption of our
automated features, maximizing your ROI. We enriched the Salesforce Help content on scheduling and optimization to simplify the
implementation process. For example, you get insights into feature configurations, capabilities, and limitations. You also get more details
about tools for scheduling automation and optimization, such as how to manage your service objectives and how to optimize appointments
by using priorities. Learn about the differences between the optimization engines and the advantages of transitioning to Enhanced
Scheduling and Optimization.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Considerations for Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create and Manage Field Service Objectives (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create and Manage Field Service Scheduling Policies (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Fine-Tune the Scheduling Policy (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Optimize Field Service Appointments by Using Priorities (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Adopt and Implement Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

271
Salesforce Spring ’25 Release Notes Hyperforce

Hyperforce
Hyperforce is now available in more regions, including Israel and Osaka, Japan, expanding global data residency options. Hyperforce
Assistant’s instructions for automated pre-upgrade checks are clearer. Access to Hyperforce outbound IP addresses has been made more
convenient. Hyperforce Premium products offer new capabilities. Out of Region Disaster Recovery provides additional data protection
and business continuity. The Scale Test feature allows for high-traffic scenario simulations in sandbox environments. The Swiss Operating
Zone offers a new avenue to address Swiss data residency requirements.

IN THIS SECTION:
Access Salesforce in More Regions with Hyperforce
Hyperforce is now available in 17 countries, giving you more choice and control over data residency. We opened new Hyperforce
regions in Israel, as of June 2024, and in Osaka, Japan, as of October 2024.
Improved Instructions in Hyperforce Assistant
We’ve clarified the instructions in Hyperforce Assistant that explain how to use Optimizer to find hard-coded references. We’ve also
clarified instructions regarding MyDomain, and alternatives to IP allowlisting.
Access Hyperforce Outbound IP Lists
Keep your allowlists up to date with easier access to Hyperforce egress IPs.
Salesforce Out Of Region Disaster Recovery
Get extra peace of mind with a geographically remote disaster recovery (DR) solution for your orgs on Hyperforce.
Scale Test
Book scale test days on your sandbox instance calendar to get enhanced, production-like scale on your existing test environment.
The scale test process is ideal for simulating high-traffic scenarios to ensure that your implementations can scale optimally at peak
usage.
Swiss Operating Zone
Tackle Swiss data privacy requirements with a tailored set of policy, process, and architectural standards that keep customer data in
Switzerland, and i